for supporting us and providing documentation\n\nIcom PCR backend\n----------------\n\n* Ghetto's team, PCR-1000 ICOM receiver\n\tURL: http://www.philtered.net/icomlib.phtml\n\nOther Assistance\n----------------\n\n* Special thanks to Ed Hare, W1RFI, and the American Radio Relay League for technical support.\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/doc/ampctl.1.html",
"content": "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nAMPCTL\n\n\n\n\nAMPCTL
\n\nNAME
\nSYNOPSIS
\nDESCRIPTION
\nOPTIONS
\nCOMMANDS
\nREADLINE
\nDIAGNOSTICS
\nEXIT STATUS
\nEXAMPLES
\nBUGS
\nCOPYING
\nSEE ALSO
\nCOLOPHON
\n\n
\n\n\nNAME\n\n
\n\n\nampctl -\ncontrol radio amplifiers
\n\nSYNOPSIS\n\n
\n\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n ampctl | \n | \n\n\n\n [-hiIlLuV]\n[-m id] [-r device]\n[-s baud] [-t char]\n[-C parm=val] [-v[-Z]]\n[command|-] |
\n
\n\nDESCRIPTION\n\n
\n\n\nControl radio\namplifiers. ampctl accepts commands from the\ncommand line as well as in interactive mode if none are\nprovided on the command line.
\n\nKeep in mind\nthat Hamlib is BETA level software. While a lot of backend\nlibraries lack complete amplifier support, the basic\nfunctions are usually well supported.
\n\nPlease report\nbugs and provide feedback at the e-mail address given in the\nBUGS section below. Patches and code enhancements\nsent to the same address are welcome.
\n\nOPTIONS\n\n
\n\n\nThis program\nfollows the usual GNU command line syntax. Short options\nthat take an argument may have the value follow immediately\nor be separated by a space. Long options starting with two\ndashes (’-’) require an ’=’ between\nthe option and any argument.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported options:
\n-m, --model=id
\n\nSelect amplifier model\nnumber.
\n\nSee model list\n(use “ampctl -l”).
\n\nNote:\nampctl (or third party software using the C API) will\nuse amplifier model 2 for NET ampctl (communicating\nwith ampctld).
\n\n-r,\n--amp-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the port connected to the amplifier.
\n\nOften a serial\nport, but could be a USB to serial adapter. Typically\n/dev/ttyS0, /dev/ttyS1, /dev/ttyUSB0,\netc. on Linux, COM1, COM2, etc. on MS Windows.\nThe BSD flavors and Mac OS/X have their own designations.\nSee your system’s documentation.
\n\n-s,\n--serial-speed=baud
\n\nSet serial speed to baud\nrate.
\n\nUses maximum\nserial speed from amplifier backend capabilities (set by\n-m above) as the default.
\n\n-t,\n--send-cmd-term=char
\n\nChange the termination\nchar for text protocol when using the send_cmd\ncommand.
\n\nThe default\nvalue is ASCII CR (’0x0D’). ASCII non-printing\ncharacters can be given as the ASCII number in hexadecimal\nformat prepended with “0x”. You may pass an\nempty string for no termination char. The string\n“-1” tells ampctl to switch to binary\nprotocol.
\n\nFor example, to\nspecify a command terminator for Kenwood style text commands\npass “-t ’;’” to ampctl. See\nEXAMPLE below.
\n\n-L,\n--show-conf
\n\nList all config parameters for\nthe amplifier defined with -m above.
\n\n-C,\n--set-conf=parm=val[,parm=val]
\n\nSet amplifier configuration\nparameter(s), e.g. stop_bits=2.
\n\nUse the\n-L option above for a list of configuration\nparameters for a given model number.
\n\n-u,\n--dump-caps
\n\nDump capabilities for the\namplifier defined with -m above and exit.
\n\n-l, --list
\n\nList all amplifier model\nnumbers defined in Hamlib and exit.
\n\nThe list is\nsorted by model number.
\n\nNote: In\nLinux the list can be scrolled back using\nShift-PageUp/Shift-PageDown, or using the\nscrollbars of a virtual terminal in X or the cmd window in\nWindows. The output can be piped to more(1) or\nless(1), e.g. “ampctl -l | more”.
\n\n-i,\n--read-history
\n\nRead previously saved command\nand argument history from a file (default\n$HOME/.ampctl_history) for the current session.
\n\nAvailable when\nampctl is built with Readline support (see READLINE\nbelow).
\n\nNote: To\nread a history file stored in another directory, set the\nAMPCTL_HIST_DIR environment variable, e.g.\n“AMPCTL_HIST_DIR=~/tmp ampctl -i”. When\nAMPCTL_HIST_DIR is not set, the value of HOME is\nused.
\n\n-I,\n--save-history
\n\nWrite current session (and\nprevious session(s), if -i option is given) command\nand argument history to a file (default\n$HOME/.ampctl_history) at the end of the current\nsession.
\n\nComplete\ncommands with arguments are saved as a single line to be\nrecalled and used or edited. Available when ampctl is\nbuilt with Readline support (see READLINE below).
\n\nNote: To\nwrite a history file in another directory, set the\nAMPCTL_HIST_DIR environment variable, e.g.\n“AMPCTL_HIST_DIR=~/tmp ampctl -IRq. When\nAMPCTL_HIST_DIR is not set, the value of HOME is\nused.
\n\n-v, --verbose
\n\nSet verbose mode, cumulative\n(see DIAGNOSTICS below).
\n\n-Z,\n--debug-time-stamps
\n\nEnable time stamps for the\ndebug messages.
\n\nUse only in\ncombination with the -v option as it generates no\noutput on its own.
\n\n-h, --help
\n\nShow a summary of these options\nand exit.
\n\n-V, --version
\n\nShow version of ampctl\nand exit.
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n - | \n | \n\n\n\n Stop option processing and read commands from standard\ninput. |
\n
\n\nSee Standard\nInput below.
\n\nNote:\nSome options may not be implemented by a given backend and\nwill return an error. This is most likely to occur with the\n--set-conf and --show-conf options.
\n\nPlease note\nthat the backend for the amplifier to be controlled, or the\namplifier itself may not support some commands. In that\ncase, the operation will fail with a Hamlib error\ncode.
\n\nCOMMANDS\n\n
\n\n\nCommands can be\nentered either as a single char, or as a long command name.\nThe commands are not prefixed with a dash as the options\nare. They may be typed in when in interactive mode or\nprovided as argument(s) in command line interface mode. In\ninteractive mode commands and their arguments may be entered\non a single line:
\n\nF\n14250000
\n\nSince most of\nthe Hamlib operations have a set and a\nget method, an upper case letter will often be used\nfor a set method whereas the corresponding lower case\nletter refers to the get method. Each operation also\nhas a long name; in interactive mode, prepend a backslash,\n’\\’, to enter a long command name.
\n\nExample: Use\n“\\dump_caps” to see what capabilities this\namplifier and backend support.
\n\nNote:\nThe backend for the amplifier to be controlled, or the\namplifier itself may not support some commands. In that\ncase, the operation will fail with a Hamlib error\nmessage.
\n\nA simple\nexample using commands saved to a file (typed text shown in\nbold):
\n\n$ cat\n<<.EOF. >cmds.txt
\n> # File of commands
\n> F 14250000
\n> f
\n> l PWRINPUT
\n> l PWRFORWARD
\n> l SWR
\n> \\dump_caps
\n> .EOF.
\n\n$ ampctl -m1\n- <cmds.txt
\n\nAmplifier\ncommand: # File of commands
\n\nAmplifier\ncommand: F 14250000
\n\nAmplifier\ncommand: f
\nFrequency(Hz): 14250000
\n\nAmplifier\ncommand: l PWRINPUT
\nLevel Value: 0
\n\nAmplifier\ncommand: l PWRFORWARD
\nLevel Value: 1499
\n\nAmplifier\ncommand: l SWR
\nLevel Value: 1.000000
\n\nAmplifier\ncommand: \\dump_caps
\nCaps dump for model: 1
\nModel name: Dummy
\nMfg name: Hamlib
\nBackend version: 0.1
\nBackend copyright: LGPL
\nBackend status: Alpha
\nAmp type: Other
\nPort type: None
\nWrite delay: 0mS, timeout 0mS, 0 retries
\nPost Write delay: 0mS
\nHas priv data: N
\nGet level: SWR NH PF PWRINPUT PWRFORWARD PWRREFLECTED\nPWRPEAK FAULT
\nHas Init: Y
\nHas Cleanup: Y
\nHas Open: Y
\nHas Close: Y
\nCan set Conf: N
\nCan get Conf: N
\nCan Reset: Y
\nCan get Info: Y
\n\nOverall backend\nwarnings: 0
\n\nAmplifier\ncommand:
\n\n$
\n\nampctl\nCommands
\nA summary of commands is included below (In the case of\nset commands the quoted italicized string is replaced\nby the value in the description. In the case of get\ncommands the quoted italicized string is the key name of the\nvalue returned.):
\nQ|q, exit ampctl
\n\nExit ampctl in interactive\nmode.
\n\nWhen ampctl is\ncontrolling the amplifier directly, will close the amplifier\nbackend and port. When ampctl is connected to ampctld\n(amplifier model 2), the TCP/IP connection to ampctld is\nclosed and ampctld remains running, available for another\nTCP/IP network connection.
\n\nF, set_freq\n'Frequency'
\n\nSet 'Frequency', in\nHz.
\n\nFrequency may\nbe a floating point or integer value.
\n\nf, get_freq
\n\nGet 'Frequency', in\nHz.
\n\nReturns an\ninteger value.
\n\nl, get_level\n'Level'
\n\nGet 'Level Value'.
\n\nReturns Level\nValue as a float or integer for the Level token given.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Level token will return a space separated list\nof amplifier backend supported get level tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported levels of a given amplifier\nbackend.
\n\nw, send_cmd\n'Cmd'
\n\nSend a raw command string to\nthe amplifier.
\n\nThis is useful\nfor testing and troubleshooting amplifier commands and\nresponses when developing a backend.
\n\nFor binary\nprotocols enter values as \\0xAA\\0xBB. Expect a\n'Reply' from the amplifier which will likely be a\nbinary block or an ASCII string depending on the\namplifier’s protocol (see your amplifier’s\ncomputer control documentation).
\n\nThe command\nterminator, set by the send-cmd-term option above,\nwill terminate each command string sent to the amplifier.\nThis character should not be a part of the input string.
\n\ndump_state
\n\nReturn certain state\ninformation about the amplifier backend.
\n\n1, dump_caps
\n\nNot a real amplifier remote\ncommand, it just dumps capabilities, i.e. what the backend\nknows about this model, and what it can do.
\n\nTODO: Ensure\nthis is in a consistent format so it can be read into a\nhash, dictionary, etc. Bug reports requested.
\n\nNote:\nThis command will produce many lines of output so be very\ncareful if using a fixed length array! For example, running\nthis command against the Dummy backend results in a number\nof lines of text output.
\n\n_, get_info
\n\nReturn information from the\namplifier backend.
\n\nR, reset\n'Reset'
\n\nPerform amplifier\n'Reset'.
\n\nReset is an\ninteger value: ’0’ = None, ’1’ =\nMemory reset, ’2’ = Fault reset, ’3’\n= Amplifier reset.
\n\nset_powerstat 'Power\nStatus'
\n\nSet 'Power Status'.
\n\nPower Status is\nan integer value: ’0’ = Power Off,\n’1’ = Power On, ’2’ = Power Standby\n(enter standby), ’4’ = Power Operate (leave\nstandby).
\n\nget_powerstat
\n\nGet 'Power Status' as in\nset_powerstat above.
\n\nREADLINE\n\n
\n\n\nIf\nReadline library development files are found at\nconfigure time, ampctl will be conditonally built\nwith Readline support for command and argument entry.\nReadline command key bindings are at their defaults as\ndescribed in the\nReadline\nmanual. ampctl sets the name “ampctl”\nwhich can be used in Conditional Init Constructs in the\nReadline Init File ($HOME/.inputrc by default) for\ncustom keybindings unique to ampctl.
\n\nCommand history\nis available with Readline support as described in the\nReadline\nHistory manual. Command and argument strings are stored\nas single lines even when arguments are prompted for input\nindividually. Commands and arguments are not validated and\nare stored as typed with values separated by a single\nspace.
\n\nNormally\nsession history is not saved, however, use of either of the\n-i/--read-history or\n-I/--save-history options when starting\nampctl will cause any previously saved history to be\nread in and/or the current and any previous session history\n(assuming the -i and -I options are given\ntogether) will be written out when ampctl is closed.\nEach option is mutually exclusive, i.e. either may be given\nseparately or in combination. This is useful to save a set\nof commands and then read them later but not write the\nmodified history for a consistent set of test commands in\ninteractive mode, for example.
\n\nHistory is\nstored in $HOME/.ampctl_history by default although\nthe destination directory may be changed by setting the\nAMPCTL_HIST_DIR environment variable. When\nAMPCTL_HIST_DIR is unset, the value of the HOME\nenvironment variable is used instead. Only the destination\ndirectory may be changed at this time.
\n\nIf Readline\nsupport is not found at configure time the original internal\ncommand handler is used. Readline is not used for\nampctl commands entered on the command line\nregardless if Readline support is built in or not.
\n\nNote:\nReadline support is not included in the MS Windows 32 or 64\nbit binary builds supplied by the Hamlib Project. Running\nampctl on the MS Windows platform in the\n’cmd’ shell does give session command line\nhistory, however, it is not saved to disk between\nsessions.
\n\nDIAGNOSTICS\n\n
\n\n\nThe -v,\n--verbose option allows different levels of\ndiagnostics to be output to stderr and correspond to\n-v for BUG, -vv for ERR, -vvv for WARN,\n-vvvv for VERBOSE, or -vvvvv for TRACE.
\n\nA given verbose\nlevel is useful for providing needed debugging information\nto the email address below. For example, TRACE output shows\nall of the values sent to and received from the amplifier\nwhich is very useful for amplifier backend library\ndevelopment and may be requested by the developers.
\n\nEXIT STATUS\n\n
\n\n\nampctl\nexits with:
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n 0 | \n | \n\n\n\n if all operations completed normally; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 1 | \n | \n\n\n\n if there was an invalid command line option or\nargument; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 2 | \n | \n\n\n\n if an error was returned by Hamlib. |
\n
\n\nEXAMPLES\n\n
\n\n\nStart\nampctl for am Elecraft KPA-1500 using a USB to serial\nadapter on Linux in interactive mode:
\n\n$ ampctl -m\n201 -r /dev/ttyUSB1
\n\nStart\nampctl for an Elecraft KPA-1500 using COM1 on MS\nWindows while generating TRACE output to stderr:
\n\n> ampctl\n-m 201 -r COM1 -vvvvv
\n\nConnect to a\nrunning ampctld with amplifier model 2 (“NET\nampctl”) on the local host and specifying the TCP\nport, setting frequency and mode:
\n\n$ ampctl -m\n2 -r localhost:4531 F 7253500
\n\nBUGS\n\n
\n\n\nThis almost\nempty section...
\n\nReport bugs\nto:
\n\n\nHamlib\nDeveloper mailing list
\n\nCOPYING\n\n
\n\n\nThis file is\npart of Hamlib, a project to develop a library that\nsimplifies radio, rotator, and amplifier control functions\nfor developers of software primarily of interest to radio\namateurs and those interested in radio communications.
\n\nCopyright\n© 2000-2011 Stephane Fillod
\nCopyright © 2000-2018 the Hamlib Group (various\ncontributors)
\nCopyright © 2010-2020 Nate Bargmann
\n\nThis is free\nsoftware; see the file COPYING for copying conditions. There\nis NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR\nA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
\n\nSEE ALSO\n\n
\n\n\n\nless(1),\nmore(1), ampctld(1), hamlib(7)
\n\nCOLOPHON\n\n
\n\n\nLinks to the\nHamlib Wiki, Git repository, release archives, and daily\nsnapshot archives are available via\nhamlib.org.
\n
\n\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/doc/ampctld.1.html",
"content": "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nAMPCTLD\n\n\n\n\nAMPCTLD
\n\nNAME
\nSYNOPSIS
\nDESCRIPTION
\nOPTIONS
\nCOMMANDS
\nPROTOCOL
\nDIAGNOSTICS
\nEXAMPLES
\nSECURITY
\nBUGS
\nCOPYING
\nSEE ALSO
\nCOLOPHON
\n\n
\n\n\nNAME\n\n
\n\n\nampctld - TCP\namplifier control daemon
\n\nSYNOPSIS\n\n
\n\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n ampctld | \n | \n\n\n\n [-hlLuV]\n[-m id] [-r device]\n[-s baud] [-T IPADDR]\n[-t number]\n[-C parm=val] [-v[-Z]] |
\n
\n\nDESCRIPTION\n\n
\n\n\nThe\nampctld program is an amplifier control daemon that\nhandles client requests via TCP sockets. This allows\nmultiple user programs to share one amplifier (this needs\nmore development). Multiple amplifiers can be controlled on\ndifferent TCP ports by use of multiple ampctld\nprocesses. Note that multiple processes/ports are also\nnecessary if some clients use extended responses and/or vfo\nmode. So up to 4 processes/ports may be needed for each\ncombination of extended response/vfo mode. The syntax of the\ncommands are the same as ampctl(1). It is hoped that\nampctld will be especially useful for client authors\nusing languages such as Perl, Python, PHP, and others.
\n\nampctld\ncommunicates to a client through a TCP socket using text\ncommands shared with ampctl. The protocol is simple,\ncommands are sent to ampctld on one line and\nampctld responds to get commands with the\nrequested values, one per line, when successful, otherwise,\nit responds with one line “RPRT x”, where\n’x’ is a negative number indicating the error\ncode. Commands that do not return values respond with the\nline “RPRT x”, where ’x’ is\n’0’ when successful, otherwise is a regative\nnumber indicating the error code. Each line is terminated\nwith a newline ’\\n’ character. This protocol is\nprimarily for use by the NET ampctl (amplifier model\n2) backend.
\n\nA separate\nExtended Response Protocol extends the above behavior\nby echoing the received command string as a header, any\nreturned values as a key: value pair, and the “RPRT\nx” string as the end of response marker which includes\nthe Hamlib success or failure value. See the\nPROTOCOL section for details. Consider using this\nprotocol for clients that will interact with ampctld\ndirectly through a TCP socket.
\n\nKeep in mind\nthat Hamlib is BETA level software. While a lot of backend\nlibraries lack complete amplifier support, the basic\nfunctions are usually well supported.
\n\nPlease report\nbugs and provide feedback at the e-mail address given in the\nBUGS section below. Patches and code enhancements\nsent to the same address are welcome.
\n\nOPTIONS\n\n
\n\n\nThis program\nfollows the usual GNU command line syntax. Short options\nthat take an argument may have the value follow immediately\nor be separated by a space. Long options starting with two\ndashes (’-’) require an ’=’ between\nthe option and any argument.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported options:
\n-m, --model=id
\n\nSelect amplifier model\nnumber.
\n\nSee model list\n(use “ampctl -l”).
\n\nNote:\nampctl (or third party software using the C API) will\nuse amplifier model 2 for NET ampctl (communicating\nwith ampctld).
\n\n-r,\n--amp-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the port connected to the amplifier.
\n\nOften a serial\nport, but could be a USB to serial adapter. Typically\n/dev/ttyS0, /dev/ttyS1, /dev/ttyUSB0,\netc. on Linux, COM1, COM2, etc. on MS Windows.\nThe BSD flavors and Mac OS/X have their own designations.\nSee your system’s documentation.
\n\n-s,\n--serial-speed=baud
\n\nSet serial speed to baud\nrate.
\n\nUses maximum\nserial speed from amplifier backend capabilities (set by\n-m above) as the default.
\n\n-t,\n--port=number
\n\nUse number as the TCP\nlistening port.
\n\nThe default is\n4531.
\n\nNote: As\nrigctld’s default port is 4532 and\nrotctld’s default port is 4533, it is\nrecommended to use DESCENDING odd numbered ports for\nmultiple ampctld instances, e.g. 4529, 4527, 4525,\netc.
\n\n-T,\n--listen-addr=IPADDR
\n\nUse IPADDR as the\nlistening IP address.
\n\nThe default is\nANY.
\n\n-L,\n--show-conf
\n\nList all config parameters for\nthe amplifier defined with -m above.
\n\n-C,\n--set-conf=parm=val[,parm=val]
\n\nSet amplifier configuration\nparameter(s), e.g. stop_bits=2.
\n\nUse the\n-L option above for a list of configuration\nparameters for a given model number.
\n\n-u,\n--dump-caps
\n\nDump capabilities for the\namplifier defined with -m above and exit.
\n\n-l, --list
\n\nList all amplifier model\nnumbers defined in Hamlib and exit.
\n\nThe list is\nsorted by model number.
\n\nNote: In\nLinux the list can be scrolled back using\nShift-PageUp/Shift-PageDown, or using the\nscrollbars of a virtual terminal in X or the cmd window in\nWindows. The output can be piped to more(1) or\nless(1), e.g. “ampctl -l | more”.
\n\n-v, --verbose
\n\nSet verbose mode, cumulative\n(see DIAGNOSTICS below).
\n\n-Z,\n--debug-time-stamps
\n\nEnable time stamps for the\ndebug messages.
\n\nUse only in\ncombination with the -v option as it generates no\noutput on its own.
\n\n-h, --help
\n\nShow a summary of these options\nand exit.
\n\n-V, --version
\n\nShow version of ampctl\nand exit.
\n\nNote:\nSome options may not be implemented by a given backend and\nwill return an error. This is most likely to occur with the\n--set-conf and --show-conf options.
\n\nPlease note\nthat the backend for the amplifier to be controlled, or the\namplifier itself may not support some commands. In that\ncase, the operation will fail with a Hamlib error\ncode.
\n\nCOMMANDS\n\n
\n\n\nCommands can be\nsent over the TCP socket either as a single char, or as a\nlong command name plus the value(s) space separated on one\n’\\n’ terminated line. See PROTOCOL.
\n\nSince most of\nthe Hamlib operations have a set and a\nget method, an upper case letter will be used for\nset methods whereas the corresponding lower case\nletter refers to the get method. Each operation also\nhas a long name; prepend a backslash, ’\\’, to\nsend a long command name.
\n\nExample (Perl):\n“print $socket "\\\\dump_caps\\n";” to\nsee what the amplifier’s backend can do (Note:\nIn Perl and many other languages a ’\\’ will need\nto be escaped with a preceding ’\\’ so that even\nthough two backslash characters appear in the code, only one\nwill be passed to ampctld. This is a possible bug,\nbeware!).
\n\nNote:\nThe backend for the amplifier to be controlled, or the\namplifier itself may not support some commands. In that\ncase, the operation will fail with a Hamlib error\nmessage.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported commands (In the case of set\ncommands the quoted italicized string is replaced by the\nvalue in the description. In the case of get commands\nthe quoted italicized string is the key name of the value\nreturned.):
\nF, set_freq 'Frequency'
\n\nSet 'Frequency', in\nHz.
\n\nFrequency may\nbe a floating point or integer value.
\n\nf, get_freq
\n\nGet 'Frequency', in\nHz.
\n\nReturns an\ninteger value.
\n\nl, get_level\n'Level'
\n\nGet 'Level Value'.
\n\nReturns Level\nValue as a float or integer for the Level token given.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Level token will return a space separated list\nof amplifier backend supported get level tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported levels of a given amplifier\nbackend.
\n\ndump_state
\n\nReturn certain state\ninformation about the amplifier backend.
\n\n1, dump_caps
\n\nNot a real amplifier remote\ncommand, it just dumps capabilities, i.e. what the backend\nknows about this model, and what it can do.
\n\nTODO: Ensure\nthis is in a consistent format so it can be read into a\nhash, dictionary, etc. Bug reports requested.
\n\nNote:\nThis command will produce many lines of output so be very\ncareful if using a fixed length array! For example, running\nthis command against the Dummy backend results in a number\nof lines of text output.
\n\n_, get_info
\n\nReturn information from the\namplifier backend.
\n\nR, reset\n'Reset'
\n\nPerform amplifier\n'Reset'.
\n\nReset is an\ninteger value: ’0’ = None, ’1’ =\nMemory reset, ’2’ = Fault reset, ’3’\n= Amplifier reset.
\n\nset_powerstat 'Power\nStatus'
\n\nSet 'Power Status'.
\n\nPower Status is\nan integer value: ’0’ = Power Off,\n’1’ = Power On, ’2’ = Power Standby\n(enter standby), ’4’ = Power Operate (leave\nstandby).
\n\nget_powerstat
\n\nGet 'Power Status' as in\nset_powerstat above.
\n\nPROTOCOL\n\n
\n\n\nThere are two\nprotocols in use by ampctld, the Default\nProtocol and the Extended Response Protocol.
\n\nThe Default\nProtocol is intended primarily for the communication\nbetween Hamlib library functions and ampctld\n(“NET ampctl”, available using amplifier model\n’2’).
\n\nThe Extended\nResponse Protocol is intended to be used with scripts or\nother programs interacting directly with ampctld as\nconsistent feedback is provided.
\n\nDefault\nProtocol
\nThe Default Protocol is intentionally simple.\nCommands are entered on a single line with any needed\nvalues. In practice, reliable results are obtained by\nterminating each command string with a newline character,\n’\\n’.
\n\nExample set\nfrequency and mode commands (Perl code (typed text shown in\nbold)):
\n\nprint\n$socket "F 14250000\\n";
\nprint $socket "\\\\set_powerstat 1\\n"; # escape\nleading ’\\’
\n\nA one line\nresponse will be sent as a reply to set commands,\n“RPRT x\\n” where x is the Hamlib\nerror code with ’0’ indicating success of the\ncommand.
\n\nResponses from\nampctld get commands are text values and match the\nsame tokens used in the set commands. Each value is\nreturned on its own line. On error the string “RPRT\nx\\n” is returned where x is the Hamlib\nerror code.
\n\nExample get\nfrequency (Perl code):
\n\nprint\n$socket "f\\n";
\n"14250000\\n"
\n\nMost get\nfunctions return one to three values. A notable exception is\nthe dump_caps command which returns many lines of\nkey:value pairs.
\n\nThis protocol\nis primarily used by the “NET ampctl” (ampctl\nmodel 2) backend which allows applications already written\nfor Hamlib’s C API to take advantage of ampctld\nwithout the need of rewriting application code. An\napplication’s user can select amplifier model 2\n(“NET ampctl”) and then set amp_pathname\nto “localhost:4531” or other network\nhost:port (set by the -T/-t\noptions, respectively, above).
\n\nExtended\nResponse Protocol
\nThe Extended Response protocol adds several rules to the\nstrings returned by ampctld and adds a rule for the\ncommand syntax.
\n\n1. The command\nreceived by ampctld is echoed with its long command\nname followed by the value(s) (if any) received from the\nclient terminated by the specified response separator as the\nfirst record of the response.
\n\n2. The last\nrecord of each block is the string “RPRT\nx\\n” where x is the numeric return value\nof the Hamlib backend function that was called by the\ncommand.
\n\n3. Any records\nconsisting of data values returned by the amplifier backend\nare prepended by a string immediately followed by a colon\nthen a space and then the value terminated by the response\nseparator. e.g. “Frequency: 14250000\\n” when the\ncommand was prepended by ’+’.
\n\n4. All commands\nreceived will be acknowledged by ampctld
\nwith records from rules 1 and 2. Records from rule 3 are\nonly returned when data values must be returned to the\nclient.
\n\n4. All commands\nreceived will be acknowledged by ampctld with records\nfrom rules 1 and 2. Records from rule 3 are only returned\nwhen data values must be returned to the client.
\n\nAn example\nresponse to a set_frequency command sent from the\nshell prompt (note the prepended ’+’):
\n\n$ echo\n"+F 14250000" | nc -w 1 localhost 4531
\nset_freq: 14250000
\nRPRT 0
\n\nIn this case\nthe long command name and values are returned on the first\nline and the second line contains the end of block marker\nand the numeric amplifier backend return value indicating\nsuccess.
\n\nAn example\nresponse to a get_freq query:
\n\n$ echo\n"+\\get_freq" | nc -w 1 localhost 4531
\nget_freq:
\nFrequency(Hz): 14250000
\nRPRT 0
\n\nNote:\nThe ’\\’ is still required for the long command\nname even with the ERP character.
\n\nIn this case,\nas no value is passed to ampctld, the first line\nconsists only of the long command name. The final line shows\nthat the command was processed successfully by the amplifier\nbackend.
\n\nInvoking the\nExtended Response Protocol requires prepending a command\nwith a punctuation character. As shown in the examples\nabove, prepending a ’+’ character to the command\nresults in the responses being separated by a newline\ncharacter (’\\n’). Any other punctuation\ncharacter recognized by the C ispunct() function\nexcept ’\\’, ’?’, or ’_’\nwill cause that character to become the response separator\nand the entire response will be on one line.
\n\nSeparator\ncharacter summary:
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n ’+’ | \n | \n\n\n\n Each record of the response is appended with a newline\n(’\\n’). |
\n
\n\n’;’,\n’|’, or, ’,’
\n\nEach record of the response is\nappended by the given character resulting in entire response\non one line.
\n\nThese are\ncommon record separators for text representations of\nspreadsheet data, etc.
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n ’?’ | \n | \n\n\n\n Reserved for help in ampctl. |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n ’_’ | \n | \n\n\n\n Reserved for get_info short command |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n ’#’ | \n | \n\n\n\n Reserved for comments when reading a command file\nscript. |
\n
\n\nNote:\nOther punctuation characters have not been tested! Use at\nyour own risk.
\n\nFor example,\ninvoking a get_freq query with a leading\n’;’ returns:
\n\n\nget_freq:;Frequency(Hz):\n14250000;RPRT 0
\n\nOr, using the\npipe character ’|’ returns:
\n\n\nget_freq:|Frequency(Hz):\n14250000|RPRT 0
\n\nAnd a\nset_freq command prepended with a ’|’\nreturns:
\n\nset_freq:\n14250000|RPRT 0
\n\nSuch a format\nwill allow reading a response as a single event using a\npreferred response separator. Other punctuation characters\nhave not been tested!
\n\nDIAGNOSTICS\n\n
\n\n\nThe -v,\n--verbose option allows different levels of\ndiagnostics to be output to stderr and correspond to\n-v for BUG, -vv for ERR, -vvv for WARN,\n-vvvv for VERBOSE, or -vvvvv for TRACE.
\n\nA given verbose\nlevel is useful for providing needed debugging information\nto the email address below. For example, TRACE output shows\nall of the values sent to and received from the amplifier\nwhich is very useful for amplifier backend library\ndevelopment and may be requested by the developers.
\n\nEXAMPLES\n\n
\n\n\nStart\nampctld for an Elecraft KPA-1500 using a\nUSB-to-serial adapter and backgrounding:
\n\n$ ampctld -m\n201 -r /dev/ttyUSB1 &
\n\nStart\nampctld for an Elecraft KPA-1500 using COM2 on MS\nWindows:
\n\n$ ampctld -m\n201 -r COM2
\n\nConnect to the\nalready running ampctld and set the frequency to\n14.266 MHz with a 1 second read timeout using the default\nprotocol from the shell prompt:
\n\n$ echo\n"\\set_freq 14266000" | nc -w 1 localhost\n4531
\n\nConnect to a\nrunning ampctld with ampctl on the local\nhost:
\n\n$ ampctl\n-m2
\n\nSECURITY\n\n
\n\n\nNo\nauthentication whatsoever; DO NOT leave this TCP port open\nwide to the Internet. Please ask if stronger security is\nneeded or consider using a Secure Shell (ssh(1))\ntunnel.
\n\nAs\nampctld does not need any greater permissions than\nampctl, it is advisable to not start ampctld\nas “root” or another system user account in\norder to limit any vulnerability.
\n\nBUGS\n\n
\n\n\nThe daemon is\nnot detaching and backgrounding itself.
\n\nNo method to\nexit the daemon so the kill(1) command must be used\nto terminate it.
\n\nMultiple\nclients using the daemon may experience contention with the\nconnected amplifier.
\n\nReport bugs\nto:
\n\n\nHamlib\nDeveloper mailing list
\n\nCOPYING\n\n
\n\n\nThis file is\npart of Hamlib, a project to develop a library that\nsimplifies radio, rotator, and amplifier control functions\nfor developers of software primarily of interest to radio\namateurs and those interested in radio communications.
\n\nCopyright\n© 2000-2010 Stephane Fillod
\nCopyright © 2000-2018 the Hamlib Group (various\ncontributors)
\nCopyright © 2011-2020 Nate Bargmann
\n\nThis is free\nsoftware; see the file COPYING for copying conditions. There\nis NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR\nA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
\n\nSEE ALSO\n\n
\n\n\n\nkill(1),\nampctl(1), ssh(1), hamlib(7)
\n\nCOLOPHON\n\n
\n\n\nLinks to the\nHamlib Wiki, Git repository, release archives, and daily\nsnapshot archives are available via\nhamlib.org.
\n
\n\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/doc/hamlib-primer.7.html",
"content": "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nHAMLIB-PRIMER\n\n\n\n\nHAMLIB-PRIMER
\n\nNAME
\nDESCRIPTION
\nCOPYING
\nSEE ALSO
\nCOLOPHON
\n\n
\n\n\nNAME\n\n
\n\n\nhamlib-primer -\ncompiling and using the radio and rotator control\nlibrary
\n\nDESCRIPTION\n\n
\n\n\nThere are\nseveral ways to obtain a working installation of Hamlib. The\nfollowing sections discuss installing from a package\nmanager, building from source, and installing Hamlib project\nsupplied binaries on Microsoft Windows®
\n\nInstalling\nbinary packages on Linux and BSD
\nThe easiest way to install a released version of Hamlib on a\nLinux based distribution or a BSD variant is through the\nprovided package manager. While package managers vary\naccording to the distribution (it’s easy to lump BSD\nvariants in this group too) their end goal is to provide\nready to use software packages. Since such a wide variety of\npackage managers exist, it is best to recommend that the\ndocumentation for your chosen distribution be your\nguide.
\n\nA variety of\nHamlib sources
\nDistribution packages are most often official Hamlib\nreleases and in some cases could be quite old and lacking\nsupport for newer radios or rotators. In some cases support\nis improved in existing radio or rotator back ends and bugs\nare fixed in newer releases. Often times to get the improved\nsupport/bug fixes, building from source will be required.\nRelax, it’s not hard. :-)
\n\nSource code is\navailable as official releases, testing snapshots, daily\ndevelopment snapshots, and the bleeding edge of development\ndirectly from the\nGit\nrepository. As a rule, even the bleeding edge tarballs\nshould configure and compile without error even though\ncertain implementation work may be in progress and may be\nincomplete or have errors.
\n\nGetting\nreleased source
\nOfficial Hamlib source releases, commonly called\ntarballs can be found on the\nSourceForge.net\nHamlib files Web page. The most recent release is listed\nfirst.
\n\nGetting\nsource snapshots
\nTesting release candidates (RCs) are posted during the\nperiod (often a few weeks) before a planned release.\nBeginning with the 4.0 release, RCs are hosted by the\nSourceForge.net\nHamlib files Web page. RCs are identifed by having a\n~rcX suffix where the X is replace by a\nnumeral for successive release candidates.
\n\nDaily snapshots\nof the development repository are available via the World\nWide Web from\nHamlib Git\ndaily snapshots. These are not official releases but are\nprovided for testing new features and bug fixes.
\n\nThe daily\ndevelopment snapshot is made and posted each day by around\n1030 UTC. Daily snapshots should compile but\nsometimes a bug creeps in that prevents compilation. If that\nshould happen, please report it to the\nhamlib-developer\nmailing list.
\n\nGit\nrepository
\nThe source repository can be cloned which copies the\nrepository to your computer including its entire history,\nbranches, and release tag information. In other words, once\nthe git(1) clone command is finished a\ncomplete copy of the Hamlib development will be on your\ncomputer. You can do quite a lot with this as nothing is\nhidden from view since the entire history of Hamlib is right\nthere all the way from the very first commit to the present.\nNone of the meta-data is hidden away on some central\nserver.
\n\nTo clone the\nrepository use the following command:
\n\ngit clone\nhttps://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code hamlib
\n\nor:
\n\ngit clone\nhttps://github.com/Hamlib/Hamlib.git
\n\nOdds are that\nyou will want to run the above command in a sub directory of\nyour home directory. The hamlib directory will be\ncreated by Git and the master branch will be checked\nout for you as the working copy. The master branch is\none of several branches used in Hamlib development. It is\nthe main branch of new features and bug fixes. The working\ncopy will be the latest revision of every file at the time\nof the clone. Later updates from the developers will require\nusing another Git command to update your local\nrepository.
\n\nBuilding\nfrom source
\nBuilding from source will be required for various reasons.\nPerhaps only an older release is provided by your\ndistribution, or you would like to test recent changes to\nHamlib—either a specific back end or API\nchanges—and offer a report to the developers, or you\nwould like to take part in development and offer your\ncontribution to the project, or you would just like to learn\nhow to build a relatively comprehensive package from source.\nAny is a good reason to build from the source code\narchive.
\n\nBefore going\nfurther, this manual assumes familiarity with working from\nthe command prompt in a Linux/BSD/Unix like system’s\nBourne shell environment (compatible Bourne shells\ninclude bash(1), ksh(1), zsh(1), and\nseveral more) either in a virtual console (a text\nonly screen with no graphics) or in a terminal in a\ndesktop environment (xterm(1), rxvt(1),\nkonsole(1) (included with the KDE desktop),\ngnome-terminal(1), xfce4-terminal(1),\nterminal(1) (included in macOS), etc.). If this is\nnew to you, take some time and read up on using the shell. A\ngood tutorial can be found at\nLinuxCommand.org\nwhich also offers an in-depth book that can be purchased or\ndownloaded for no cost (the Hamlib project is not associated\nwith nor has any interest in the sale of this book, it just\nlooks like a very good effort on the part of its\nauthor).
\n\nLet’s get\nstarted.
\n\nCompiling\nsource tarballs
\nBefore proceeding, it is essential to read the information\nin the files, README, INSTALL, and\nREADME.betatester supplied in the Hamlib\ntop-level directory which will be named something\nlike hamlib-3.3~git where the latter part is the\nrelease version. In this case the 3.3~git indicates\nthis is a development snapshot of the Git master branch.\nThese files provide detailed information for compiling\nHamlib and will vary some from release to release.
\n\nCompiling from\na source tarball whether it is an official release or a\ntesting or daily development snapshot follows the same set\nof commands, known as the three step which are each\nrun from the top-level directory:
\n\n./configure\n
\nmake
\nsudo make install
\n\n\nconfigure\n
\nThe ./configure command examines your system\nand checks it for any packages that are required or good to\nhave options for compiling Hamlib. The leading ./\ntells the shell to only run the configure command\nfound in the current directory. It is always possible that a\nconfigure command could be lurking elsewhere and we\ndon’t want to run that!
\n\nRun:
\n\n\n./configure
\n\nfrom the\ntop-level directory.
\n\nNote:\nSome distributions are configured so commands can only be\nrun from directories listed in the PATH environment\nvariable. The ./ is necessary or the configure\ncommand will not be run as the current directory\n(defined as .) is not in the PATH. This is\nconsidered a default security feature so that only programs\nprovided by the distribution are run. PATH can be\nmodified for your own session, but that is a topic for the\nLinuxCommand.org reference above.
\n\nOf course,\nthings are usually complicated a bit by options and Hamlib\nis no exception. The good news is that the defaults, i.e.,\nno options, work well in most situations. Options are needed\nto enable the compilation of certain portions of Hamlib such\nas the language bindings. Optional features usually require\nthat more development tools are installed. The\nINSTALL and README.betatester files in the\nHamlib top-level directory will have details on the options\navailable for that release.
\n\nA useful option\nis --prefix which tells configure where in the\nfile system hierarchy Hamlib should be installed. If it is\nnot given, Hamlib will be installed in the /usr/local\nfile system hierarchy. Perhaps you want to install to your\nhome directory instead:
\n\n./configure\n--prefix=$HOME/local
\n\nNote:\nFor practice you may wish to start out using the\n--prefix=$HOME/local option to install the\nHamlib files into your home directory and avoid overwriting\nany version of Hamlib installed into the system directories.\nThe code examples in the remainder of this manual will\nassume Hamlib has been installed to $HOME/local.
\n\nAs a result of\nthis option, all of the files will be installed in the\nlocal directory of your home directory. local\nwill be created if it does not exist during installation as\nwill several other directories in it. Installing in your\nhome directory means that root, or superuser\n(administrator) privileges are not required when running\nmake install. On the other hand, some extra work will\nneed to be done so other programs can use the library. The\nutilities that are compiled as a part of the Hamlib build\nsystem will work as they are linked to the library\ninstalled under local. Running them will require\ndeclaring the complete path:
\n\n\nlocal/bin/rigctl
\n\nor modifying\nyour shell’s PATH environment variable (see the\nshell tutorial site above).
\n\nAnother useful\noption is --help which will give a few screens full\nof options for configure. If in a desktop environment\nthe scroll bar can be used to scroll back up through the\noutput. In either a terminal or a virtual console Linux\nsupports the Shift-PageUp key combination to scroll back up.\nConversely, Shift-PageDown can be used to scroll down toward\nthe end of the output and the shell prompt\n(Shift-UpArrow/Shift-DownArrow may also work to scroll one\nline at a time (terminal dependent)).
\n\nAfter a fair\namount of time, depending on your computer, and a lot of\nscreen output, configure will finish its job. So long\nas the few lines previous to the shell prompt don’t\nsay “error” or some such failure message Hamlib\nis ready to be compiled. If there is an error and all of the\nrequired packages listed in README.betatester have\nbeen installed, please ask for help on the\nhamlib-developer\nmailing list.
\n\nmake\n
\nThe make(1) command is responsible for running the\ncompiler which reads the source files and from the\ninstructions it finds in them writes object files\nwhich are the binary instructions the CPU of a computer can\nexecute. make then calls the linker which puts\nthe object files together in the correct order to create the\nHamlib library files and its executable programs.
\n\nRun:
\n\n\nmake
\n\nfrom the\ntop-level directory.
\n\nAny error that\ncauses make to stop early is cause for a question to\nthe\nhamlib-developer\nmailing list.
\n\nIn general\nmake will take longer than configure to\ncomplete its run. As it is a system command, and therefore\nfound in the shell’s PATH environment variable,\nprefixing make with ./ will cause a\n“command not found” error from the shell.
\n\nmake\ninstall
\nAssuming that you have not set the installation prefix to\nyour home directory, root (administrator) privileges will be\nrequired to install Hamlib to the system directories. Two\npopular methods exist for gaining root privileges,\nsu(1) and sudo(8). sudo is probably the\nmost popular these days, particularly when using the\nUbuntu family of\ndistributions.
\n\nRun:
\n\nsudo make\ninstall
\n\nor:
\n\n$ su -l\n
\nPassword:
\n# make install
\n\nas root from\nthe top-level directory.
\n\nNote:\nThe shell session is shown to show the change in prompt from\na normal user account to the root account.
\n\nThe -l\noption to su forces a login shell so that\nenvironment variables such as PATH are set\ncorrectly.
\n\nRunning make\ninstall will call the installer to put all of the newly\ncompiled files and other files (such as this document) in\npredetermined places set by the --prefix option to\nconfigure in the directory hierarchy (yes, this is by\ndesign and make is not just flinging files any old\nplace!).
\n\nA lot of screen\noutput will be generated. Any errors will probably be rather\nearly in the process and will likely be related to your\nusername not having write permissions in the system\ndirectory structure.
\n\n\nldconfig\n
\nOnce the installation is complete one more step is required\nif Hamlib has never been installed from a local build\nbefore. The ldconfig command tells the system library\nloader where to find the newly installed Hamlib libraries.\nIt too will need to be run with root privileges:
\n\nRun:
\n\nsudo\nldconfig
\n\nas root from\nany directory or while logged in as root from above.
\n\nNote:\nSubsequent installations of Hamlib will not need to have\nldconfig run after each installation if a newer\nversion of Hamlib was not installed, i.e., when recompiling\nthe same version during development.
\n\nOn some\ndistributions a bit of configuration will be needed before\nldconfig will add locally compiled software to its\ndatabase. Please consult your distribution’s\ndocumentation.
\n\n\nBootstrapping\nfrom a 'git clone'
\nChoosing to build from from a git clone requires a\nfew more development tools (notice a theme here?) as\ndetailed in README.developer. The most critical will\nbe the GNU Autotools (autoconf, automake,\nlibtool, and more) from which the build system\nconsisting of configure, the various\nMakefile.ins throughout the directory structure, and\nthe final Makefiles are generated.
\n\nIn the\ntop-level directory is the bootstrap script from\nwhich the build system is bootsrapped—the\nprocess of generating the Hamlib build system from\nconfigure.ac and the various Makefile.ams. At\nits completion the configure script will be present\nto configure the build system.
\n\nNext\nconfigure is run with any needed build options\n(configure --help is useful) to enable certain\nfeatures or provide paths for locating needed build\ndependencies, etc. Environment variables intended for the\npreprocessor and/or compiler may also be set on the\nconfigure command line.
\n\nAfter the\nconfiguration is complete, the build may proceed with the\nmake step as for the source tarballs above. Or\nconfigure --help may be run, and configure run\nagain with specific options in which case the\nMakefiles will be regenerated and the build can\nproceed with the new configuration.
\n\nOther make\ntargets
\nBesides make install, other targets exist when\nrunning make. Running make clean from the\ntop-level directory removes all of the generated object and\nexecutable files generated by running make freeing up\nconsiderable disk space.
\n\nNote:\nDuring development of individual source files, it is not\nnecessary to run make clean each time before\nmake. Simply run make and only the modified\nfile(s) and any objects that depend on them will be\nrecompiled. This speeds up development time\nconsiderably.
\n\nTo remove even\nthe generated Makefiles, run make distclean\nfrom the top-level directory. After this target is run,\nconfigure will need to be run again to regenerate the\nMakefiles. This command may not be as useful as the\nMakefiles do not take up much space, however it can\nbe useful for rebuilding the Makefiles when modifying\na Makefile.am or confgure.ac during build\nsystem development.
\n\nParallel\nbuild trees
\nOne feature of the GNU build system used by Hamlib is that\nthe object files can be kept in a directory structure\nseparate from the source files. While this has no effect on\nthe make targets described above, it does help the\ndeveloper find files in the source tree! One such way of\nusing parallel builds is described in\nREADME.developer.
\n\nParallel builds\ncan be very useful as one build directory can be configured\nfor a release and another build directory can be configured\nfor debugging with different options passed to\nconfigure from each directory. The generated\nMakefiles are unique to each build directory and will\nnot interfere with each other.
\n\nAdding\ndebugging symbols
\nWhen additional debugging symbols are needed with, for\nexample, the GNU Debugger, gdb, the needed compiler\nand linker options are passed as environment variables.
\n\nRun:
\n\n\n../hamlib/configure\nCFLAGS="-ggdb3 -O0" CXXFLAGS="-ggdb3\n-O0"
\n\nfrom a sibling\nbuild directory intended for a debugging build.
\n\nThe\n-ggdb3 option tells the C compiler, in this case the\nGNU C Compiler, gcc, to add special symbols useful\nfor GDB, the GNU debugger. The -O0 option tells\ngcc to turn off all optimizations which will make it\neasier to follow some variables that might otherwise be\noptimized away. CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS may be set\nindependently for each compiler.
\n\nNote:\nThere are a number compiler options available for\ncontrolling debugging symbols and setting optimization\nlevels. Please consult the compiler’s manual for all\nthe details.
\n\nCompiling\nfor Microsoft Windows
\nCurrently compiling is done on a Debian 10 (Buster) virtual\nmachine using MinGW.\nREADME.build-win32 in the scripts directory\nhas details on how this is accomplished.
\n\n\nPre-compiled\nbinaries for Microsoft Windows
\nPre-compiled binaries for Microsoft Windows 32 and 64 bit\narchitectures (Windows NT and newer) are available for both\nofficial releases and daily development snapshots.
\n\nOfficial\nreleases are available through the\nSourceForge.net\nfile download service.
\n\nDaily\ndevelopment snapshots are available from the\ndaily snapshots\npage.
\n\nBeginning with\nthe Hamlib 1.2.15.3 release a self-extracting installer is\navailable. Among its features are selecting which portions\nof Hamlib are installed. The PATH environment\nvariable will need to be set manually per the included\nREADME.w32-bin or README.w64-bin file.
\n\nDaily\ndevelopment snapshots feature both a .ZIP archive and the\nself extracting installer.
\n\nBug reports and\nquestions about these archives should be sent to the\nhamlib-developer\nmailing list.
\n\nCOPYING\n\n
\n\n\nThis file is\npart of Hamlib, a project to develop a library that\nsimplifies radio and rotator control functions for\ndevelopers of software primarily of interest to radio\namateurs and those interested in radio communications.
\n\nCopyright\n© 2001-2020 Hamlib Group (various contributors)
\n\nThis is free\nsoftware; see the file COPYING for copying conditions. There\nis NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR\nA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
\n\nSEE ALSO\n\n
\n\n\ngit(1),\nhamlib(7), ldconfig(8), make(1),\nsu(1), sudo(8)
\n\nCOLOPHON\n\n
\n\n\nLinks to the\nHamlib Wiki, Git repository, release archives, and daily\nsnapshot archives are available via\nhamlib.org.
\n
\n\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/doc/hamlib-utilities.7.html",
"content": "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nHAMLIB-UTILITIES\n\n\n\n\nHAMLIB-UTILITIES
\n\nNAME
\nDESCRIPTION
\nrigctl
\nrotctl
\nampctl
\nrigctld
\nrotctld
\nampctl
\nrigmem
\nrigsmtr
\nrigswr
\nCOPYING
\nSEE ALSO
\nCOLOPHON
\n\n
\n\n\nNAME\n\n
\n\n\n\nhamlib-utilties\n- radio and rotator control utilities of Hamlib
\n\nDESCRIPTION\n\n
\n\n\nIncluded with\nthe Hamlib distribution are several utility programs.\nBesides providing a way for developers to test new code and\nbug fixes, the programs also offer a reference\nimplementation for interfacing to the Hamlib library\nfunctions both through the C API\n(Application Programming Interface) and offering a network\naccessible API.
\n\nThis page\nsummarizes the three test programs, ampctl(1) for\ntesting amplifier back ends, rigctl(1) for testing\nradio back ends, and rotctl(1) for testing rotator\nback ends and the three network daemons, ampctld(1),\nrigctld(1), and rotcltd(1) for amplifier,\nradio, and rotator access via network sockets. Also included\nare three demonstration utilities, rigmem(1),\nrigsmtr(1), and rigswr(1) which provide\nfunctional examples of how Hamlib may be used to accomplish\nvarious tasks.
\n\nrigctl\n\n
\n\n\n\nrigctl(1)\nis the most frequently used Hamlib utility. As the other\nctl utilities share many of the same characteristics,\nmuch of the introductory information presented in this\nsection is applicable to the other utility programs.
\n\n\nIntroduction\nto rigctl
\nMost likely the first of the Hamlib utility programs that is\nused is rigctl(1). rigctl is a character based\ninteractive program and a command line program able to set\nor query a radio’s value with a single command. rigctl\nis invoked from a shell command prompt with various options\nand additional commands.
\n\nIn its most\nsimple use as a command line program, rigctl is used\nto set frequency and mode by typing commands after any\nrigctl options:
\n\nrigctl F\n14205000
\nrigctl M USB 2400
\n\nand then query\nthose values:
\n\nrigctl f\n
\nrigctl m
\n\nEntering\ninteractive mode is a simple matter of not placing\nany commands after any rigctl options:
\n\n\nrigctl
\n\nEntering\ninteractive mode allows successive commands to be entered\nwithout exiting rigctl. Recent additions to rigctl allow\ncommand editing and history recall through use of the\nReadline\nlibrary.
\n\nInteractive\nmode is indicated by the spartan prompt:
\n\nRig\ncommand:
\n\nCommands are\ngiven at the prompt and follow the general rule that upper\ncase letters set a value and lower case letters query a\nvalue:
\n\nRig command:\nM
\nMode: USB
\nPassband: 2500
\n\nRig command:\nm
\nMode: USB
\nPassband: 2500
\n\nRig\ncommand:
\n\nAn additional\nprompt is printed when more information is required by the\ncommand. For M above, rigctl prompted for the Mode and\nPassband values. For m above, rigctl returned the Mode and\nPassband values without further prompts. The command prompt\nis returned after each command invocation.
\n\nThe above\nexamples invoked rigctl without specifying a radio model.\nThis is a feature where the Hamlib internal radio model 1\ndummy is used. The dummy radio provides a way to test\nHamlib functions without the need for actual radio hardware.\nHowever, to develop the Hamlib backend capability for a\ngiven radio, having the actual radio connected to the\ncomputer is necessary for debugging.
\n\nFor example, to\nquickly set frequency on an Elecraft K3:
\n\nrigctl -m\n2029 -r /dev/rig F 3900000
\n\nand to query\nthe frequency and then mode:
\n\nrigctl -m\n2029 -r /dev/rig f
\n3900000
\n\nrigctl -m\n2029 -r /dev/rig m
\nLSB
\n2000
\n\nNote:\nthe returned values do not have the prompt strings\nassociated with interactive mode as shown above.
\n\nThe -m\noption takes a numeric value that corresponds to a given\nradio back end model. The -r option takes the path to\nthe port device on POSIX and the device name\non Microsoft Windows.
\n\nNote: A\ncomplete list of supported radio models may be seen by use\nof the -l option:
\n\nrigctl\n-l
\nRig # Mfg Model Version Status
\n1 Hamlib Dummy 0.5 Beta
\n2 Hamlib NET rigctl 0.3 Beta
\n1001 Yaesu FT-847 0.5 Beta
\n1003 Yaesu FT-1000D 0.0.6 Alpha
\n.
\n.
\n.
\n27002 Rohde&Schwarz EB200 0.1 Untested
\n28001 Philips/Simoco PRM8060 0.1 Alpha
\n29001 ADAT www.adat.ch ADT-200A 1.36 Beta
\n\nThe list is\nlong so use Shift-PageUp/Shift-PageDown on Linux, ScrollLock\nthen PageUp/PageDown on Free BSD, or use the scrollbar to\nthe virtual terminal window (cmd window on Microsoft\nWindows) or the output can be piped to more(1) or\nless(1), e.g., “rigctl -l | more” to\nscroll back up the list. The list is sorted numerically by\nmodel number since Hamlib 1.2.15.1. Model numbers of a\nmanufacturer/protocol family are grouped together.
\n\nrigctl\nreference
\nThe complete reference for rigctl can be found in the\nrigctl(1) manual page.
\n\nrotctl\n\n
\n\n\nIdentical in\nfunction to rigctl(1), rotctl(1) provides a\nmeans for testing Hamlib functions useful for rotator\ncontrol and QTH (Maidenhead gridsquare system, see\nMaidenhead\nLocator System) locator computations. As rotators have a\nmuch narrower scope than radios, there are fewer command\nline options and commands for rotctl.
\n\n\nIntroduction\nto rotctl
\nrotctl(1) is a character based interactive program and a\ncommand line program able to set or query a rotator’s\nvalue with a single command. rotctl is invoked from a shell\ncommand prompt with various options and additional\ncommands.
\n\nIn its most\nsimple use as a command line program, rotctl is used\nto set azimuth position and (optionally) elevation by typing\ncommands after any rotctl options:
\n\nrotctl P\n145.0 23.0
\nrotctl M 8 25
\n\nand then query\nthose values:
\n\nrotctl\np
\n\nEntering\ninteractive mode is a simple matter of not placing\nany commands after any rotctl options:
\n\n\nrotctl
\n\nEntering\ninteractive mode allows successive commands to be entered\nwithout exiting rotctl. Interactive mode allows for command\nediting and history recall through the use of the\nReadline\nlibrary.
\n\nInteractive\nmode is indicated by the spartan prompt:
\n\nRotator\ncommand:
\n\nCommands are\ngiven at the prompt:
\n\nRotator\ncommand: M
\nDirection: 16
\nSpeed: 60
\n\nRotator\ncommand: p
\nAzimuth: 11.352000
\nElevation: 0.000000
\n\nRotator\ncommand: p
\nAzimuth: 27.594000
\nElevation: 0.000000
\n\nRotator\ncommand:
\n\nAn additional\nprompt is printed when more information is required by the\ncommand. For M above, rotctl prompted for the Direction and\nSpeed values. For p above, rotctl returned the Azimuth and\nElevation values without further prompts. The command prompt\nis returned after each command invocation.
\n\nThe above\nexamples invoked rotctl without specifying a rotator model.\nThis is a feature where the Hamlib internal rotator model 1\ndummy is used instead. The dummy rotator provides a\nway to test Hamlib functions without the need for actual\nrotator hardware. However, to develop back end capability\nfor a given rotator, having the actual controller connected\nto the computer is necessary for debugging.
\n\nFor example, to\nquickly set position for RotorEZ:
\n\nrotctl -m\n401 -r /dev/rotor P 100.0 0.0
\n\nand to query\nthe position:
\n\nrotctl -m\n401 -r /dev/rotor p
\n100.000000
\n0.000000
\n\nThe returned\nvalues do not have the prompt strings associated with\ninteractive mode as shown above.
\n\nThe -m\noption takes a numeric value that corresponds to a given\nrotator back end model. The -r option takes the path\nto the port device on POSIX or the device\nname on Microsoft Windows.
\n\nNote: A\ncomplete list of supported rotator models may be seen by use\nof the -l option:
\n\nrotctl\n-l
\nRot # Mfg Model Version Status
\n1 Hamlib Dummy 0.5 Beta
\n2 Hamlib NET rotctl 0.3 Beta
\n201 Hamlib EasycommI 0.3 Beta
\n202 Hamlib EasycommII 0.3 Beta
\n.
\n.
\n.
\n1201 AMSAT IF-100 0.1 Untested
\n1301 LA7LKA ts7400 0.1 Beta
\n1401 Celestron NexStar 0.1 Untested
\n\nThe list is\nlong so use Shift-PageUp/Shift-PageDown on Linux, ScrollLock\nthen PageUp/PageDown on Free BSD, or use the scrollbar to\nthe virtual terminal window (cmd window on Microsoft\nWindows) or the output can be piped to more(1) or\nless(1), e.g. “rotctl -l | more” to\nscroll back up the list. The list is sorted numerically by\nmodel number since Hamlib 1.2.15.1. Model numbers of a\nmanufacturer/protocol family are grouped together.
\n\nrotctl\nreference
\nThe complete reference for rotctl can be found in the\nrotctl(1) manual page.
\n\nampctl\n\n
\n\n\nThe\nampctl(1) utility is a recent addition to the Hamlib\nutilities as a part of the 4.0 development cycle. It is\nintended to test the Hamlib implementation of amplifier\ncontrol and is similar in function to the utilities\npreviously described. See the ampctl(1) manual page\nfor the complete reference.
\n\nrigctld\n\n
\n\n\nThe\nrigctld(1) program is a network server that accepts\nthe familiar commands of rigctl(1) and provides the\nresponse data over a TCP/IP network socket to\nan application. In this manner an application can access a\nrigctld instance from nearly anywhere (caveat, no security\nis currently provided by rigctld). Applications using\nrigctld do not link directly to Hamlib nor use its C\nAPI.
\n\n\nIntroduction\nto rigctld
\nrigctld(1) communicates to a client through a\nTCP network socket using text commands shared\nwith rigctl(1). The protocol is simple; commands are\nsent to rigctld on one line and rigctld responds to\nget commands with the requested values, one per line,\nwhen successful, otherwise, it responds with one line\nRPRT x, where x is a negative number\nindicating the Hamlib error code. Commands that do not\nreturn values respond with the line RPRT x,\nwhere x is zero when successful, otherwise a negative\nnumber indicating the Hamlib error code. Each line is\nterminated with a newline, \\n, character. This\nprotocol is primarily for use by the NET rigctl\n(radio model 2) backend.
\n\nA separate\nExtended Response protocol extends the above behavior by\nechoing the received command string as a header, any\nreturned values as a key: value pair, and the RPRT\nx string as the end of response marker which includes\nthe Hamlib success or failure value. Consider using this\nprotocol for clients that will interact with rigctld\ndirectly through a TCP network socket.
\n\nMultiple radios\ncan be controlled on different TCP ports by use of multiple\nrigctld processes each listening on a unique TCP port. It is\nhoped that rigctld will be especially useful for client\nauthors using languages such as\nPerl,\nPython,\nPHP,\nRuby,\nTCL, and others.
\n\nrigctld\nreference
\nThe complete reference for rigctld can be found in the\nrigctld(1) manual page.
\n\nrotctld\n\n
\n\n\nThe\nrotctld(1) program is a network server that accepts\nthe familiar commands of rotctl(1) and provides the\nresponse data over a TCP/IP network socket to an\napplication. In this manner an application can access a\nrotctld instance from nearly anywhere (caveat, no security\nis currently provided by rotctld). Applications using\nrotctld do not link directly to Hamlib nor use its C\nAPI.
\n\n\nIntroduction\nto rotctld
\nrotctld(1) communicates to a client through a\nTCP network socket using text commands shared\nwith rotctl(1). The protocol is simple, commands are\nsent to rotctld on one line and rotctld responds to\nget commands with the requested values, one per line,\nwhen successful, otherwise, it responds with one line\nRPRT x, where x is a negative number\nindicating the Hamlib error code. Commands that do not\nreturn values respond with the line RPRT x,\nwhere x is zero when successful, otherwise a negative\nnumber indicating the Hamlib error code. Each line is\nterminated with a newline, \\n character. This\nprotocol is primarily for use by the NET rotctl\n(rotator model 2) backend.
\n\nA separate\nExtended Response protocol extends the above behavior by\nechoing the received command string as a header, any\nreturned values as a key: value pair, and the RPRT\nx string as the end of response marker which includes\nthe Hamlib success or failure value. Consider using this\nprotocol for clients that will interact with rotctld\ndirectly through a TCP network socket.
\n\nMultiple\nrotators can be controlled on different TCP ports by use of\nmultiple rotctld processes each listening on a unique TCP\nport. It is hoped that rotctld will be especially useful for\nclient authors using languages such as\nPerl,\nPython,\nPHP,\nRuby,\nTCL, and others.
\n\nrotctld\nreference
\nThe complete reference for rotctld can be found in the\nrotctld(1) manual page.
\n\nampctl\n\n
\n\n\nThe\nampctld(1) utility is a recent addition to the Hamlib\nutilities as a part of the 4.0 development cycle. It\nprovides network socket access for the Hamlib implementation\nof amplifier control and is similar in function to the\nnetwork utilities previously described. See the\nampctld(1) manual page for the complete\nreference.
\n\nrigmem\n\n
\n\n\nrigmem\nmay be used to backup and restore memory of radio\ntransceivers and receivers.
\n\n\nIntroduction\nto rigmem
\nBackup and restore memory of radio transceivers and\nreceivers. rigmem accepts commands from the\ncommand line only.
\n\nrigmem\nreference
\nThe complete reference for rigmem can be found in the\nrigmem(1) manual page.
\n\nrigsmtr\n\n
\n\n\nrigsmtr\nuses Hamlib to control a radio to measure S-Meter\nvalue versus antenna azimuth.
\n\n\nIntroduction\nto rigsmtr
\nrigsmtr rotates the antenna from minimum azimuth to maximum\nazimuth. Every second, or time_step if specified in\nseconds, it retrieves the signal strength. Azimuth in\ndegrees and the corresponding S-Meter level in dB relative\nto S9 are then printed on stdout.
\n\nTo work\ncorrectly, rigsmtr needs a radio that could measure S-Meter\nand a Hamlib backend that is able to retrieve it, connected\nto a Hamlib supported rotator.
\n\nrigsmtr\nreference
\nThe complete reference for rigsmtr can be found in the\nrigsmtr(1) manual page.
\n\nrigswr\n\n
\n\n\nrigswr\nmay be used to measure VSWR vs frequency.
\n\n\nIntroduction\nto rigswr
\nrigswr uses Hamlib to control a radio to measure VSWR\n(Voltage Standing Wave Ratio) over a frequency range.
\n\nIt scans\nfrequencies from start_freq to stop_freq with\nan optional increment of freq_step (default step is\n100 kHz). All values must be entered as an integer in Hertz\n(cycles per second).
\n\nNote:\nrigswr assumes that start_freq is less than or equal to\nstop_freq. If it is greater, rigswr will exit without\ndoing anything.
\n\nFor each\nfrequency, rigswr transmits at 25% of total POWER during 0.5\nsecond in CW mode and reads VSWR.
\n\nFrequency and\nthe corresponding VSWR are then printed on stdout.
\n\nTo work\ncorrectly, rigswr needs a radio that can measure VSWR and a\nHamlib backend that supports reading VSWR from the\nradio.
\n\nrigswr\nreference
\nThe complete reference for rigswr can be found in the\nrigswr(1) manual page.
\n\nCOPYING\n\n
\n\n\nThis file is\npart of Hamlib, a project to develop a library that\nsimplifies radio and rotator control functions for\ndevelopers of software primarily of interest to radio\namateurs and those interested in radio communications.
\n\nCopyright\n© 2001-2020 Hamlib Group (various contributors)
\n\nThis is free\nsoftware; see the file COPYING for copying conditions. There\nis NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR\nA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
\n\nSEE ALSO\n\n
\n\n\n\nless(1),\nmore(1), ampctl(1), ampctld(1),\nrigctl(1), rigctld(1), rotctl(1),\nrotctld(1), rigmem(1), rigsmtr(1),\nrigswr(1), hamlib(7),\nhamlib-primer(7)
\n\nCOLOPHON\n\n
\n\n\nLinks to the\nHamlib Wiki, Git repository, release archives, and daily\nsnapshot archives are available via\nhamlib.org.
\n
\n\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/doc/hamlib.7.html",
"content": "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nHAMLIB\n\n\n\n\nHAMLIB
\n\nNAME
\nDESCRIPTION
\nCOPYING
\nSEE ALSO
\nCOLOPHON
\n\n
\n\n\nNAME\n\n
\n\n\nhamlib - radio\nand rotator control library
\n\nDESCRIPTION\n\n
\n\n\nThe Ham\nRadio Control Libraries, Hamlib for short, is a\ndevelopment effort to provide a consistent interface for\nprogrammers wanting to incorporate radio and rotator control\nin their programs.
\n\nHamlib is not a\ncomplete user application, rather, it is a software layer\nintended to make controlling various radios and other\namateur radio station (shack) hardware much easier. Hamlib\nwill allow authors of software such as logging programs,\ndigital communications programs, or those wanting to develop\nthe ultimate radio control software to concentrate on the\nuser interface and the basic function of the program rather\nthan radio control. Hamlib consists of several parts, the\nprogramming library, utility programs, and library\ninterfaces to other programming languages.
\n\nMost recent\namateur radio transceivers allow external control of their\nfunctions through a serial interface. Unfortunately, control\ncommands are not always consistent across a\nmanufacturer’s product line and each\nmanufacturer’s product line differs greatly from its\ncompetitors.
\n\nHamlib attempts\nto solve this problem by presenting a virtual radio\nto the programmer by providing an interface to actions such\nas setting a given Variable Frequency Oscillator’s\n(VFO) frequency, setting the operating mode, querying the\nradio of its current status and settings, and giving the\napplication a list of a given radio’s capabilities.\nUnfortunately, what can be accomplished by Hamlib is limited\nby the radios themselves and some offer very limited\ncapability.
\n\nOther devices,\nsuch as antenna rotators, can be placed into the Hamlib\ncontrol scheme. Other recent developments include network\ninterface servers and a USB interface capability. Language\nbindings are provided for C, C++, Perl,\nPython, Lua and TCL (more to come).
\n\n\nOverview\n
\nHamlib is a front end library providing a C\nlanguage Application Programming Interface (API) to\nprogrammers wishing to integrate radio or rotator control in\ntheir applications. Hamlib presents a virtual radio\nor virtual rotator that is a consistent interface to\nan application despite wide differences in radio and rotator\ninterfaces and capabilities.
\n\nThe front end\nlibrary uses a number of back end libraries to\ntranslate from the front end to the various individual radio\nand rotator models. A back end library handles conversion of\nthe front end variables to the format needed by the radio or\nrotator device it controls. The back end libraries are\ngenerally grouped by manufacturer and in some cases by a\ncommon control protocol.
\n\nHamlib also\nprovides an interface library for each of several common\nscripting languages such as\nPerl,\nPython,\nLua, and\nTCL. These language\nbindings are generated through the use of\nSWIG, a\nparser/generator for multiple language interfaces to a\nC library. A natively generated C++ language\ninterface is also provided.
\n\nBesides the C\nand supplemental APIs, Hamlib also provides a pair of\nnetwork daemons that provide a text command based API for\ncontrolling an attached radio or rotator through a\nTCP/IP network connection. The daemons then\nhandle the interface to the Hamlib C API.
\n\nMore than one\ntype of device, radio or rotator, may be controlled at a\ntime, however, there is generally a limit of one device per\nserial port or other port.
\n\nHamlib\nproject information
\nThe Hamlib Project was founded by Frank Singleton,\nVK3FCS/KM5WS in July 2000. Shortly after Stephane Fillod,\nF8CFE, joined Frank on the Hamlib project and the API and\nimplementation development led to a reasonable level of\nmaturity in a few years. A major milestone was reached when\nHamlib 1.2.0 was released in March 2004. The API and\nApplication Binary Interface (ABI) interfaces have remained\nstable since that time up to the release of 3.3 in mid 2018.\nVersion 4.0 marks a major change to the ABI and certain\nchanges to the API.
\n\nDevelopment\ncontinues through the major version number 4.x series\nand beyond. The 4.0 release marks a major change in the ABI\nwith several changes for additional modes and such that will\nrequire client programs that use the C ABI to be\nrecompiled/relinked, etc. Other goals include improving the\noverall documentation (this man page with more in progress),\nand other updates as warranted.
\n\nThe Project is\nhosted by\nSourceForge.net at the\nHamlib\nproject page. As GitHub\nhas become a very popular project hosting site, Hamlib also\nhas a dedicated\nGitHub project\npage. GitHub also hosts the\nhamlib.org Web site and\nthe Hamlib\nWiki.
\n\nDevelopment\ndiscussion and most user support take place on the\nhamlib-developer\nmailing list. While there are\nSourceForge.net\ndiscussion forums, they are rarely used and not as\nclosely read by the developers as the mailing list.
\n\nFor source\ncode management, the project uses\nGit, a fast,\ndistributed content tracker. Among its features is that\nevery developer has the complete Hamlib development history\navailable locally. For more information on using Git, see\nhamlib-git(7).
\n\nNote:\nwhile a canonical Git repository is hosted at SourceForge,\nits availability is not essential to continued development\nalthough development work flows would change temporarily.\nSeveral developers find the GitHub Web interface easier to\nuse and lately development has centered around GitHub rather\nthan SourceForge.
\n\n\nApplications\nusing Hamlib
\nA number of application developers have taken advantage of\nHamlib’s capabilities to implement radio and/or\nrotator control. While not exhaustive, a list is maintained\nat the Hamlib Wiki,\nApplications/Screenshots.\nDevelopers are encouraged to request their applications be\nadded to the gallery by way of the hamlib-developer mailing\nlist.
\n\nUsing Hamlib\nwith your program
\nAs with other Free Software projects, Hamlib relies heavily\non copyleft licensing to encourage development contributions\nand provide an open atmosphere for development.\nHamlib’s source code is released under two licenses,\nthe Lesser General Public License (LGPL) version 2.1\nfor the library portion, and the General Public\nLicense (GPL) version 2 for the utility programs.
\n\nThe LGPL allows\nthe library to be used (linked) by programs regardless of\ntheir individual license. However, any contributions to the\nlibrary source remain under a copyleft license which means\nthat the library source code may not be used in violation of\nthe terms of the LGPL (see the file COPYING.LIB in\nthe main source directory). Concepts learned by studying\nthese sources for the purpose of understanding the Hamlib\nAPI is not covered nor prohibited by the LGPL, however,\ndirectly copying LGPL sources into any work that is\nincompatible with the terms of the LGPL is a violation of\nthe terms of the license.
\n\nThe utility\nprogram source files are released under the GPL. Any direct\nuse of these sources must be in a form that complies with\nthe terms of the GPL (see the file COPYING in the\nmain source directory). Concepts learned by studying these\nsources for the purpose of understanding the Hamlib API is\nnot covered nor prohibited by the GPL, however, directly\ncopying GPL sources into any work that is incompatible with\nthe terms of the GPL is a violation of the terms of the\nlicense.
\n\nRadios with\na clone capability
\nHamlib’s focus is on controlling radios that employ a\nport and command protocol for setting frequency, mode, VFO,\nPTT, etc. Most VHF/UHF transceivers do not employ such\ncontrol capability but do provide for cloning the memory\ncontents from radio to another of the same model. A related\nproject,\nChirp, aims\nto support radios with such a clone capability. Please\ncontact the Chirp project for support of such radios.
\n\nPronouncing\nHamlib
\nEnglish speakers seem to have two alternate pronunciations\nfor our project:
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n • | \n | \n\n\n\n Hamlib (Ham - lib, long ’i’, as in library.)\nIPA style: /'ham læb/ |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n • | \n | \n\n\n\n Hamlib (Ham - lib, short ’i’, as in\nliberty.) IPA style: /'ham lɪb/ |
\n
\n\nThen again, we\nhave people who say Linux “L-eye-nux” and those\nwho say “L-in-nux”...
\n\nIf you’re\nFrench, the above does not apply! :-)
\n\nCOPYING\n\n
\n\n\nThis file is\npart of Hamlib, a project to develop a library that\nsimplifies radio, rotator, and amplifier control functions\nfor developers of software primarily of interest to radio\namateurs and those interested in radio communications.
\n\nCopyright\n© 2001-2020 Hamlib Group (various contributors)
\n\nThis is free\nsoftware; see the file COPYING for copying conditions. There\nis NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR\nA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
\n\nSEE ALSO\n\n
\n\n\n\nhamlib-primer(7)
\n\nCOLOPHON\n\n
\n\n\nLinks to the\nHamlib Wiki, Git repository, release archives, and daily\nsnapshot archives are available via\nhamlib.org.
\n
\n\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/doc/rigctl.1.html",
"content": "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nRIGCTL\n\n\n\n\nRIGCTL
\n\nNAME
\nSYNOPSIS
\nDESCRIPTION
\nOPTIONS
\nCOMMANDS
\nREADLINE
\nDIAGNOSTICS
\nEXIT STATUS
\nEXAMPLES
\nBUGS
\nCOPYING
\nSEE ALSO
\nCOLOPHON
\n\n
\n\n\nNAME\n\n
\n\n\nrigctl -\ncontrol radio transceivers and receivers
\n\nSYNOPSIS\n\n
\n\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n rigctl | \n | \n\n\n\n [-hiIlLnouV]\n[-m id] [-r device]\n[-p device]\n[-d device] [-P type]\n[-D type] [-s baud]\n[-c id] [-t char]\n[-C parm=val] -Y [-v[-Z]]\n[command|-] |
\n
\n\nDESCRIPTION\n\n
\n\n\nControl radio\ntransceivers and receivers. rigctl accepts\ncommands from the command line as well as in\ninteractive mode if none are provided on the command\nline.
\n\nKeep in mind\nthat Hamlib is BETA level software. While a lot of backend\nlibraries lack complete rig support, the basic functions are\nusually well supported.
\n\nPlease report\nbugs and provide feedback at the e-mail address given in the\nBUGS section below. Patches and code enhancements\nsent to the same address are welcome.
\n\nOPTIONS\n\n
\n\n\nThis program\nfollows the usual GNU command line syntax. Short options\nthat take an argument may have the value follow immediately\nor be separated by a space. Long options starting with two\ndashes (’-’) require an ’=’ between\nthe option and any argument.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported options:
\n-m, --model=id
\n\nSelect radio model number.\nDefaults to dummy rig.
\n\nSee model list\n(use “rigctl -l”).
\n\nNote:\nrigctl (or third party software using the C API) will\nuse radio model 2 for NET rigctl (communicating with\nrigctld).
\n\n-r,\n--rig-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the port connected to the radio.
\n\nOften a serial\nport, but could be a USB to serial adapter. Typically\n/dev/ttyS0, /dev/ttyS1, /dev/ttyUSB0,\netc. on Linux, COM1, COM2, etc. on MS Windows.\nThe BSD flavors and Mac OS/X have their own designations.\nSee your system’s documentation.
\n\nCan be a\nnetwork address:port, e.g. 127.0.0.1:12345
\n\nThe special\nstring “uh-rig” may be given to enable micro-ham\ndevice support.
\n\n-p,\n--ptt-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the Push-To-Talk device using a device file as\ndescribed above.
\n\n-d,\n--dcd-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the Data Carrier Detect device using a device file\nas described above.
\n\n-P,\n--ptt-type=type
\n\nUse type of Push-To-Talk\ndevice.
\n\nSupported types\nare ’RIG’ (CAT command), ’DTR’,\n’RTS’, ’PARALLEL’,\n’CM108’, ’GPIO’,\n’GPION’, ’NONE’, overriding PTT type\ndefined in the rig’s backend.
\n\nSome side\neffects of this command are that when type is set to DTR,\nread PTT state comes from the Hamlib frontend, not\nread from the radio. When set to NONE, PTT state cannot be\nread or set even if rig backend supports reading/setting PTT\nstatus from the rig.
\n\n-D,\n--dcd-type=type
\n\nUse type of Data Carrier\nDetect device.
\n\nSupported types\nare ’RIG’ (CAT command), ’DSR’,\n’CTS’, ’CD’, ’PARALLEL’,\n’CM108’, ’GPIO’,\n’GPION’, ’NONE’.
\n\n-s,\n--serial-speed=baud
\n\nSet serial speed to baud\nrate.
\n\nUses maximum\nserial speed from radio backend capabilities (set by\n-m above) as the default.
\n\n-c,\n--civaddr=id
\n\nUse id as the CI-V\naddress to communicate with the rig.
\n\nOnly useful for\nIcom and some Ten-Tec rigs.
\n\nNote:\nThe id is in decimal notation, unless prefixed by\n0x, in which case it is hexadecimal.
\n\n-t,\n--send-cmd-term=char
\n\nChange the termination\nchar for text protocol when using the send_cmd\ncommand.
\n\nThe default\nvalue is ASCII CR (’0x0D’). ASCII non-printing\ncharacters can be given as the ASCII number in hexadecimal\nformat prepended with “0x”. You may pass an\nempty string for no termination char. The string\n“-1” tells rigctl to switch to binary\nprotocol. See the send_cmd command for further\nexplanation.
\n\nFor example, to\nspecify a command terminator for Kenwood style text commands\npass “-t ’;’” to rigctl. See\nEXAMPLE below.
\n\n-L,\n--show-conf
\n\nList all config parameters for\nthe radio defined with -m above. Note the dummy\ndevice has no serial parameters.
\n\n-C,\n--set-conf=parm=val[,parm=val]
\n\nSet radio configuration\nparameter(s), e.g. stop_bits=2.
\n\nUse the\n-L option above for a list of configuration\nparameters for a given model number.
\n\n-u,\n--dump-caps
\n\nDump capabilities for the radio\ndefined with -m above and exit.
\n\n-l, --list
\n\nList all model numbers defined\nin Hamlib and exit.
\n\nThe list is\nsorted by model number.
\n\nNote: In\nLinux the list can be scrolled back using\nShift-PageUp/Shift-PageDown, or using the\nscrollbars of a virtual terminal in X or the cmd window in\nWindows. The output can be piped to more(1) or\nless(1), e.g. “rigctl -l | more”.
\n\n-o, --vfo
\n\nEnable vfo mode.
\n\nAn extra VFO\nargument will be required in front of each appropriate\ncommand (except set_vfo). Otherwise,\n’currVFO’ is used when this option is not set\nand an extra VFO argument is not used.
\n\n-n,\n--no-restore-ai
\n\nOn exit rigctl restores\nthe state of auto information (AI) on the controlled\nrig.
\n\nIf this is not\ndesired, for example if you are using rigctl to turn\nAI mode on or off, pass this option.
\n\n-i,\n--read-history
\n\nRead previously saved command\nand argument history from a file (default\n$HOME/.rigctl_history) for the current session.
\n\nAvailable when\nrigctl is built with Readline support (see READLINE\nbelow).
\n\nNote: To\nread a history file stored in another directory, set the\nRIGCTL_HIST_DIR environment variable, e.g.\n“RIGCTL_HIST_DIR=~/tmp rigctl -i”. When\nRIGCTL_HIST_DIR is not set, the value of HOME is\nused.
\n\n-I,\n--save-history
\n\nWrite current session (and\nprevious session(s), if -i option is given) command\nand argument history to a file (default\n$HOME/.rigctl_history) at the end of the current\nsession.
\n\nComplete\ncommands with arguments are saved as a single line to be\nrecalled and used or edited. Available when rigctl is\nbuilt with Readline support (see READLINE below).
\n\nNote: To\nwrite a history file in another directory, set the\nRIGCTL_HIST_DIR environment variable, e.g.\n“RIGCTL_HIST_DIR=~/tmp rigctl -IRq. When\nRIGCTL_HIST_DIR is not set, the value of HOME is\nused.
\n\n-v, --verbose
\n\nSet verbose mode, cumulative\n(see DIAGNOSTICS below).
\n\n\n-Y,--ignore-err
\n\nIgnores rig open errors
\n\n-Z,\n--debug-time-stamps
\n\nEnable time stamps for the\ndebug messages.
\n\nUse only in\ncombination with the -v option as it generates no\noutput on its own.
\n\n-h, --help
\n\nShow a summary of these options\nand exit.
\n\n-V, --version
\n\nShow version of rigctl\nand exit.
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n - | \n | \n\n\n\n Stop option processing and read commands from standard\ninput. |
\n
\n\nSee Standard\nInput below.
\n\nNote:\nSome options may not be implemented by a given backend and\nwill return an error. This is most likely to occur with the\n--set-conf and --show-conf options.
\n\nPlease note\nthat the backend for the radio to be controlled, or the\nradio itself may not support some commands. In that case,\nthe operation will fail with a Hamlib error code.
\n\nCOMMANDS\n\n
\n\n\nCommands can be\nentered either as a single char, or as a long command name.\nThe commands are not prefixed with a dash as the options\nare. They may be typed in when in interactive mode or\nprovided as argument(s) in command line interface mode. In\ninteractive mode commands and their arguments may be entered\non a single line:
\n\nM LSB\n2400
\n\nSince most of\nthe Hamlib operations have a set and a\nget method, an upper case letter will often be used\nfor a set method whereas the corresponding lower case\nletter refers to the get method. Each operation also\nhas a long name; in interactive mode, prepend a backslash,\n’\\’, to enter a long command name.
\n\nExample: Use\n“\\dump_caps” to see what capabilities this radio\nand backend support.
\n\nNote:\nThe backend for the radio to be controlled, or the radio\nitself may not support some commands. In that case, the\noperation will fail with a Hamlib error message.
\n\nStandard\nInput
\nAs an alternative to the READLINE interactive command\nentry or a single command for each run, rigctl\nfeatures a special option where a single dash\n(’-’) may be used to read commands from standard\ninput (stdin). Commands must be separated by\nwhitespace similar to the commands given on the command\nline. Comments may be added using the ’#’\ncharacter, all text up until the end of the current line\nincluding the ’#’ character is ignored.
\n\nA simple\nexample (typed text is in bold):
\n\n$ cat\n<<.EOF. >cmds.txt
\n> # File of commands
\n\n\n\n | \n | \n | \n\n\n\n > v f m | \n | \n | \n\n |
\n\n | \n | \n | \n\n\n\n # query rig | \n | \n | \n\n |
\n\n | \n | \n | \n\n\n\n > V VFOB F 14200000 M CW 500 | \n | \n | \n\n\n\n # set rig |
\n\n | \n | \n | \n\n\n\n > v f m | \n | \n | \n\n |
\n\n | \n | \n | \n\n\n\n # query rig | \n | \n | \n\n |
\n
\n\n> .EOF.
\n\n$ rigctl -m1\n- <cmds.txt
\n\nv VFOA
\n\nf 145000000
\n\nm FM
\n15000
\n\nV VFOB
\nF 14200000
\nM CW 500
\nv VFOB
\n\nf 14200000
\n\nm CW
\n500
\n\n$
\n\nrigctl\nCommands
\nA summary of commands is included below (In the case of\nset commands the quoted italicized string is replaced\nby the value in the description. In the case of get\ncommands the quoted italicized string is the key name of the\nvalue returned.):
\nQ|q, exit rigctl
\n\nExit rigctl in interactive\nmode.
\n\nWhen rigctl is\ncontrolling the rig directly, will close the rig backend and\nport. When rigctl is connected to rigctld (radio model 2),\nthe TCP/IP connection to rigctld is closed and rigctld\nremains running, available for another TCP/IP network\nconnection.
\n\nF, set_freq\n'Frequency'
\n\nSet 'Frequency', in\nHz.
\n\nFrequency may\nbe a floating point or integer value.
\n\nf, get_freq
\n\nGet 'Frequency', in\nHz.
\n\nReturns an\ninteger value and the VFO hamlib thinks is active. Note that\nsome rigs (e.g. all Icoms) cannot track current VFO so\nhamlib can get out of sync with the rig if the user presses\nrig buttons like the VFO.
\n\nM, set_mode\n'Mode' 'Passband'
\n\nSet 'Mode' and\n'Passband'.
\n\nMode is a\ntoken: ’USB’, ’LSB’,\n’CW’, ’CWR’, ’RTTY’,\n’RTTYR’, ’AM’, ’FM’,\n’WFM’, ’AMS’, ’PKTLSB’,\n’PKTUSB’, ’PKTFM’,\n’ECSSUSB’, ’ECSSLSB’,\n’FA’, ’SAM’, ’SAL’,\n’SAH’, ’DSB’.
\n\nPassband is in\nHz as an integer, -1 for no change, or ’0’ for\nthe radio backend default.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Mode token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported Modes. Use this to determine the\nsupported Modes of a given radio backend.
\n\nm, get_mode
\n\nGet 'Mode' and\n'Passband'.
\n\nReturns Mode as\na token and Passband in Hz as in set_mode above.
\n\nV, set_vfo\n'VFO'
\n\nSet 'VFO'.
\n\nVFO is a token:\n’VFOA’, ’VFOB’, ’VFOC’,\n’currVFO’, ’VFO’, ’MEM’,\n’Main’, ’Sub’, ’TX’,\n’RX’.
\n\nIn VFO mode\n(see --vfo option above) only a single VFO parameter\nis required:
\n\n$ rigctl -m\n229 -r /dev/rig -o
\n\nRig command: V\n
\nVFO: VFOB
\n\nRig\ncommand:
\n\nv, get_vfo
\n\nGet current 'VFO'.
\n\nReturns VFO as\na token as in set_vfo above.
\n\nJ, set_rit\n'RIT'
\n\nSet 'RIT'.
\n\nRIT is in Hz\nand can be + or -. A value of ’0’ resets RIT\n(Receiver Incremental Tuning) to match the VFO\nfrequency.
\n\nNote:\nRIT needs to be explicitly activated or deactivated with the\nset_func command. This allows setting the RIT offset\nindependently of its activation and allows RIT to remain\nactive while setting the offset to ’0’.
\n\nj, get_rit
\n\nGet 'RIT' in Hz.
\n\nReturned value\nis an integer.
\n\nZ, set_xit\n'XIT'
\n\nSet 'XIT'.
\n\nXIT is in Hz\nand can be + or -. A value of ’0’ resets XIT\n(Transmitter Incremental Tuning) to match the VFO\nfrequency.
\n\nNote:\nXIT needs to be explicitly activated or deactivated with the\nset_func command. This allows setting the XIT offset\nindependently of its activation and allows XIT to remain\nactive while setting the offset to ’0’.
\n\nz, get_xit
\n\nGet 'XIT' in Hz.
\n\nReturned value\nis an integer.
\n\nT, set_ptt\n'PTT'
\n\nSet 'PTT'.
\n\nPTT is a value:\n’0’ (RX), ’1’ (TX), ’2’\n(TX mic), or ’3’ (TX data).
\n\nt, get_ptt
\n\nGet 'PTT' status.
\n\nReturns PTT as\na value in set_ptt above.
\n\nS, set_split_vfo\n'Split' 'TX VFO'
\n\nSet 'Split' mode.
\n\nSplit is either\n’0’ = Normal or ’1’ = Split.
\n\nSet 'TX\nVFO'.
\n\nTX VFO is a\ntoken: ’VFOA’, ’VFOB’,\n’VFOC’, ’currVFO’,\n’VFO’, ’MEM’, ’Main’,\n’Sub’, ’TX’, ’RX’.
\n\ns,\nget_split_vfo
\n\nGet 'Split' mode.
\n\nSplit is either\n’0’ = Normal or ’1’ = Split.
\n\nGet 'TX\nVFO'.
\n\nTX VFO is a\ntoken as in set_split_vfo above.
\n\nI, set_split_freq\n'Tx Frequency'
\n\nSet 'TX Frequency', in\nHz.
\n\nFrequency may\nbe a floating point or integer value.
\n\ni,\nget_split_freq
\n\nGet 'TX Frequency', in\nHz.
\n\nReturns an\ninteger value.
\n\nX, set_split_mode\n'TX Mode' 'TX Passband'
\n\nSet 'TX Mode' and 'TX\nPassband'.
\n\nTX Mode is a\ntoken: ’USB’, ’LSB’,\n’CW’, ’CWR’, ’RTTY’,\n’RTTYR’, ’AM’, ’FM’,\n’WFM’, ’AMS’, ’PKTLSB’,\n’PKTUSB’, ’PKTFM’,\n’ECSSUSB’, ’ECSSLSB’,\n’FA’, ’SAM’, ’SAL’,\n’SAH’, ’DSB’.
\n\nTX Passband is\nin Hz as an integer, or ’0’ for the radio\nbackend default.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a TX Mode token will return a space separated\nlist of radio backend supported TX Modes. Use this to\ndetermine the supported TX Modes of a given radio\nbackend.
\n\nx,\nget_split_mode
\n\nGet 'TX Mode' and 'TX\nPassband'.
\n\nReturns TX Mode\nas a token and TX Passband in Hz as in set_split_mode\nabove.
\n\nY, set_ant\n'Antenna' 'Option'
\n\nSet 'Antenna' and\n'Option'.
\n\nNumber is\n1-based antenna# (’1’, ’2’,\n’3’, ...).
\n\nOption depends\non rig..for Icom it probably sets the Tx & Rx antennas\nas in the IC-7851. See your manual for rig specific option\nvalues. Most rigs don’t care about the option.
\n\nFor the\nIC-7851, FTDX3000 (and perhaps others) it means this:
\n\n1 = TX/RX =\nANT1 FTDX3000=ANT1/ANT3
\n2 = TX/RX = ANT2 FTDX3000=ANT2/ANT3
\n3 = TX/RX = ANT3 FTDX3000=ANT3
\n4 = TX/RX = ANT1/ANT4
\n5 = TX/RX = ANT2/ANT4
\n6 = TX/RX = ANT3/ANT4
\n\ny, get_ant\n'Antenna'
\n\nGet 'Antenna'
\n\nA value of 0\nfor Antenna will return the current TX antenna
\n\n> 0 is\n1-based antenna# (’1’, ’2’,\n’3’, ...).
\n\nOption returned\ndepends on rig..for Icom is likely the RX only flag.
\n\nb, send_morse\n'Morse'
\n\nSend 'Morse' symbols.\nFor Yaesu rigs use memory#.
\n\n0x8b, get_dcd
\n\nGet 'DCD' (squelch)\nstatus: ’0’ (Closed) or ’1’\n(Open).
\n\nR, set_rptr_shift\n'Rptr Shift'
\n\nSet 'Rptr Shift'.
\n\nRptr Shift is\none of: ’+’, ’-’, or something else\nfor ’None’.
\n\nr,\nget_rptr_shift
\n\nGet 'Rptr Shift'.
\n\nReturns\n’+’, ’-’, or ’None’.
\n\nO, set_rptr_offs\n'Rptr Offset'
\n\nSet 'Rptr Offset', in\nHz.
\n\no,\nget_rptr_offs
\n\nGet 'Rptr Offset', in\nHz.
\n\nC, set_ctcss_tone\n'CTCSS Tone'
\n\nSet 'CTCSS Tone', in\ntenths of Hz.
\n\nc,\nget_ctcss_tone
\n\nGet 'CTCSS Tone', in\ntenths of Hz.
\n\nD, set_dcs_code\n'DCS Code'
\n\nSet 'DCS Code'.
\n\nd,\nget_dcs_code
\n\nGet 'DCS Code'.
\n\n0x90,\nset_ctcss_sql 'CTCSS Sql'
\n\nSet 'CTCSS Sql' tone, in\ntenths of Hz.
\n\n0x91,\nget_ctcss_sql
\n\nGet 'CTCSS Sql' tone, in\ntenths of Hz.
\n\n0x92, set_dcs_sql\n'DCS Sql'
\n\nSet 'DCS Sql' code.
\n\n0x93,\nget_dcs_sql
\n\nGet 'DCS Sql'
\ncode.
\n\nN, set_ts\n'Tuning Step'
\n\nSet 'Tuning Step', in\nHz.
\n\nn, get_ts
\n\nGet 'Tuning Step', in\nHz.
\n\nU, set_func\n'Func' 'Func Status'
\n\nSet 'Func' and 'Func\nStatus'.
\n\nFunc is a\ntoken: ’FAGC’, ’NB’,\n’COMP’, ’VOX’, ’TONE’,\n’TSQL’, ’SBKIN’,\n’FBKIN’, ’ANF’, ’NR’,\n’AIP’, ’APF’, ’MON’,\n’MN’, ’RF’, ’ARO’,\n’LOCK’, ’MUTE’, ’VSC’,\n’REV’, ’SQL’, ’ABM’,\n’BC’, ’MBC’, ’RIT’,\n’AFC’, ’SATMODE’,\n’SCOPE’, ’RESUME’,\n’TBURST’, ’TUNER’,\n’XIT’.
\n\nFunc Status is\na non null value for “activate” or\n“de-activate” otherwise, much as TRUE/FALSE\ndefinitions in the C language (true is non-zero and false is\nzero, ’0’).
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Func token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported set function tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported functions of a given radio\nbackend.
\n\nu, get_func\n'Func'
\n\nGet 'Func Status'.
\n\nReturns Func\nStatus as a non null value for the Func token given as in\nset_func above.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Func token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported get function tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported functions of a given radio\nbackend.
\n\nL, set_level\n'Level' 'Level Value'
\n\nSet 'Level' and\n'Level Value'.
\n\nLevel is a\ntoken: ’PREAMP’, ’ATT’,\n’VOX’, ’AF’, ’RF’,\n’SQL’, ’IF’, ’APF’,\n’NR’, ’PBT_IN’,\n’PBT_OUT’, ’CWPITCH’,\n’RFPOWER’, ’RFPOWER_METER’,\n’RFPOWER_METER_WATTS’, ’MICGAIN’,\n’KEYSPD’, ’NOTCHF’,\n’COMP’, ’AGC’, ’BKINDL’,\n’BAL’, ’METER’,\n’VOXGAIN’, ’ANTIVOX’,\n’SLOPE_LOW’, ’SLOPE_HIGH’,\n’RAWSTR’, ’SWR’, ’ALC’,\n’STRENGTH’.
\n\nThe Level Value\ncan be a float or an integer value. For the AGC token the\nvalue is one of ’0’ = OFF, ’1’ =\nSUPERFAST, ’2’ = FAST, ’3’ = SLOW,\n’4’ = USER, ’5’ = MEDIUM,\n’6’ = AUTO.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Level token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported set level tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported levels of a given radio backend.
\n\nl, get_level\n'Level'
\n\nGet 'Level Value'.
\n\nReturns Level\nValue as a float or integer for the Level token given as in\nset_level above.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Level token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported get level tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported levels of a given radio backend.
\n\nP, set_parm\n'Parm' 'Parm Value'
\n\nSet 'Parm' and 'Parm\nValue'.
\n\nParm is a\ntoken: ’ANN’, ’APO’,\n’BACKLIGHT’, ’BEEP’,\n’TIME’, ’BAT’,\n’KEYLIGHT’.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Parm token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported set parameter tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported parameters of a given radio\nbackend.
\n\np, get_parm\n'Parm'
\n\nGet 'Parm Value'.
\n\nReturns Parm\nValue as a float or integer for the Parm token given as in\nset_parm above.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Parm token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported get parameter tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported parameters of a given radio\nbackend.
\n\nB, set_bank\n'Bank'
\n\nSet 'Bank'.
\n\nSets the\ncurrent memory bank number.
\n\nE, set_mem\n'Memory#'
\n\nSet 'Memory#' channel\nnumber.
\n\ne, get_mem
\n\nGet 'Memory#' channel\nnumber.
\n\nG, vfo_op\n'Mem/VFO Op'
\n\nPerform a 'Mem/VFO\nOp'.
\n\nMem/VFO\nOperation is a token: ’CPY’, ’XCHG’,\n’FROM_VFO’, ’TO_VFO’,\n’MCL’, ’UP’, ’DOWN’,\n’BAND_UP’, ’BAND_DOWN’,\n’LEFT’, ’RIGHT’, ’TUNE’,\n’TOGGLE’.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Mem/VFO Op token will return a space separated\nlist of radio backend supported Set Mem/VFO Op tokens. Use\nthis to determine the supported Mem/VFO Ops of a given radio\nbackend.
\n\ng, scan 'Scan\nFct' 'Scan Channel'
\n\nPerform a 'Scan Fct' on\na 'Scan Channel'.
\n\nScan Function\nis a token: ’STOP’, ’MEM’,\n’SLCT’, ’PRIO’, ’PROG’,\n’DELTA’, ’VFO’,\n’PLT’.
\n\nScan Channel is\nan integer (maybe?).
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Scan Fct token will return a space separated\nlist of radio backend supported Scan Function tokens. Use\nthis to determine the supported Scan Functions of a given\nradio backend.
\n\nH, set_channel\n'Channel'
\n\nSet memory 'Channel'\ndata.
\n\nSets memory\nchannel information
\n\nh, get_channel\n'readonly'
\n\nGet channel memory.
\n\nIf readonly!=0\nthen only channel data is returned and rig remains on the\ncurrent channel. If readonly=0 then rig will be set to the\nchannel requested. data.
\n\nA, set_trn\n'Transceive'
\n\nSet 'Transceive'\nmode.
\n\nTranscieve is a\ntoken: ’OFF’, ’RIG’,\n’POLL’.
\n\nTransceive is a\nmechanism for radios to report events without a specific\ncall for information.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Transceive token will return a space separated\nlist of radio backend supported Transceive mode tokens. Use\nthis to determine the supported Transceive modes of a given\nradio backend.
\n\na, get_trn
\n\nGet 'Transceive'\nmode.
\n\nTransceive mode\n(reporting event) as in set_trn above.
\n\n*, reset\n'Reset'
\n\nPerform rig 'Reset'.
\n\nReset is a\nvalue: ’0’ = None, ’1’ = Software\nreset, ’2’ = VFO reset, ’4’ = Memory\nClear reset, ’8’ = Master reset.
\n\nSince these\nvalues are defined as a bitmask in\ninclude/hamlib/rig.h, it should be possible to AND\nthese values together to do multiple resets at once, if the\nbackend supports it or supports a reset action via rig\ncontrol at all.
\n\n0x87,\nset_powerstat 'Power Status'
\n\nSet 'Power Status'.
\n\nPower Status is\na value: ’0’ = Power Off, ’1’ =\nPower On, ’2’ = Power Standby (enter standby),\n’4’ = Power Operate (leave standby).
\n\n0x88,\nget_powerstat
\n\nGet 'Power Status' as in\nset_powerstat above.
\n\n0x89, send_dtmf\n'Digits'
\n\nSet DTMF 'Digits'.
\n\n0x8a,\nrecv_dtmf
\n\nGet DTMF 'Digits'.
\n\n_, get_info
\n\nGet misc information about the\nrig.
\n\n0xf5,\nget_rig_info
\n\nGet misc information about the\nrig vfo status and other info.
\n\n0xf3,\nget_vfo_info 'VFO'
\n\nGet misc information about a\nspecific vfo.
\n\ndump_state
\n\nReturn certain state\ninformation about the radio backend.
\n\n1, dump_caps
\n\nNot a real rig remote command,\nit just dumps capabilities, i.e. what the backend knows\nabout this model, and what it can do.
\n\nTODO: Ensure\nthis is in a consistent format so it can be read into a\nhash, dictionary, etc. Bug reports requested.
\n\nNote:\nThis command will produce many lines of output so be very\ncareful if using a fixed length array! For example, running\nthis command against the Dummy backend results in over 5kB\nof text output.
\n\nVFO parameter\nnot used in ’VFO mode’.
\n\n2, power2mW\n'Power [0.0..1.0]' 'Frequency'\n'Mode'
\n\nReturns 'Power mW'.
\n\nConverts a\nPower value in a range of 0.0...1.0 to the\nreal transmit power in milli-Watts (integer).
\n\n\n'Frequency'\nand 'Mode' also need to be provided as output power\nmay vary according to these values.
\n\nVFO parameter\nis not used in VFO mode.
\n\n4, mW2power\n'Power mW' 'Frequency' 'Mode'
\n\nReturns 'Power\n[0.0..1.0]'.
\n\nConverts the\nreal transmit power in milli-Watts (integer) to a Power\nvalue in a range of 0.0 ... 1.0.
\n\n\n'Frequency'\nand 'Mode' also need to be provided as output power\nmay vary according to these values.
\n\nVFO parameter\nis not used in VFO mode.
\n\nw, send_cmd\n'Cmd'
\n\nSend a raw command string to\nthe radio.
\n\nThis is useful\nfor testing and troubleshooting radio commands and responses\nwhen developing a backend.
\n\nFor binary\nprotocols enter values as \\0xAA\\0xBB. Expect a\n'Reply' from the radio which will likely be a binary\nblock or an ASCII string depending on the radio’s\nprotocol (see your radio’s computer control\ndocumentation).
\n\nThe command\nterminator, set by the send-cmd-term option above,\nwill terminate each command string sent to the radio. This\ncharacter should not be a part of the input string.
\n\nW, send_cmd_rx\n'Cmd' nbytes
\n\nSend a raw command string to\nthe radio and expect nbytes returned.
\n\nThis is useful\nfor testing and troubleshooting radio commands and responses\nwhen developing a backend. If the # of bytes requested is\n<= the number actually returned no timeout will\noccur.
\n\nThe command\nargument can have no spaces in it. For binary protocols\nenter values as \\0xAA\\0xBB. Expect a 'Reply' from the\nradio which will likely be a binary block or an ASCII string\ndepending on the radio’s protocol (see your\nradio’s computer control documentation).
\n\nThe command\nterminator, set by the send-cmd-term option above,\nwill terminate each command string sent to the radio. This\ncharacter should not be a part of the input string.
\n\nset_clock\n'DateTime'
\n\nSet 'DateTime'
\n\nSets rig clock\n-- note that some rigs do not handle seconds or\nmilliseconds. If you try to set sec/msec and rig does not\nsupport it you will get a debug warning message. Format is\nISO8601,
\nFormats accepted
\nYYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSS+ZZ (where +ZZ is either -/+ UTC\noffset)
\nYYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+ZZ
\nYYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM+ZZ
\nYYYY-MM-DD (sets date only)
\nNote: Icom rigs expect you to set local time and the hours\noff to UTC.
\nSo...4PM EST example would be 2021-12-01T16:00:00+05
\nBut...if you want to display GMT you must set the clock for\nGMT with zero UTC offset.
\nHopefully Icom will allow displaying either clock in the\nfuture
\n\nget_clock
\n\nGet 'RigTime'
\n\nGets rig clock\n-- note that some rigs do not handle seconds or\nmilliseconds. Format is ISO8601 YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.sss+ZZ\nwhere +ZZ is either -/+ UTC offset
\n\nchk_vfo
\n\nGet 'Status'
\n\nReturns Status\nas 1 if vfo option is on and 0 if vfo option is off. This\ncommand reflects the -o switch for rigctl and ritctld and\ncan be dynamically changed by set_vfo_opt.
\n\nset_vfo_opt\n'Status'
\n\nSet 'Status'
\n\nSet vfo option\nStatus 1=on or 0=off This is the same as using the -o switch\nfor rigctl and ritctld. This can be dyamically changed while\nrunning.
\n\npause\n'Seconds'
\n\nPause for the given whole\n(integer) number of 'Seconds' before sending the next\ncommand to the radio.
\n\npassword\n'Password'
\n\nSends password to rigctld when\nrigctld has been secured with -A. Must use the 32-char\nshared secret from rigctld.
\n\nREADLINE\n\n
\n\n\nIf\nReadline library development files are found at\nconfigure time, rigctl will be conditonally built\nwith Readline support for command and argument entry.\nReadline command key bindings are at their defaults as\ndescribed in the\nReadline\nmanual. rigctl sets the name “rigctl”\nwhich can be used in Conditional Init Constructs in the\nReadline Init File ($HOME/.inputrc by default) for\ncustom keybindings unique to rigctl.
\n\nCommand history\nis available with Readline support as described in the\nReadline\nHistory manual. Command and argument strings are stored\nas single lines even when arguments are prompted for input\nindividually. Commands and arguments are not validated and\nare stored as typed with values separated by a single\nspace.
\n\nNormally\nsession history is not saved, however, use of either of the\n-i/--read-history or\n-I/--save-history options when starting\nrigctl will cause any previously saved history to be\nread in and/or the current and any previous session history\n(assuming the -i and -I options are given\ntogether) will be written out when rigctl is closed.\nEach option is mutually exclusive, i.e. either may be given\nseparately or in combination. This is useful to save a set\nof commands and then read them later but not write the\nmodified history for a consistent set of test commands in\ninteractive mode, for example.
\n\nHistory is\nstored in $HOME/.rigctl_history by default although\nthe destination directory may be changed by setting the\nRIGCTL_HIST_DIR environment variable. When\nRIGCTL_HIST_DIR is unset, the value of the HOME\nenvironment variable is used instead. Only the destination\ndirectory may be changed at this time.
\n\nIf Readline\nsupport is not found at configure time the original internal\ncommand handler is used. Readline is not used for\nrigctl commands entered on the command line\nregardless if Readline support is built in or not.
\n\nNote:\nReadline support is not included in the MS Windows 32 or 64\nbit binary builds supplied by the Hamlib Project. Running\nrigctl on the MS Windows platform in the\n’cmd’ shell does give session command line\nhistory, however, it is not saved to disk between\nsessions.
\n\nDIAGNOSTICS\n\n
\n\n\nThe -v,\n--verbose option allows different levels of\ndiagnostics to be output to stderr and correspond to\n-v for BUG, -vv for ERR, -vvv for WARN,\n-vvvv for VERBOSE, or -vvvvv for TRACE.
\n\nA given verbose\nlevel is useful for providing needed debugging information\nto the email address below. For example, TRACE output shows\nall of the values sent to and received from the radio which\nis very useful for radio backend library development and may\nbe requested by the developers.
\n\nEXIT STATUS\n\n
\n\n\nrigctl\nexits with:
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n 0 | \n | \n\n\n\n if all operations completed normally; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 1 | \n | \n\n\n\n if there was an invalid command line option or\nargument; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 2 | \n | \n\n\n\n if an error was returned by Hamlib. |
\n
\n\nEXAMPLES\n\n
\n\n\nStart\nrigctl for a Yaesu FT-920 using a USB to serial\nadapter on Linux in interactive mode:
\n\n$ rigctl -m\n1014 -r /dev/ttyUSB1
\n\nStart\nrigctl for a Yaesu FT-920 using COM1 on MS Windows\nwhile generating TRACE output to stderr:
\n\n> rigctl\n-m 1014 -r COM1 -vvvvv
\n\nStart\nrigctl for a Yaesu FT-920 using a USB to serial\nadapter while setting baud rate and stop bits:
\n\n$ rigctl -m\n1014 -r /dev/ttyUSB1 -s 4800 -C stop_bits=2
\n\nStart\nrigctl for an Elecraft K3 using a USB to serial\nadapter while specifying a command terminator for the\nw command:
\n\n$ rigctl -m\n2029 -r /dev/ttyUSB0 -t’;’
\n\nConnect to a\nrunning rigctld with radio model 2 (“NET\nrigctl”) on the local host and specifying the TCP\nport, setting frequency and mode:
\n\n$ rigctl -m\n2 -r localhost:4532 F 7253500 M LSB 0
\n\nBUGS\n\n
\n\n\n\nset_chan\nhas no entry method as of yet, hence left unimplemented.
\n\nThis almost\nempty section...
\n\nReport bugs\nto:
\n\n\nHamlib\nDeveloper mailing list
\n\nCOPYING\n\n
\n\n\nThis file is\npart of Hamlib, a project to develop a library that\nsimplifies radio, rotator, and amplifier control functions\nfor developers of software primarily of interest to radio\namateurs and those interested in radio communications.
\n\nCopyright\n© 2000-2011 Stephane Fillod
\nCopyright © 2000-2018 the Hamlib Group (various\ncontributors)
\nCopyright © 2010-2020 Nate Bargmann
\n\nThis is free\nsoftware; see the file COPYING for copying conditions. There\nis NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR\nA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
\n\nSEE ALSO\n\n
\n\n\n\nless(1),\nmore(1), rigctld(1), hamlib(7)
\n\nCOLOPHON\n\n
\n\n\nLinks to the\nHamlib Wiki, Git repository, release archives, and daily\nsnapshot archives are available via\nhamlib.org.
\n
\n\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/doc/rigctlcom.1.html",
"content": "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nRIGCTLCOM\n\n\n\n\nRIGCTLCOM
\n\nNAME
\nSYNOPSIS
\nDESCRIPTION
\nOPTIONS
\nDIAGNOSTICS
\nEXIT STATUS
\nEXAMPLE
\nBUGS
\nCOPYING
\nSEE ALSO
\nCOLOPHON
\n\n
\n\n\nNAME\n\n
\n\n\nrigctlcom - COM\nport passthru as TS-2000 emulator to your rig
\n\nSYNOPSIS\n\n
\n\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n rigctlcom | \n | \n\n\n\n [-hlLuV]\n[-m id] [-r device]\n[-R device]\n[-p device]\n[-d device] [-P type]\n[-D type] [-s baud]\n[-S baud] [-c id]\n[-C parm=val] [-B]\n[-v[-Z]] |
\n
\n\nDESCRIPTION\n\n
\n\n\nAllows programs\nwhich can connect to TS-2000 via COM port to use Hamlib\nradios. Multiple programs can connect to the radio via FLRig\nor rigctld.
\n\nVirtual\nserial/COM ports must be set up first using socat(1)\nor similar on POSIX systems (BSD, Linux, OS/X). On Microsoft\nWindows available utilities are\ncom0com,\nFree Virtual\nSerial Ports, or\nVPSD.
\n\nPlease report\nbugs and provide feedback at the e-mail address given in the\nBUGS section below. Patches and code enhancements\nsent to the same address are welcome.
\n\nOPTIONS\n\n
\n\n\nThis program\nfollows the usual GNU command line syntax. Short options\nthat take an argument may have the value follow immediately\nor be separated by a space. Long options starting with two\ndashes (’-’) require an ’=’ between\nthe option and any argument.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported options:
\n-m, --model=id
\n\nSelect radio model number.
\n\nSee model list\n(use “rigctlcom -l”).
\n\nNote:\nrigctlcom (or third party software using the C API)\nwill use radio model 2 for NET rigctl (communicating\nwith rigctld).
\n\n-r,\n--rig-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the port connected to the radio.
\n\nOften a serial\nport, but could be a USB to serial adapter. Typically\n/dev/ttyS0, /dev/ttyS1, /dev/ttyUSB0,\netc. on Linux, COM1, COM2, etc. on MS Windows.\nThe BSD flavors and Mac OS/X have their own designations.\nSee your system’s documentation.
\n\nThe special\nstring “uh-rig” may be given to enable micro-ham\ndevice support.
\n\n-R,\n--rig-file2=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of one of the virtual com ports -- your program will\nconnect to the other com port of the virtual pair.
\n\nVirtual serial\nports on POSIX systems can be done with socat(1):
\n\n$ socat -d\n-d pty,raw,echo=0 pty,raw,echo=0
\n\nSee this\nStackoverflow\nanswer for using socat.
\n\nOn Microsoft\nWindows available utilities are com0com, Free Virtual Serial\nPorts, or VPSD (see DESCRIPTION above for WWW\nlinks).
\n\n-p,\n--ptt-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the Push-To-Talk device using a device file as\ndescribed above.
\n\n-d,\n--dcd-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the Data Carrier Detect device using a device file\nas described above.
\n\n-P,\n--ptt-type=type
\n\nUse type of Push-To-Talk\ndevice.
\n\nSupported types\nare ’RIG’ (CAT command), ’DTR’,\n’RTS’, ’PARALLEL’,\n’NONE’, overriding PTT type defined in the\nrig’s backend.
\n\nSome side\neffects of this command are that when type is set to DTR,\nread PTT state comes from the Hamlib frontend, not\nread from the radio. When set to NONE, PTT state cannot be\nread or set even if rig backend supports reading/setting PTT\nstatus from the rig.
\n\n-D,\n--dcd-type=type
\n\nUse type of Data Carrier\nDetect device.
\n\nSupported types\nare ’RIG’ (CAT command), ’DSR’,\n’CTS’, ’CD’, ’PARALLEL’,\n’NONE’.
\n\n-s,\n--serial-speed=baud
\n\nSet serial speed to baud\nrate.
\n\nUses maximum\nserial speed from radio backend capabilities (set by\n-m above) as the default.
\n\n-S,\n--serial-speed2=baud
\n\nSet serial speed to baud\nrate for virtual com port (see -R).
\n\nUses maximum\nserial speed from radio backend capabilities (set by\n-m above) as the default.
\n\n-c,\n--civaddr=id
\n\nUse id as the CI-V\naddress to communicate with the rig.
\n\nOnly useful for\nIcom and some Ten-Tec rigs.
\n\nNote:\nThe id is in decimal notation, unless prefixed by\n0x, in which case it is hexadecimal.
\n\n-L,\n--show-conf
\n\nList all config parameters for\nthe radio defined with -m above.
\n\n-C,\n--set-conf=parm=val[,parm=val]
\n\nSet radio configuration\nparameter(s), e.g. stop_bits=2.
\n\nUse the\n-L option above for a list of configuration\nparameters for a given model number.
\n\n-u,\n--dump-caps
\n\nDump capabilities for the radio\ndefined with -m above and exit.
\n\n-l, --list
\n\nList all model numbers defined\nin Hamlib and exit.
\n\nThe list is\nsorted by model number.
\n\nNote: In\nLinux the list can be scrolled back using\nShift-PageUp/Shift-PageDown, or using the\nscrollbars of a virtual terminal in X or the cmd window in\nWindows. The output can be piped to more(1) or\nless(1), e.g. “rigctl -l | more”.
\n\n-n,\n--no-restore-ai
\n\nrigctl restores the\nstate of auto information (AI) on the controlled rig.
\n\nIf this is not\ndesired, for example if you are using rigctl to turn\nAI mode on or off, pass this option.
\n\n-B, --mapa2b
\n\nMaps set_freq on VFOA to VFOB\ninstead. This allows using CW skimmer with the rig in split\nmode and clicking on a frequency in CW skimmer will set VFOB\nto the transmit frequency.
\n\n-v, --verbose
\n\nSet verbose mode, cumulative\n(see DIAGNOSTICS below).
\n\n-Z,\n--debug-time-stamps
\n\nEnable time stamps for the\ndebug messages.
\n\nUse only in\ncombination with the -v option as it generates no\noutput on its own.
\n\n-h, --help
\n\nShow a summary of these options\nand exit.
\n\n-V, --version
\n\nShow version of rigctl\nand exit.
\n\nNote:\nSome options may not be implemented by a given backend and\nwill return an error. This is most likely to occur with the\n--set-conf and --show-conf options.
\n\nDIAGNOSTICS\n\n
\n\n\nThe -v,\n--verbose option allows different levels of\ndiagnostics to be output to stderr and correspond to\n-v for BUG, -vv for ERR, -vvv for WARN,\n-vvvv for VERBOSE, or -vvvvv for TRACE.
\n\nA given verbose\nlevel is useful for providing needed debugging information\nto the email address below. For example, TRACE output shows\nall of the values sent to and received from the radio which\nis very useful for radio backend library development and may\nbe requested by the developers.
\n\nEXIT STATUS\n\n
\n\n\n\nrigctlcom\nexits with:
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n 0 | \n | \n\n\n\n if all operations completed normally; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 1 | \n | \n\n\n\n if there was an invalid command line option or\nargument; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 2 | \n | \n\n\n\n if an error was returned by Hamlib. |
\n
\n\nEXAMPLE\n\n
\n\n\nStart\nrigctlcom with FLRig as the Hamlib model and virtual\ncom port pair COM9/COM10, e.g.\nN1MM Logger+ attaching\nto COM10 and using the TS-2000 emulator attached to COM9\n(assumes virtual serial/COM ports pipe has been created with\nthe proper utility as described above):
\n\n$ rigctlcom\n-m 4 -R COM9 -S 115200
\n\nThe following\ndiagram shows the communications flow that allows N1MM\nLogger+ to communicate with a radio connected to Flrig:
\n\nFlrig\n-><- rigctlcom -> COM9 <- virt_port_pipe ->\nCOM10 <- N1MM
\n\nBUGS\n\n
\n\n\nReport bugs\nto:
\n\n\nHamlib\nDeveloper mailing list
\n\nCOPYING\n\n
\n\n\nThis file is\npart of Hamlib, a project to develop a library that\nsimplifies radio, rotator, and amplifier control functions\nfor developers of software primarily of interest to radio\namateurs and those interested in radio communications.
\n\nCopyright\n© 2000-2011 Stephane Fillod
\nCopyright © 2000-2018 the Hamlib Group (various\ncontributors)
\nCopyright © 2010-2020 Nate Bargmann
\nCopyright © 2019 Michael Black W9MDB
\n\nThis is free\nsoftware; see the file COPYING for copying conditions. There\nis NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR\nA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
\n\nSEE ALSO\n\n
\n\n\n\nrigctld(1),\nrigctl(1), socat(1), hamlib(7)
\n\nCOLOPHON\n\n
\n\n\nLinks to the\nHamlib Wiki, Git repository, release archives, and daily\nsnapshot archives are available via\nhamlib.org.
\n
\n\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/doc/rigctld.1.html",
"content": "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nRIGCTLD\n\n\n\n\nRIGCTLD
\n\nNAME
\nSYNOPSIS
\nDESCRIPTION
\nOPTIONS
\nCOMMANDS
\nPROTOCOL
\nDIAGNOSTICS
\nEXAMPLES
\nSECURITY
\nBUGS
\nCOPYING
\nSEE ALSO
\nCOLOPHON
\n\n
\n\n\nNAME\n\n
\n\n\nrigctld - TCP\nradio control daemon
\n\nSYNOPSIS\n\n
\n\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n rigctld | \n | \n\n\n\n [-hlLouV]\n[-m id] [-r device]\n[-p device]\n[-d device] [-P type]\n[-D type] [-s baud]\n[-c id] [-T IPADDR]\n[-t number]\n[-C parm=val]\n[-X seconds] [-v[-Z]] |
\n
\n\nDESCRIPTION\n\n
\n\n\nThe\nrigctld program is a radio control daemon that\nhandles client requests via TCP sockets. This allows\nmultiple user programs to share one radio (this needs more\ndevelopment). Multiple radios can be controlled on different\nTCP ports by use of multiple rigctld processes. Note\nthat multiple processes/ports are also necessary if some\nclients use extended responses and/or vfo mode. So up to 4\nprocesses/ports may be needed for each combination of\nextended response/vfo mode. The syntax of the commands are\nthe same as rigctl(1). It is hoped that\nrigctld will be especially useful for client authors\nusing languages such as Perl, Python, PHP, and others.
\n\nrigctld\ncommunicates to a client through a TCP socket using text\ncommands shared with rigctl. The protocol is simple,\ncommands are sent to rigctld on one line and\nrigctld responds to get commands with the\nrequested values, one per line, when successful, otherwise,\nit responds with one line “RPRT x”, where\n’x’ is a negative number indicating the error\ncode. Commands that do not return values respond with the\nline “RPRT x”, where ’x’ is\n’0’ when successful, otherwise is a regative\nnumber indicating the error code. Each line is terminated\nwith a newline ’\\n’ character. This protocol is\nprimarily for use by the NET rigctl (radio model 2)\nbackend.
\n\nA separate\nExtended Response Protocol extends the above behavior\nby echoing the received command string as a header, any\nreturned values as a key: value pair, and the “RPRT\nx” string as the end of response marker which includes\nthe Hamlib success or failure value. See the\nPROTOCOL section for details. Consider using this\nprotocol for clients that will interact with rigctld\ndirectly through a TCP socket.
\n\nKeep in mind\nthat Hamlib is BETA level software. While a lot of backend\nlibraries lack complete rotator support, the basic functions\nare usually well supported.
\n\nPlease report\nbugs and provide feedback at the e-mail address given in the\nBUGS section below. Patches and code enhancements\nsent to the same address are welcome.
\n\nOPTIONS\n\n
\n\n\nThis program\nfollows the usual GNU command line syntax. Short options\nthat take an argument may have the value follow immediately\nor be separated by a space. Long options starting with two\ndashes (’-’) require an ’=’ between\nthe option and any argument.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported options:
\n-m, --model=id
\n\nSelect radio model number.\nDefaults to dummy device.
\n\nSee model list\n(use “rigctl -l”).
\n\nNote:\nrigctl (or third party software using the C API) will\nuse radio model 2 for NET rigctl (this model number\nis not used for rigctld even though it shows in the model\nlist).
\n\n-r,\n--rig-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the port connected to the radio.
\n\nOften a serial\nport, but could be a USB to serial adapter. Typically\n/dev/ttyS0, /dev/ttyS1, /dev/ttyUSB0,\netc. on Linux, COM1, COM2, etc. on MS Windows.\nThe BSD flavors and Mac OS/X have their own designations.\nSee your system’s documentation.
\n\nThe special\nstring “uh-rig” may be given to enable micro-ham\ndevice support.
\n\n-p,\n--ptt-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the Push-To-Talk device using a device file as\ndescribed above.
\n\n-d,\n--dcd-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the Data Carrier Detect device using a device file\nas described above.
\n\n-P,\n--ptt-type=type
\n\nUse type of Push-To-Talk\ndevice.
\n\nSupported types\nare ’RIG’ (CAT command), ’DTR’,\n’RTS’, ’PARALLEL’,\n’NONE’, overriding PTT type defined in the\nrig’s backend.
\n\nSome side\neffects of this command are that when type is set to DTR,\nread PTT state comes from the Hamlib frontend, not\nread from the radio. When set to NONE, PTT state cannot be\nread or set even if rig backend supports reading/setting PTT\nstatus from the rig.
\n\n-D,\n--dcd-type=type
\n\nUse type of Data Carrier\nDetect device.
\n\nSupported types\nare ’RIG’ (CAT command), ’DSR’,\n’CTS’, ’CD’, ’PARALLEL’,\n’NONE’.
\n\n-s,\n--serial-speed=baud
\n\nSet serial speed to baud\nrate.
\n\nUses maximum\nserial speed from radio backend capabilities (set by\n-m above) as the default.
\n\n-c,\n--civaddr=id
\n\nUse id as the CI-V\naddress to communicate with the rig.
\n\nOnly useful for\nIcom and some Ten-Tec rigs.
\n\nNote:\nThe id is in decimal notation, unless prefixed by\n0x, in which case it is hexadecimal.
\n\n-T,\n--listen-addr=IPADDR
\n\nUse IPADDR as the\nlistening IP address.
\n\nThe default is\nANY (0.0.0.0).
\n\nrigctld\ncan be run and connected to like this:
\n\nrigctld
\n\nrigctl -m 2
\nrigctl -m 2 -r 127.0.0.1
\nrigctl -m 2 -r localhost
\nrigctl -m 2 -r 192.168.1.1 (local IP address)
\nrigctl -m 2 -r ::1 (on Linux rigctld doesn’t listen on\nIPV6 by default)
\n\nrigctld -T\n127.0.0.1
\n\nrigctl -m 2
\nrigctl -m 2 -r 127.0.0.1
\nExceptions:
\nrigctl -m 2 -r localhost (only works if localhost is IPV4\naddress)
\n\nrigctld -T\nlocalhost (will set up on IPV4 or IPV6 based on\nlocalhost)
\n\nrigctl -m 2
\nrigctl -m 2 -r localhost
\nrigctl -m 2 ip6-localhost
\nExceptions:
\nrigctl -m 2 -r 127.0.0.1 (only works if localhost is IPV4\naddress)
\nrigctl -m 2 -r ::1 (only works localhost is IPV6\naddress)
\n\nOn Linux only\nwhere ip6-localhost is fe00::0:
\nrigctld -T ip6-localhost
\n\nrigctl -m 2 -r\nip6-localhost
\n\n-t,\n--port=number
\n\nUse number as the TCP\nlistening port.
\n\nThe default is\n4532.
\n\nNote: As\nrotctld’s default port is 4533, it is advisable\nto use even numbered ports for rigctld, e.g. 4532,\n4534, 4536, etc.
\n\n-L,\n--show-conf
\n\nList all config parameters for\nthe radio defined with -m above.
\n\n-C,\n--set-conf=parm=val[,parm=val]
\n\nSet radio configuration\nparameter(s), e.g. stop_bits=2.
\n\nUse the\n-L option above for a list of configuration\nparameters for a given model number.
\n\n-u,\n--dump-caps
\n\nDump capabilities for the radio\ndefined with -m above and exit.
\n\n-l, --list
\n\nList all model numbers defined\nin Hamlib and exit.
\n\nThe list is\nsorted by model number.
\n\nNote: In\nLinux the list can be scrolled back using\nShift-PageUp/Shift-PageDown, or using the\nscrollbars of a virtual terminal in X or the cmd window in\nWindows. The output can be piped to more(1) or\nless(1), e.g. “rigctl -l | more”.
\n\n-o, --vfo
\n\nEnable vfo mode.
\n\nAn extra VFO\nargument will be required in front of each appropriate\ncommand (except set_vfo). Otherwise,\n’currVFO’ is used when this option is not set\nand an extra VFO argument is not used.
\n\nSee\nchk_vfo below.
\n\n-v, --verbose
\n\nSet verbose mode, cumulative\n(see DIAGNOSTICS below).
\n\n-W,\n--twiddle_timeout=seconds
\n\nEnables timeout when VFO\ntwiddling is detected. Some functions will be ignored.
\n\nShould only be\nneeded when controlling software should be\n"paused" so you can move the VFO. Continuous\nmovement extends the timeout.
\n\n-x,\n--uplink=option
\n\n1=Sub, 2=Main
\n\nFor GPredict\nuse to ignore get_freq for Sub or Main uplink VFO.
\n\nShould allow\ndownlink VFO movement without confusing GPredict or the\nuplink
\n\n-Z,\n--debug-time-stamps
\n\nEnable time stamps for the\ndebug messages.
\n\nUse only in\ncombination with the -v option as it generates no\noutput on its own.
\n\n-A,\n--password
\n\nSets password on rigctld which\nrequires hamlib to use rig_set_password and rigctl to use\n\\password to access rigctld. A 32-char shared secret will be\ndisplayed to be used on the client side.
\n\n-h, --help
\n\nShow a summary of these options\nand exit.
\n\n-V, --version
\n\nShow version of rigctl\nand exit.
\n\nNote:\nSome options may not be implemented by a given backend and\nwill return an error. This is most likely to occur with the\n--set-conf and --show-conf options.
\n\nPlease note\nthat the backend for the radio to be controlled, or the\nradio itself may not support some commands. In that case,\nthe operation will fail with a Hamlib error code.
\n\nCOMMANDS\n\n
\n\n\nCommands can be\nsent over the TCP socket either as a single char, or as a\nlong command name plus the value(s) space separated on one\n’\\n’ terminated line. See PROTOCOL.
\n\nSince most of\nthe Hamlib operations have a set and a\nget method, an upper case letter will be used for\nset methods whereas the corresponding lower case\nletter refers to the get method. Each operation also\nhas a long name; prepend a backslash, ’\\’, to\nsend a long command name.
\n\nExample (Perl):\n“print $socket "\\\\dump_caps\\n";” to\nsee what the radio’s backend can do (Note: In\nPerl and many other languages a ’\\’ will need to\nbe escaped with a preceding ’\\’ so that even\nthough two backslash characters appear in the code, only one\nwill be passed to rigctld. This is a possible bug,\nbeware!).
\n\nNote:\nThe backend for the radio to be controlled, or the radio\nitself may not support some commands. In that case, the\noperation will fail with a Hamlib error message.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported commands (In the case of set\ncommands the quoted italicized string is replaced by the\nvalue in the description. In the case of get commands\nthe quoted italicized string is the key name of the value\nreturned.):
\nF, set_freq 'Frequency'
\n\nSet 'Frequency', in\nHz.
\n\nFrequency may\nbe a floating point or integer value.
\n\nf, get_freq
\n\nGet 'Frequency', in\nHz.
\n\nReturns an\ninteger value and the VFO hamlib thinks is active. Note that\nsome rigs (e.g. all Icoms) cannot track current VFO so\nhamlib can get out of sync with the rig if the user presses\nrig buttons like the VFO. rigctld clients should ensure they\nset the intended VFO or use vfo mode.
\n\nM, set_mode\n'Mode' 'Passband'
\n\nSet 'Mode' and\n'Passband'.
\n\nMode is a\ntoken: ’USB’, ’LSB’,\n’CW’, ’CWR’, ’RTTY’,\n’RTTYR’, ’AM’, ’FM’,\n’WFM’, ’AMS’, ’PKTLSB’,\n’PKTUSB’, ’PKTFM’,\n’ECSSUSB’, ’ECSSLSB’,\n’FA’, ’SAM’, ’SAL’,\n’SAH’, ’DSB’.
\n\nPassband is in\nHz as an integer, or ’0’ for the radio backend\ndefault.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Mode token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported Modes. Use this to determine the\nsupported Modes of a given radio backend.
\n\nm, get_mode
\n\nGet 'Mode' and\n'Passband'.
\n\nReturns Mode as\na token and Passband in Hz as in set_mode above.
\n\nV, set_vfo\n'VFO'
\n\nSet 'VFO'.
\n\nVFO is a token:\n’VFOA’, ’VFOB’, ’VFOC’,\n’currVFO’, ’VFO’, ’MEM’,\n’Main’, ’Sub’, ’TX’,\n’RX’, ’MainA’, ’MainB’,\n’MainC’, ’SubA’, ’SubB’\n’SubC’.
\n\nIn VFO mode\n(see --vfo option above) only a single VFO parameter\nis required:
\n\n$ rigctl -m 229\n-r /dev/rig -o
\n\nRig command: V\n
\nVFO: VFOB
\n\nRig\ncommand:
\n\nv, get_vfo
\n\nGet current 'VFO'.
\n\nReturns VFO as\na token as in set_vfo above.
\n\nJ, set_rit\n'RIT'
\n\nSet 'RIT'.
\n\nRIT is in Hz\nand can be + or -. A value of ’0’ resets RIT\n(Receiver Incremental Tuning) to match the VFO\nfrequency.
\n\nNote:\nRIT needs to be explicitly activated or deactivated with the\nset_func command. This allows setting the RIT offset\nindependently of its activation and allows RIT to remain\nactive while setting the offset to ’0’.
\n\nj, get_rit
\n\nGet 'RIT' in Hz.
\n\nReturned value\nis an integer.
\n\nZ, set_xit\n'XIT'
\n\nSet 'XIT'.
\n\nXIT is in Hz\nand can be + or -. A value of ’0’ resets XIT\n(Transmitter Incremental Tuning) to match the VFO\nfrequency.
\n\nNote:\nXIT needs to be explicitly activated or deactivated with the\nset_func command. This allows setting the XIT offset\nindependently of its activation and allows XIT to remain\nactive while setting the offset to ’0’.
\n\nz, get_xit
\n\nGet 'XIT' in Hz.
\n\nReturned value\nis an integer.
\n\nT, set_ptt\n'PTT'
\n\nSet 'PTT'.
\n\nPTT is a value:\n’0’ (RX), ’1’ (TX), ’2’\n(TX mic), or ’3’ (TX data).
\n\nt, get_ptt
\n\nGet 'PTT' status.
\n\nReturns PTT as\na value in set_ptt above.
\n\nS, set_split_vfo\n'Split' 'TX VFO'
\n\nSet 'Split' mode.
\n\nSplit is either\n’0’ = Normal or ’1’ = Split.
\n\nSet 'TX\nVFO'.
\n\nTX VFO is a\ntoken: ’VFOA’, ’VFOB’,\n’VFOC’, ’currVFO’,\n’VFO’, ’MEM’, ’Main’,\n’Sub’, ’TX’, ’RX’.
\n\ns,\nget_split_vfo
\n\nGet 'Split' mode.
\n\nSplit is either\n’0’ = Normal or ’1’ = Split.
\n\nGet 'TX\nVFO'.
\n\nTX VFO is a\ntoken as in set_split_vfo above.
\n\nI, set_split_freq\n'Tx Frequency'
\n\nSet 'TX Frequency', in\nHz.
\n\nFrequency may\nbe a floating point or integer value.
\n\ni,\nget_split_freq
\n\nGet 'TX Frequency', in\nHz.
\n\nReturns an\ninteger value.
\n\nX, set_split_mode\n'TX Mode' 'TX Passband'
\n\nSet 'TX Mode' and 'TX\nPassband'.
\n\nTX Mode is a\ntoken: ’USB’, ’LSB’,\n’CW’, ’CWR’, ’RTTY’,\n’RTTYR’, ’AM’, ’FM’,\n’WFM’, ’AMS’, ’PKTLSB’,\n’PKTUSB’, ’PKTFM’,\n’ECSSUSB’, ’ECSSLSB’,\n’FA’, ’SAM’, ’SAL’,\n’SAH’, ’DSB’.
\n\nTX Passband is\nin Hz as an integer, or ’0’ for the radio\nbackend default.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a TX Mode token will return a space separated\nlist of radio backend supported TX Modes. Use this to\ndetermine the supported TX Modes of a given radio\nbackend.
\n\nx,\nget_split_mode
\n\nGet 'TX Mode' and 'TX\nPassband'.
\n\nReturns TX Mode\nas a token and TX Passband in Hz as in set_split_mode\nabove.
\n\nY, set_ant\n'Antenna'
\n\nSet 'Antenna' number\n(’0’, ’1’, ’2’,\n...).
\n\nOption depends\non rig..for Icom it probably sets the Tx & Rx antennas\nas in the IC-7851. See your manual for rig specific option\nvalues. Most rigs don’t care about the option.
\n\nFor the IC-7851\n(and perhaps others) it means this:
\n\n1 = TX/RX =\nANT1
\n2 = TX/RX = ANT2
\n3 = TX/RX = ANT3
\n4 = TX/RX = ANT1/ANT4
\n5 = TX/RX = ANT2/ANT4
\n6 = TX/RX = ANT3/ANT4
\n\ny, get_ant
\n\nGet 'Antenna' number\n(’0’, ’1’, ’2’,\n...).
\n\nb, send_morse\n'Morse'
\n\nSend 'Morse'\nsymbols.
\n\n0x8b, get_dcd
\n\nGet 'DCD' (squelch)\nstatus: ’0’ (Closed) or ’1’\n(Open).
\n\nR, set_rptr_shift\n'Rptr Shift'
\n\nSet 'Rptr Shift'.
\n\nRptr Shift is\none of: ’+’, ’-’, or something else\nfor ’None’.
\n\nr,\nget_rptr_shift
\n\nGet 'Rptr Shift'.
\n\nReturns\n’+’, ’-’, or ’None’.
\n\nO, set_rptr_offs\n'Rptr Offset'
\n\nSet 'Rptr Offset', in\nHz.
\n\no,\nget_rptr_offs
\n\nGet 'Rptr Offset', in\nHz.
\n\nC, set_ctcss_tone\n'CTCSS Tone'
\n\nSet 'CTCSS Tone', in\ntenths of Hz.
\n\nc,\nget_ctcss_tone
\n\nGet 'CTCSS Tone', in\ntenths of Hz.
\n\nD, set_dcs_code\n'DCS Code'
\n\nSet 'DCS Code'.
\n\nd,\nget_dcs_code
\n\nGet 'DCS Code'.
\n\n0x90,\nset_ctcss_sql 'CTCSS Sql'
\n\nSet 'CTCSS Sql' tone, in\ntenths of Hz.
\n\n0x91,\nget_ctcss_sql
\n\nGet 'CTCSS Sql' tone, in\ntenths of Hz.
\n\n0x92, set_dcs_sql\n'DCS Sql'
\n\nSet 'DCS Sql' code.
\n\n0x93,\nget_dcs_sql
\n\nGet 'DCS Sql'
\ncode.
\n\nN, set_ts\n'Tuning Step'
\n\nSet 'Tuning Step', in\nHz.
\n\nn, get_ts
\n\nGet 'Tuning Step', in\nHz.
\n\nU, set_func\n'Func' 'Func Status'
\n\nSet 'Func' and 'Func\nStatus'.
\n\nFunc is a\ntoken: ’FAGC’, ’NB’,\n’COMP’, ’VOX’, ’TONE’,\n’TSQL’, ’SBKIN’,\n’FBKIN’, ’ANF’, ’NR’,\n’AIP’, ’APF’, ’MON’,\n’MN’, ’RF’, ’ARO’,\n’LOCK’, ’MUTE’, ’VSC’,\n’REV’, ’SQL’, ’ABM’,\n’BC’, ’MBC’, ’RIT’,\n’AFC’, ’SATMODE’,\n’SCOPE’, ’RESUME’,\n’TBURST’, ’TUNER’,\n’XIT’.
\n\nFunc Status is\na non null value for “activate” or\n“de-activate” otherwise, much as TRUE/FALSE\ndefinitions in the C language (true is non-zero and false is\nzero, ’0’).
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Func token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported set function tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported functions of a given radio\nbackend.
\n\nu, get_func\n'Func'
\n\nGet 'Func Status'.
\n\nReturns Func\nStatus as a non null value for the Func token given as in\nset_func above.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Func token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported get function tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported functions of a given radio\nbackend.
\n\nL, set_level\n'Level' 'Level Value'
\n\nSet 'Level' and\n'Level Value'.
\n\nLevel is a\ntoken: ’PREAMP’, ’ATT’,\n’VOX’, ’AF’, ’RF’,\n’SQL’, ’IF’, ’APF’,\n’NR’, ’PBT_IN’,\n’PBT_OUT’, ’CWPITCH’,\n’RFPOWER’, ’RFPOWER_METER’,\n’RFPOWER_METER_WATTS’, ’MICGAIN’,\n’KEYSPD’, ’NOTCHF’,\n’COMP’, ’AGC’, ’BKINDL’,\n’BAL’, ’METER’,\n’VOXGAIN’, ’ANTIVOX’,\n’SLOPE_LOW’, ’SLOPE_HIGH’,\n’RAWSTR’, ’SWR’, ’ALC’,\n’STRENGTH’.
\n\nThe Level Value\ncan be a float or an integer value. For the AGC token the\nvalue is one of ’0’ = OFF, ’1’ =\nSUPERFAST, ’2’ = FAST, ’3’ = SLOW,\n’4’ = USER, ’5’ = MEDIUM,\n’6’ = AUTO.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Level token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported set level tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported levels of a given radio backend.
\n\nl, get_level\n'Level'
\n\nGet 'Level Value'.
\n\nReturns Level\nValue as a float or integer for the Level token given as in\nset_level above.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Level token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported get level tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported levels of a given radio backend.
\n\nP, set_parm\n'Parm' 'Parm Value'
\n\nSet 'Parm' and 'Parm\nValue'.
\n\nParm is a\ntoken: ’ANN’, ’APO’,\n’BACKLIGHT’, ’BEEP’,\n’TIME’, ’BAT’,\n’KEYLIGHT’.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Parm token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported set parameter tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported parameters of a given radio\nbackend.
\n\np, get_parm\n'Parm'
\n\nGet 'Parm Value'.
\n\nReturns Parm\nValue as a float or integer for the Parm token given as in\nset_parm above.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Parm token will return a space separated list\nof radio backend supported get parameter tokens. Use this to\ndetermine the supported parameters of a given radio\nbackend.
\n\nB, set_bank\n'Bank'
\n\nSet 'Bank'.
\n\nSets the\ncurrent memory bank number.
\n\nE, set_mem\n'Memory#'
\n\nSet 'Memory#' channel\nnumber.
\n\ne, get_mem
\n\nGet 'Memory#' channel\nnumber.
\n\nG, vfo_op\n'Mem/VFO Op'
\n\nPerform a 'Mem/VFO\nOp'.
\n\nMem/VFO\nOperation is a token: ’CPY’, ’XCHG’,\n’FROM_VFO’, ’TO_VFO’,\n’MCL’, ’UP’, ’DOWN’,\n’BAND_UP’, ’BAND_DOWN’,\n’LEFT’, ’RIGHT’, ’TUNE’,\n’TOGGLE’.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Mem/VFO Op token will return a space separated\nlist of radio backend supported Set Mem/VFO Op tokens. Use\nthis to determine the supported Mem/VFO Ops of a given radio\nbackend.
\n\ng, scan 'Scan\nFct' 'Scan Channel'
\n\nPerform a 'Scan Fct' on\na 'Scan Channel'.
\n\nScan Function\nis a token: ’STOP’, ’MEM’,\n’SLCT’, ’PRIO’, ’PROG’,\n’DELTA’, ’VFO’,\n’PLT’.
\n\nScan Channel is\nan integer (maybe?).
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Scan Fct token will return a space separated\nlist of radio backend supported Scan Function tokens. Use\nthis to determine the supported Scan Functions of a given\nradio backend.
\n\nH, set_channel\n'Channel'
\n\nSet memory 'Channel'\ndata.
\n\nNot implemented\nyet.
\n\nh, get_channel\n'readonly'
\n\nGet channel memory.
\n\nIf readonly!=0\nthen only channel data is returned and rig remains on the\ncurrent channel. If readonly=0 then rig will be set to the\nchannel requested. data.
\n\nA, set_trn\n'Transceive'
\n\nSet 'Transceive'\nmode.
\n\nTranscieve is a\ntoken: ’OFF’, ’RIG’,\n’POLL’.
\n\nTransceive is a\nmechanism for radios to report events without a specific\ncall for information.
\n\nNote:\nPassing a ’?’ (query) as the first argument\ninstead of a Transceive token will return a space separated\nlist of radio backend supported Transceive mode tokens. Use\nthis to determine the supported Transceive modes of a given\nradio backend.
\n\na, get_trn
\n\nGet 'Transceive'\nmode.
\n\nTransceive mode\n(reporting event) as in set_trn above.
\n\n*, reset\n'Reset'
\n\nPerform rig 'Reset'.
\n\nReset is a\nvalue: ’0’ = None, ’1’ = Software\nreset, ’2’ = VFO reset, ’4’ = Memory\nClear reset, ’8’ = Master reset.
\n\nSince these\nvalues are defined as a bitmask in\ninclude/hamlib/rig.h, it should be possible to AND\nthese values together to do multiple resets at once, if the\nbackend supports it or supports a reset action via rig\ncontrol at all.
\n\n0x87,\nset_powerstat 'Power Status'
\n\nSet 'Power Status'.
\n\nPower Status is\na value: ’0’ = Power Off, ’1’ =\nPower On, ’2’ = Power Standby.
\n\n0x88,\nget_powerstat
\n\nGet 'Power Status' as in\nset_powerstat above.
\n\n0x89, send_dtmf\n'Digits'
\n\nSet DTMF 'Digits'.
\n\n0x8a,\nrecv_dtmf
\n\nGet DTMF 'Digits'.
\n\n_, get_info
\n\nGet misc information about the\nrig.
\n\n0xf5,\nget_rig_info
\n\nGet misc information about the\nrig vfos and other info.
\n\n0xf3,\nget_vfo_info 'VFO'
\n\nGet misc information about a\nspecific vfo.
\n\ndump_state
\n\nReturn certain state\ninformation about the radio backend.
\n\n1, dump_caps
\n\nNot a real rig remote command,\nit just dumps capabilities, i.e. what the backend knows\nabout this model, and what it can do.
\n\nTODO: Ensure\nthis is in a consistent format so it can be read into a\nhash, dictionary, etc. Bug reports requested.
\n\nNote:\nThis command will produce many lines of output so be very\ncareful if using a fixed length array! For example, running\nthis command against the Dummy backend results in over 5kB\nof text output.
\n\nVFO parameter\nnot used in ’VFO mode’.
\n\n2, power2mW\n'Power [0.0..1.0]' 'Frequency'\n'Mode'
\n\nReturns 'Power mW'.
\n\nConverts a\nPower value in a range of 0.0...1.0 to the\nreal transmit power in milli-Watts (integer).
\n\n\n'Frequency'\nand 'Mode' also need to be provided as output power\nmay vary according to these values.
\n\nVFO parameter\nis not used in VFO mode.
\n\n4, mW2power\n'Power mW' 'Frequency' 'Mode'
\n\nReturns 'Power\n[0.0..1.0]'.
\n\nConverts the\nreal transmit power in milli-Watts (integer) to a Power\nvalue in a range of 0.0 ... 1.0.
\n\n\n'Frequency'\nand 'Mode' also need to be provided as output power\nmay vary according to these values.
\n\nVFO parameter\nis not used in VFO mode.
\n\nset_clock\n'DateTime'
\n\nSet 'DateTime'
\n\nSets rig clock\n-- note that some rigs do not handle seconds or\nmilliseconds. If you try to set that you will get a debug\nwarning message. Format is ISO8601.
\nFormats accepted
\nYYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.sss+ZZ (where +ZZ is either -/+ UTC\noffset)
\nYYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS+ZZ
\nYYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM+ZZ
\nYYYY-MM-DD (sets date only)
\n\nget_clock
\n\nGet 'RigTime'
\n\nGets rig clock\n-- note that some rigs do not handle seconds or\nmilliseconds. Format is ISO8601 YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.sss+ZZ\nwhere +ZZ is either -/+ UTC offset
\n\nchk_vfo
\n\nReturns “1\\n”\n(single line only) if rigctld was invoked with the\n-o/--vfo option and “0\\n” if\nnot.
\n\nWhen in VFO\nmode the client will need to pass 'VFO' as the first\nparameter to set or get commands. VFO is one\nof the strings defined in set_vfo above.
\n\nset_vfo_opt\n'Status'
\n\nSet 'Status'
\n\nSet vfo option\nStatus 1=on or 0=off This is the same as using the -o switch\nfor rigctl and ritctld. This can be dyamically changed while\nrunning.
\n\nPROTOCOL\n\n
\n\n\nThere are two\nprotocols in use by rigctld, the Default\nProtocol and the Extended Response Protocol.
\n\nThe Default\nProtocol is intended primarily for the communication\nbetween Hamlib library functions and rigctld\n(“NET rigctl”, available using radio model\n’2’).
\n\nThe Extended\nResponse Protocol is intended to be used with scripts or\nother programs interacting directly with rigctld as\nconsistent feedback is provided.
\n\nDefault\nProtocol
\nThe Default Protocol is intentionally simple.\nCommands are entered on a single line with any needed\nvalues. In practice, reliable results are obtained by\nterminating each command string with a newline character,\n’\\n’.
\n\nExample set\nfrequency and mode commands (Perl code (typed text shown in\nbold)):
\n\nprint\n$socket "F 14250000\\n";
\nprint $socket "\\\\set_mode LSB 2400\\n"; #\nescape leading ’\\’
\n\nA one line\nresponse will be sent as a reply to set commands,\n“RPRT x\\n” where x is the Hamlib\nerror code with ’0’ indicating success of the\ncommand.
\n\nResponses from\nrigctld get commands are text values and match the\nsame tokens used in the set commands. Each value is\nreturned on its own line. On error the string “RPRT\nx\\n” is returned where x is the Hamlib\nerror code.
\n\nExample get\nfrequency (Perl code):
\n\nprint\n$socket "f\\n";
\n"14250000\\n"
\n\nMost get\nfunctions return one to three values. A notable exception is\nthe dump_caps command which returns many lines of\nkey:value pairs.
\n\nThis protocol\nis primarily used by the “NET rigctl” (rigctl\nmodel 2) backend which allows applications already written\nfor Hamlib’s C API to take advantage of rigctld\nwithout the need of rewriting application code. An\napplication’s user can select rotator model 2\n(“NET rigctl”) and then set rig_pathname\nto “localhost:4532” or other network\nhost:port (set by the -T/-t\noptions, respectively, above).
\n\nExtended\nResponse Protocol
\nThe Extended Response protocol adds several rules to the\nstrings returned by rigctld and adds a rule for the\ncommand syntax.
\n\n1. The command\nreceived by rigctld is echoed with its long command\nname followed by the value(s) (if any) received from the\nclient terminated by the specified response separator as the\nfirst record of the response.
\n\n2. The last\nrecord of each block is the string “RPRT\nx\\n” where x is the numeric return value\nof the Hamlib backend function that was called by the\ncommand.
\n\n3. Any records\nconsisting of data values returned by the radio backend are\nprepended by a string immediately followed by a colon then a\nspace and then the value terminated by the response\nseparator. e.g. “Frequency: 14250000\\n” when the\ncommand was prepended by ’+’.
\n\n4. All commands\nreceived will be acknowledged by rigctld
\nwith records from rules 1 and 2. Records from rule 3 are\nonly returned when data values must be returned to the\nclient.
\n\nAn example\nresponse to a set_mode command sent from the shell\nprompt (note the prepended ’+’):
\n\n$ echo\n"+M USB 2400" | nc -w 1 localhost 4532
\nset_mode: USB 2400
\nRPRT 0
\n\nIn this case\nthe long command name and values are returned on the first\nline and the second line contains the end of block marker\nand the numeric radio backend return value indicating\nsuccess.
\n\nAn example\nresponse to a get_mode query:
\n\n$ echo\n"+\\get_mode" | nc -w 1 localhost 4532
\nget_mode:
\nMode: USB
\nPassband: 2400
\nRPRT 0
\n\nNote:\nThe ’\\’ is still required for the long command\nname even with the ERP character.
\n\nIn this case,\nas no value is passed to rigctld, the first line\nconsists only of the long command name. The final line shows\nthat the command was processed successfully by the radio\nbackend.
\n\nInvoking the\nExtended Response Protocol requires prepending a command\nwith a punctuation character. As shown in the examples\nabove, prepending a ’+’ character to the command\nresults in the responses being separated by a newline\ncharacter (’\\n’). Any other punctuation\ncharacter recognized by the C ispunct() function\nexcept ’\\’, ’?’, or ’_’\nwill cause that character to become the response separator\nand the entire response will be on one line.
\n\nSeparator\ncharacter summary:
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n ’+’ | \n | \n\n\n\n Each record of the response is appended with a newline\n(’\\n’). |
\n
\n\n’;’,\n’|’, or, ’,’
\n\nEach record of the response is\nappended by the given character resulting in entire response\non one line.
\n\nThese are\ncommon record separators for text representations of\nspreadsheet data, etc.
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n ’?’ | \n | \n\n\n\n Reserved for help in rigctl. |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n ’_’ | \n | \n\n\n\n Reserved for get_info short command |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n ’#’ | \n | \n\n\n\n Reserved for comments when reading a command file\nscript. |
\n
\n\nNote:\nOther punctuation characters have not been tested! Use at\nyour own risk.
\n\nFor example,\ninvoking a get_mode query with a leading\n’;’ returns:
\n\n\nget_mode:;Mode:\nUSB;Passband: 2400;RPRT 0
\n\nOr, using the\npipe character ’|’ returns:
\n\n\nget_mode:|Mode:\nUSB|Passband: 2400|RPRT 0
\n\nAnd a\nset_mode command prepended with a ’|’\nreturns:
\n\nset_mode: USB\n2400|RPRT 0
\n\nSuch a format\nwill allow reading a response as a single event using a\npreferred response separator. Other punctuation characters\nhave not been tested!
\n\nThe following\ncommands have been tested with the Extended Response\nprotocol and the included testctld.pl Perl\nscript:
\n\n\nset_freq,\nget_freq, set_split_freq,\nget_split_freq, set_mode, get_mode,\nset_split_mode, get_split_mode,\nset_vfo, get_vfo, set_split_vfo,\nget_split_vfo, set_rit, get_rit,\nset_xit, get_xit, set_ptt,\nget_ptt, power2mW, mW2power,\ndump_caps.
\n\nDIAGNOSTICS\n\n
\n\n\nThe -v,\n--verbose option allows different levels of\ndiagnostics to be output to stderr and correspond to\n-v for BUG, -vv for ERR, -vvv for WARN,\n-vvvv for VERBOSE, or -vvvvv for TRACE.
\n\nA given verbose\nlevel is useful for providing needed debugging information\nto the email address below. For example, TRACE output shows\nall of the values sent to and received from the radio which\nis very useful for radio backend library development and may\nbe requested by the developers.
\n\nEXAMPLES\n\n
\n\n\nStart\nrigctld for a Yaesu FT-920 using a USB-to-serial\nadapter and backgrounding:
\n\n$ rigctld -m\n1014 -r /dev/ttyUSB1 &
\n\nStart\nrigctld for a Yaesu FT-920 using a USB-to-serial\nadapter while setting baud rate and stop bits, and\nbackgrounding:
\n\n$ rigctld -m\n1014 -r /dev/ttyUSB1 -s 4800 -C stop_bits=2 &
\n\nStart\nrigctld for an Elecraft K3 using COM2 on MS\nWindows:
\n\n$ rigctld -m\n2029 -r COM2
\n\nConnect to the\nalready running rigctld and set the frequency to\n14.266 MHz with a 1 second read timeout using the default\nprotocol from the shell prompt:
\n\n$ echo\n"\\set_freq 14266000" | nc -w 1 localhost\n4532P
\n\nConnect to a\nrunning rigctld with rigctl on the local\nhost:
\n\n$ rigctl\n-m2
\n\nSECURITY\n\n
\n\n\nNo\nauthentication whatsoever; DO NOT leave this TCP port open\nwide to the Internet. Please ask if stronger security is\nneeded or consider using a Secure Shell (ssh(1))\ntunnel.
\n\nAs\nrigctld does not need any greater permissions than\nrigctl, it is advisable to not start rigctld\nas “root” or another system user account in\norder to limit any vulnerability.
\n\nBUGS\n\n
\n\n\nThe daemon is\nnot detaching and backgrounding itself.
\n\nNo method to\nexit the daemon so the kill(1) command must be used\nto terminate it.
\n\nMultiple\nclients using the daemon may experience contention with the\nconnected radio.
\n\nReport bugs\nto:
\n\n\nHamlib\nDeveloper mailing list
\n\nCOPYING\n\n
\n\n\nThis file is\npart of Hamlib, a project to develop a library that\nsimplifies radio, rotator, and amplifier control functions\nfor developers of software primarily of interest to radio\namateurs and those interested in radio communications.
\n\nCopyright\n© 2000-2010 Stephane Fillod
\nCopyright © 2000-2018 the Hamlib Group (various\ncontributors)
\nCopyright © 2011-2020 Nate Bargmann
\n\nThis is free\nsoftware; see the file COPYING for copying conditions. There\nis NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR\nA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
\n\nSEE ALSO\n\n
\n\n\n\nkill(1),\nrigctl(1), ssh(1), hamlib(7)
\n\nCOLOPHON\n\n
\n\n\nLinks to the\nHamlib Wiki, Git repository, release archives, and daily\nsnapshot archives are available via\nhamlib.org.
\n
\n\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/doc/rigmem.1.html",
"content": "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nRIGMEM\n\n\n\n\nRIGMEM
\n\nNAME
\nSYNOPSIS
\nDESCRIPTION
\nOPTIONS
\nCOMMANDS
\nDIAGNOSTICS
\nEXIT STATUS
\nBUGS
\nCOPYING
\nSEE ALSO
\nCOLOPHON
\n\n
\n\n\nNAME\n\n
\n\n\nrigmem - backup\nand restore memory of radio transceivers and receivers
\n\nSYNOPSIS\n\n
\n\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n rigmem | \n | \n\n\n\n [-ahvVx]\n[-m id] [-r device]\n[-s baud] [-c id]\n[-C parm=val] [-p sep]\ncommand [file] |
\n
\n\nDESCRIPTION\n\n
\n\n\nBackup and\nrestore memory of radio transceivers and receivers.\nrigmem accepts commands from the command line\nonly.
\n\nKeep in mind\nthat Hamlib is BETA level software. While a lot of backend\nlibraries lack complete radio support, the basic functions\nare usually well supported.
\n\nPlease report\nbugs and provide feedback at the e-mail address given in the\nBUGS section below. Patches and code enhancements\nsent to the same address are welcome.
\n\nOPTIONS\n\n
\n\n\nThis program\nfollows the usual GNU command line syntax. Short options\nthat take an argument may have the value follow immediately\nor be separated by a space. Long options starting with two\ndashes (’-’) require an ’=’ between\nthe option and any argument.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported options:
\n-m, --model=id
\n\nSelect radio model number.
\n\nSee model list\n(use “rigctl -l”).
\n\n-r,\n--rig-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the port connected to the radio.
\n\nOften a serial\nport, but could be a USB to serial adapter. Typically\n/dev/ttyS0, /dev/ttyS1, /dev/ttyUSB0,\netc. on Linux, COM1, COM2, etc. on MS Windows.\nThe BSD flavors and Mac OS/X have their own designations.\nSee your system’s documentation.
\n\n-s,\n--serial-speed=baud
\n\nSet radio serial speed to\nbaud rate.
\n\nUses maximum\nserial speed from radio backend capabilities as the\ndefault.
\n\n-c,\n--civaddr=id
\n\nUse id as the CI-V\naddress to communicate with the radio.
\n\nOnly useful for\nIcom and some Ten-Tec radios.
\n\nNote:\nThe id is in decimal notation, unless prefixed by\n0x, in which case it is hexadecimal.
\n\n-C,\n--set-conf=parm=val[,parm=val]
\n\nSet radio configuration\nparameter(s), e.g. stop_bits=2.
\n\nUse the\n-L option of rigctl for a list of\nconfiguration parameters for a given model number.
\n\n-p,\n--set-separator=sep
\n\nSet character as column\nseparator instead of the CSV comma.
\n\nSome common\nalternatives are the vertical bar (pipe), ’|’,\nsemicolon, ’;’, and colon, ’:’.
\n\n-a, --all
\n\nBypass mem_caps, apply to all\nfields of channel_t.
\n\n-x, --xml
\n\nUse XML format instead of CSV,\nif libxml2 is available.
\n\n-v, --verbose
\n\nSet verbose mode, cumulative\n(see DIAGNOSTICS below).
\n\n-h, --help
\n\nShow a summary of these options\nand exit.
\n\n-V, --version
\n\nShow version of rigmem\nand exit.
\n\nNote:\nSome options may not be implemented by a given backend and\nwill return an error. This is most likely to occur with the\n--set-conf option.
\n\nCOMMANDS\n\n
\n\n\nBackup and\nrestore are supported for basic CSV file and XML format\nwhere available.
\n\nPlease note\nthat the backend for the radio to be controlled, or the\nradio itself may not support some commands. In that case,\nthe operation will fail with a Hamlib error\nmessage.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported commands:
\nsave file
\n\nSave all the content of memory\nin a CSV (or XML) file given as an argument to the\ncommand.
\n\nload file
\n\nLoad the content into all the\nmemory from a CSV (or XML) file given as an argument to the\ncommand.
\n\nsave_parm\nfile
\n\nSave all the parameters of the\nradio in a CSV (or XML) file given as an argument to the\ncommand.
\n\nload_parm\nfile
\n\nLoad the parameters of the\nradio from a CSV (or XML) file given as an argument to the\ncommand.
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n clear | \n | \n\n\n\n This is a very DANGEROUS command, as it will\ncompletely clear out everything you have programmed in the\nmemory of your radio. ALL DATA WILL BE LOST. Use at\nyour own risk! |
\n
\n\nDIAGNOSTICS\n\n
\n\n\nThe -v,\n--verbose option allows different levels of\ndiagnostics to be output to stderr and correspond to\n-v for BUG, -vv for ERR, -vvv for WARN,\n-vvvv for VERBOSE, or -vvvvv for TRACE.
\n\nA given verbose\nlevel is useful for providing needed debugging information\nto the email address below. For example, TRACE output shows\nall of the values sent to and received from the radio which\nis very useful for radio backend library development and may\nbe requested by the developers.
\n\nEXIT STATUS\n\n
\n\n\nrigmem\nexits with:
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n 0 | \n | \n\n\n\n if all operations completed\nnormally; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 1 | \n | \n\n\n\n if there was an invalid command line option or\nargument; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 2 | \n | \n\n\n\n if an error was returned by Hamlib. |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 3 | \n | \n\n\n\n the Hamlib backend has no memory support\nimplemented and/or the radio has no memory access\navailable. |
\n
\n\nBUGS\n\n
\n\n\nReport bugs\nto:
\n\n\nHamlib\nDeveloper mailing list
\n\nCOPYING\n\n
\n\n\nThis file is\npart of Hamlib, a project to develop a library that\nsimplifies radio, rotator, and amplifier control functions\nfor developers of software primarily of interest to radio\namateurs and those interested in radio communications.
\n\nCopyright\n© 2003-2011 Stephane Fillod
\nCopyright © 2007,2019-2020 Nate Bargmann
\n\nThis is free\nsoftware; see the file COPYING for copying conditions. There\nis NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR\nA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
\n\nSEE ALSO\n\n
\n\n\n\nrigctl(1),\nhamlib(7)
\n\nCOLOPHON\n\n
\n\n\nLinks to the\nHamlib Wiki, Git repository, release archives, and daily\nsnapshot archives are available via\nhamlib.org.
\n
\n\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/doc/rigsmtr.1.html",
"content": "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nRIGSMTR\n\n\n\n\nRIGSMTR
\n\nNAME
\nSYNOPSIS
\nDESCRIPTION
\nOPTIONS
\nDIAGNOSTICS
\nEXIT STATUS
\nEXAMPLE
\nBUGS
\nCOPYING
\nSEE ALSO
\nCOLOPHON
\n\n
\n\n\nNAME\n\n
\n\n\nrigsmtr -\nmeasure S-Meter vs azimuth using Hamlib
\n\nSYNOPSIS\n\n
\n\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n rigsmtr | \n | \n\n\n\n [-hvV]\n[-m id] [-r device]\n[-s baud] [-c id]\n[-C parm=val] [-M id]\n[-R device] [-S baud]\n[-N parm=val] [time_step] |
\n
\n\nDESCRIPTION\n\n
\n\n\nrigsmtr\nuses Hamlib to control a radio to measure S-Meter\nvalue versus antenna azimuth.
\n\nIt rotates the\nantenna from minimum azimuth to maximum azimuth. Every\nsecond, or time_step if specified in seconds, it\nretrieves the signal strength. Azimuth in degrees and the\ncorresponding S-Meter level in dB relative to S9 are then\nprinted on stdout.
\n\nTo work\ncorrectly, rigsmtr needs a radio that could measure S-Meter\nand a Hamlib backend that is able to retrieve it, connected\nto a Hamlib supported rotator.
\n\nKeep in mind\nthat Hamlib is BETA level software. While a lot of backend\nlibraries lack complete radio support, the basic functions\nare usually well supported.
\n\nPlease report\nbugs and provide feedback at the e-mail address given in the\nBUGS section below. Patches and code enhancements\nsent to the same address are welcome.
\n\nOPTIONS\n\n
\n\n\nThis program\nfollows the usual GNU command line syntax. Short options\nthat take an argument may have the value follow immediately\nor be separated by a space. Long options starting with two\ndashes (’-’) require an ’=’ between\nthe option and any argument.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported options.
\n-m, --model=id
\n\nSelect radio model number.
\n\nSee model list\n(use “rigctl -l”).
\n\n-r,\n--rig-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the port connected to the radio.
\n\nOften a serial\nport, but could be a USB to serial adapter. Typically\n/dev/ttyS0, /dev/ttyS1, /dev/ttyUSB0,\netc. on Linux, COM1, COM2, etc. on MS Windows.\nThe BSD flavors and Mac OS/X have their own designations.\nSee your system’s documentation.
\n\n-s,\n--serial-speed=baud
\n\nSet radio serial speed to\nbaud rate.
\n\nUses maximum\nserial speed from radio backend capabilities as the\ndefault.
\n\n-c,\n--civaddr=id
\n\nUse id as the CI-V\naddress to communicate with the radio.
\n\nOnly useful for\nIcom and some Ten-Tec radios.
\n\nNote:\nThe id is in decimal notation, unless prefixed by\n0x, in which case it is hexadecimal.
\n\n-C,\n--set-conf=parm=val[,parm=val]
\n\nSet radio configuration\nparameter(s), e.g. stop_bits=2.
\n\nUse the\n-L option of rigctl for a list of\nconfiguration parameters for a given model number.
\n\n-M,\n--rot-model=id
\n\nSelect rotator model\nnumber.
\n\nSee model list\n(use “rotctl -l”).
\n\n-R,\n--rot-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the port connected to the rotator.
\n\nOften a serial\nport, but could be a USB to serial adapter. Typically\n/dev/ttyS0, /dev/ttyS1, /dev/ttyUSB0,\netc. on Linux, COM1, COM2, etc. on MS Windows.\nThe BSD flavors and Mac OS/X have their own designations.\nSee your system’s documentation.
\n\n-S,\n--rot-serial-speed=baud
\n\nSet rotator serial speed to\nbaud rate.
\n\nUses maximum\nserial speed from rotator backend capabilities as the\ndefault.
\n\n-N,\n--rot-set-conf=parm=val[,parm=val]
\n\nSet rotator configuration\nparameter(s), e.g. stop_bits=2.
\n\nUse the\n-L option of rotctl for a list of\nconfiguration parameters for a given model number.
\n\n-v, --verbose
\n\nSet verbose mode, cumulative\n(see DIAGNOSTICS below).
\n\n-h, --help
\n\nShow a summary of these options\nand exit.
\n\n-V, --version
\n\nShow version of rigsmtr\nand exit.
\n\nNote:\nSome options may not be implemented by a given backend and\nwill return an error. This is most likely to occur with the\n--set-conf and --rot-set-conf options.
\n\nDIAGNOSTICS\n\n
\n\n\nThe -v,\n--verbose option allows different levels of\ndiagnostics to be output to stderr and correspond to\n-v for BUG, -vv for ERR, -vvv for WARN,\n-vvvv for VERBOSE, or -vvvvv for TRACE.
\n\nA given verbose\nlevel is useful for providing needed debugging information\nto the email address below. For example, TRACE output shows\nall of the values sent to and received from the radio which\nis very useful for radio backend library development and may\nbe requested by the developers.
\n\nEXIT STATUS\n\n
\n\n\nrigsmtr\nexits with:
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n 0 | \n | \n\n\n\n if all operations completed normally; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 1 | \n | \n\n\n\n if there was an invalid command line option or\nargument; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 2 | \n | \n\n\n\n if an error was returned by Hamlib; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 3 | \n | \n\n\n\n if the radio doesn’t have the required\ncapabilities. |
\n
\n\nEXAMPLE\n\n
\n\n\nCollect S-Meter\nreadings on a TS-850 while an EasycommII rotator makes a\nfull 360° rotation and record measurements in the file\ncsmtr (typed text shown in bold):
\n\n$ rigsmtr -m\n2009 -r /dev/ttyS1 -M 202 > csmtr
\n\nAfter\ncompletion the file csmtr contains lines such as:
\n\n0 -47
\n30 -40
\n60 -22
\n90 -3
\n120 10
\n150 1
\n180 -11
\n210 -24
\n240 -35
\n270 -42
\n300 -48
\n330 -51
\n360 -49
\n\nThe results can\nbe plotted with gnuplot(1):
\n\n$ gnuplot\n
\nset angles degrees
\nset polar
\nset grid polar 15.
\nunset border
\nunset param
\nset style data line
\nset rrange [-60:60]
\nset xrange [-60:60]
\nset yrange [-60:60]
\nplot csmtr
\n\nBUGS\n\n
\n\n\nReport bugs\nto:
\n\n\nHamlib\nDeveloper mailing list
\n\nCOPYING\n\n
\n\n\nThis file is\npart of Hamlib, a project to develop a library that\nsimplifies radio, rotator, and amplifier control functions\nfor developers of software primarily of interest to radio\namateurs and those interested in radio communications.
\n\nCopyright\n© 2007-2009 Stephane Fillod
\nCopyright © 2018-2020 Nate Bargmann
\n\nThis is free\nsoftware; see the file COPYING for copying conditions. There\nis NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR\nA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
\n\nSEE ALSO\n\n
\n\n\n\ngnuplot(1),\nrigctl(1), rotctl(1), hamlib(7)
\n\nCOLOPHON\n\n
\n\n\nLinks to the\nHamlib Wiki, Git repository, release archives, and daily\nsnapshot archives are available via\nhamlib.org.
\n
\n\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/doc/rigswr.1.html",
"content": "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nRIGSWR\n\n\n\n\nRIGSWR
\n\nNAME
\nSYNOPSIS
\nDESCRIPTION
\nOPTIONS
\nDIAGNOSTICS
\nEXIT STATUS
\nEXAMPLE
\nBUGS
\nCOPYING
\nSEE ALSO
\nCOLOPHON
\n\n
\n\n\nNAME\n\n
\n\n\nrigswr -\nmeasure VSWR vs frequency.
\n\nSYNOPSIS\n\n
\n\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n rigswr | \n | \n\n\n\n [-hvV]\n[-m id] [-r device]\n[-s baud] [-c id]\n[-C parm=val]\n[-p device] [-P type]\nstart_freq stop_freq [freq_step] |
\n
\n\nDESCRIPTION\n\n
\n\n\nrigswr\nuses Hamlib to control a radio to measure VSWR\n(Voltage Standing Wave Ratio) over a frequency range.
\n\nIt scans\nfrequencies from start_freq to stop_freq with\nan optional increment of freq_step (default step is\n100 kHz). All values must be entered as an integer in Hertz\n(cycles per second).
\n\nNote:\nrigswr assumes that start_freq is less than or\nequal to stop_freq. If it is greater, rigswr\nwill exit without doing anything.
\n\nFor each\nfrequency, it transmits at 25% of total POWER during 0.5\nsecond in CW mode and reads VSWR.
\n\nFrequency and\nthe corresponding VSWR are then printed on\nstdout.
\n\nTo work\ncorrectly, rigswr needs a radio that can measure VSWR\nand a Hamlib backend that supports reading VSWR from\nthe radio.
\n\nKeep in mind\nthat Hamlib is BETA level software. While a lot of backend\nlibraries lack complete radio support, the basic functions\nare usually well supported.
\n\nPlease report\nbugs and provide feedback at the e-mail address given in the\nBUGS section below. Patches and code enhancements\nsent to the same address are welcome.
\n\nOPTIONS\n\n
\n\n\nThis program\nfollows the usual GNU command line syntax. Short options\nthat take an argument may have the value follow immediately\nor be separated by a space. Long options starting with two\ndashes (’-’) require an ’=’ between\nthe option and any argument.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported options:
\n-m, --model=id
\n\nSelect radio model number.
\n\nSee model list\n(use “rigctl -l”).
\n\n-r,\n--rig-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the port connected to the radio.
\n\nOften a serial\nport, but could be a USB to serial adapter. Typically\n/dev/ttyS0, /dev/ttyS1, /dev/ttyUSB0,\netc. on Linux, COM1, COM2, etc. on MS Windows.\nThe BSD flavors and Mac OS/X have their own designations.\nSee your system’s documentation.
\n\n-s,\n--serial-speed=baud
\n\nSet radio serial speed to\nbaud rate.
\n\nUses maximum\nserial speed from radio backend capabilities as the\ndefault.
\n\n-c,\n--civaddr=id
\n\nUse id as the CI-V\naddress to communicate with the radio.
\n\nOnly useful for\nIcom and some Ten-Tec radios.
\n\nNote:\nThe id is in decimal notation, unless prefixed by\n0x, in which case it is hexadecimal.
\n\n-C,\n--set-conf=parm=val[,parm=val]
\n\nSet radio configuration\nparameter(s), e.g. stop_bits=2.
\n\nUse the\n-L option of rigctl for a list of\nconfiguration parameters for a given model number.
\n\n-p,\n--ptt-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the Push-To-Talk port using a device file as with\nthe -r option above.
\n\nThis is only\nneeded if the radio doesn’t have CAT PTT control and\nrequires a separate device port to key the transmitter.
\n\n-P,\n--ptt-type=type
\n\nUse type of Push-To-Talk\ndevice.
\n\nSupported types\nare RIG (CAT), DTR, RTS, PARALLEL, NONE.
\n\n-v, --verbose
\n\nSet verbose mode, cumulative\n(see DIAGNOSTICS below).
\n\n-h, --help
\n\nShow a summary of these options\nand exit.
\n\n-V, --version
\n\nShow version of rigswr\nand exit.
\n\nNote:\nSome options may not be implemented by a given backend and\nwill return an error. This is most likely to occur with the\n--set-conf option.
\n\nDIAGNOSTICS\n\n
\n\n\nThe -v,\n--verbose option allows different levels of\ndiagnostics to be output to stderr and correspond to\n-v for BUG, -vv for ERR, -vvv for WARN,\n-vvvv for VERBOSE, or -vvvvv for TRACE.
\n\nA given verbose\nlevel is useful for providing needed debugging information\nto the email address below. For example, TRACE output shows\nall of the values sent to and received from the radio which\nis very useful for radio backend library development and may\nbe requested by the developers.
\n\nEXIT STATUS\n\n
\n\n\nrigswr\nexits with:
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n 0 | \n | \n\n\n\n if all operations completed normally; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 1 | \n | \n\n\n\n if there was an invalid command line option or\nargument; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 2 | \n | \n\n\n\n if an error was returned by Hamlib; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 3 | \n | \n\n\n\n if the rig doesn’t have the required\ncapabilities. |
\n
\n\nEXAMPLE\n\n
\n\n\nScans\nfrequencies between 14.000 MHz and 14.200 MHz with 50 kHz\nstep on a TS-850 and records VSWR measurements in file\ncswr (typed text shown in bold):
\n\n$ rigswr -m\n2009 -r /dev/ttyS1 14000000 14200000 50000 > cswr
\n\nAfter\ncompletion, cswr contains the following lines:
\n\n14000000 1.50\n
\n14050000 1.31
\n14100000 1.22
\n14150000 1.07
\n14200000 1.07
\n\nThe result can\nbe plotted with gnuplot(1):
\n\n$ gnuplot\n
\nset data style linespoints
\nset grid
\nplot cswr
\n\nBUGS\n\n
\n\n\nDepending on\nkeyer/QSK setup, transmissions in CW mode may not be\nmodulated thus possibly giving a wrong result. Please report\nthis situation if it happens.
\n\nReport bugs\nto:
\n\n\nHamlib\nDeveloper mailing list
\n\nCOPYING\n\n
\n\n\nThis file is\npart of Hamlib, a project to develop a library that\nsimplifies radio, rotator, and amplifier control functions\nfor developers of software primarily of interest to radio\namateurs and those interested in radio communications.
\n\nCopyright\n© 2004 Thierry Leconte
\nCopyright © 2004-2011 Stephane Fillod
\nCopyright © 2007,2018-2020 Nate Bargmann
\n\nThis is free\nsoftware; see the file COPYING for copying conditions. There\nis NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR\nA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
\n\nSEE ALSO\n\n
\n\n\n\ngnuplot(1),\nrigctl(1), hamlib(7)
\n\nCOLOPHON\n\n
\n\n\nLinks to the\nHamlib Wiki, Git repository, release archives, and daily\nsnapshot archives are available via\nhamlib.org.
\n
\n\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/doc/rotctl.1.html",
"content": "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nROTCTL\n\n\n\n\nROTCTL
\n\nNAME
\nSYNOPSIS
\nDESCRIPTION
\nOPTIONS
\nCOMMANDS
\nREADLINE
\nDIAGNOSTICS
\nEXIT STATUS
\nEXAMPLES
\nBUGS
\nCOPYING
\nSEE ALSO
\nCOLOPHON
\n\n
\n\n\nNAME\n\n
\n\n\nrotctl -\ncontrol antenna rotators
\n\nSYNOPSIS\n\n
\n\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n rotctl | \n | \n\n\n\n [-hiIlLuV]\n[-m id] [-r device]\n[-R device2] [-s baud]\n[-t char]\n[-C parm=val] [-v[-Z]]\n[command|-] |
\n
\n\nDESCRIPTION\n\n
\n\n\nControl antenna\nrotators.
\n\nrotctl\naccepts commands from the command line as well as in\ninteractive mode if none are provided on the command\nline.
\n\nKeep in mind\nthat Hamlib is BETA level software. While a lot of backend\nlibraries lack complete rotator support, the basic functions\nare usually well supported.
\n\nPlease report\nbugs and provide feedback at the e-mail address given in the\nBUGS section below. Patches and code enhancements\nsent to the same address are welcome.
\n\nOPTIONS\n\n
\n\n\nThis program\nfollows the usual GNU command line syntax. Short options\nthat take an argument may have the value follow immediately\nor be separated by a space. Long options starting with two\ndashes (’-’) require an ’=’ between\nthe option and any argument.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported options:
\n-m, --model=id
\n\nSelect rotator model\nnumber.
\n\nSee model list\n(use “rotctl -l”).
\n\nNote:\nrotctl (or third party software using the C API) will\nuse rotator model 2 for NET rotctl (communicating\nwith rotctld).
\n\n-r,\n--rot-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the port connected to the rotator.
\n\nOften a serial\nport, but could be a USB to serial adapter. Typically\n/dev/ttyS0, /dev/ttyS1, /dev/ttyUSB0,\netc. on Linux, COM1, COM2, etc. on MS Windows.\nThe BSD flavors and Mac OS/X have their own designations.\nSee your system’s documentation.
\n\n-R,\n--rot-file2=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the port connected to the 2nd rotator. e.g. 2nd\nrotator used for elevation.
\n\nOften a serial\nport, but could be a USB to serial adapter. Typically\n/dev/ttyS0, /dev/ttyS1, /dev/ttyUSB0,\netc. on Linux, COM1, COM2, etc. on MS Windows.\nThe BSD flavors and Mac OS/X have their own designations.\nSee your system’s documentation.
\n\n-s,\n--serial-speed=baud
\n\nSet serial speed to baud\nrate.
\n\nUses maximum\nserial speed from rotator backend capabilities as the\ndefault.
\n\n-t,\n--send-cmd-term=char
\n\nChange the termination\nchar for text protocol when using the send_cmd\ncommand.
\n\nThe default\nvalue is ASCII CR (’0x0D’). ASCII non-printing\ncharacters can be given as the ASCII number in hexadecimal\nformat prepended with “0x”. You may pass an\nempty string for no termination char. The string\n“-1” tells rotctl to switch to binary\nprotocol. See the send_cmd command for further\nexplanation.
\n\nNote:\nThe semicolon (’;’) is a common terminator for\nrotators that accept ASCII character strings.
\n\n-L,\n--show-conf
\n\nList all configuration\nparameters for the rotator defined with -m above.
\n\n-C,\n--set-conf=parm=val[,parm=val]
\n\nSet rotator configuration\nparameter(s), e.g. stop_bits=2.
\n\nUse the\n-L option above for a list of configuration\nparameters for a given model number.
\n\n-u,\n--dump-caps
\n\nDump capabilities for the\nrotator defined with -m above and exit.
\n\n-l, --list
\n\nList all rotator model numbers\ndefined in Hamlib and exit.
\n\nThe list is\nsorted by model number.
\n\nNote: In\nLinux the list can be scrolled back using\nShift-PageUp/Shift-PageDown, or using the\nscrollbars of a virtual terminal in X or the cmd window in\nWindows. The output can be piped to more(1) or\nless(1), e.g. “rotctl -l | more”.
\n\n-i,\n--read-history
\n\nRead previously saved command\nand argument history from a file (default\n$HOME/.rotctl_history) for the current session.
\n\nAvailable when\nrotctl is built with Readline support (see\nREADLINE below).
\n\nNote: To\nread a history file stored in another directory, set the\nROTCTL_HIST_DIR environment variable, e.g.\n“ROTCTL_HIST_DIR=$HOME/tmp rotctl -i”. When\nROTCTL_HIST_DIR is not set, the value of HOME is\nused.
\n\n-I,\n--save-history
\n\nWrite current session (and any\nprevious session(s), if -i option is also given)\ncommand and argument history to a file (default\n$HOME/.rotctl_history) at the end of the current\nsession.
\n\nComplete\ncommands with arguments are saved as a single line to be\nrecalled and used or edited. Available when rotctl is\nbuilt with Readline support (see READLINE below).
\n\nNote: To\nwrite a history file in another directory, set the\nROTCTL_HIST_DIR environment variable, e.g.\n“ROTCTL_HIST_DIR=$HOME/tmp rotctl -I”. When\nROTCTL_HIST_DIR is not set, the value of HOME is\nused.
\n\n-v, --verbose
\n\nSet verbose mode, cumulative\n(see DIAGNOSTICS below).
\n\n-Z,\n--debug-time-stamps
\n\nEnable time stamps for the\ndebug messages.
\n\nUse only in\ncombination with the -v option as it generates no\noutput on its own.
\n\n-h, --help
\n\nShow a summary of these options\nand exit.
\n\n-V, --version
\n\nShow version of rotctl\nand exit.
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n - | \n | \n\n\n\n Stop option processing and read commands from standard\ninput. |
\n
\n\nSee Standard\nInput below.
\n\nNote:\nSome options may not be implemented by a given backend and\nwill return an error. This is most likely to occur with the\n--set-conf and --show-conf options.
\n\nBe aware that\nthe backend for the rotator to be controlled, or the rotator\nitself may not support some commands. In that case, the\noperation will fail with a Hamlib error code.
\n\nCOMMANDS\n\n
\n\n\nCommands can be\nentered either as a single char, or as a long command name.\nThe commands are not prefixed with a dash as the options\nare. They may be typed in when in interactive mode or\nprovided as argument(s) in command line interface mode. In\ninteractive mode commands and their arguments may be entered\non a single line (typed text shown in bold):
\n\nP 123\n45
\n\nSince most of\nthe Hamlib operations have a set and a\nget method, an upper case letter will often be used\nfor a set method whereas the corresponding lower case\nletter refers to the get method. Each operation also\nhas a long name; in interactive mode, prepend a backslash,\n’\\’, to enter a long command name.
\n\nExample: Use\n“\\get_info” in interactive mode to see the\nrotator’s information.
\n\nNote:\nThe backend for the rotator to be controlled, or the rotator\nitself may not support some commands. In that case, the\noperation will fail with a Hamlib error message.
\n\nStandard\nInput
\nAs an alternative to the READLINE interactive command\nentry or a single command for each run, rotctl\nfeatures a special option where a single dash\n(’-’) may be used to read commands from standard\ninput (stdin). Commands must be separated by\nwhitespace similar to the commands given on the command\nline. Comments may be added using the ’#’\ncharacter, all text up until the end of the current line\nincluding the ’#’ character is ignored.
\n\nA simple\nexample:
\n\n$ cat\n<<.EOF. >cmds.txt
\n> # File of commands
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n > set_pos 180.0 10.0 | \n | \n | \n\n\n\n # rotate |
\n
\n\n> pause 30 # wait for\naction to complete
\n> get_pos # query rotator
\n>.EOF.
\n\n$ rotctl -m\n1 - <cmds.txt
\n\nset_pos 180.0\n10.0
\npause 30
\nget_pos 180.000000
\n10.000000
\n\n$
\n\nRotator\nCommands
\nA summary of commands is included below (In the case of\nset commands the quoted italicized string is replaced\nby the value in the description. In the case of get\ncommands the quoted italicized string is the key name of the\nvalue returned.):
\nQ|q, exit rotctl
\n\nExit rotctl in interactive\nmode.
\n\nWhen rotctl is\ncontrolling the rotator directly, will close the rotator\nbackend and port. When rotctl is connected to rotctld\n(rotator model 2), the TCP/IP connection to rotctld is\nclosed and rotctld remains running, available for another\nTCP/IP network connection.
\n\nP, set_pos\n'Azimuth' 'Elevation'
\n\nSet position.
\n\n\n'Azimuth'\nand 'Elevation' are floating point values.
\n\nAzimuth can be\n-180 to 540 depending on the rotator to allow for rotators\nfacing south and the capabilities of the rotator.
\n\nElevation can\nbe -20 to 210 depending on the rotator.
\n\nFor\nexample:
\n\nP 163.0\n41.0
\n\nNote: If\nthe rotator does not support setting elevation (most do not)\nsupply “0.0” for 'Elevation'.
\n\np, get_pos
\n\nGet position.
\n\n\n'Azimuth'\nand 'Elevation' are returned as double precision\nfloating point values.
\n\nM, move\n'Direction' 'Speed'
\n\nMove the rotator in a specific\ndirection at the given rate.
\n\n\n'Direction'\nis an integer or keyword defined as ’2’ = UP,\n’4’ = DOWN, ’8’ = LEFT or CCW and\n’16’ = RIGHT or CW
\n\n'Speed'\nis an integer between 1 and 100. Use -1 for no change to\ncurrent speed.
\n\nNote:\nNot all backends that implement the move command use the\nSpeed value.
\n\nS, stop
\n\nStop the rotator.
\n\nK, park
\n\nPark the rotator.
\n\nC, set_conf\n'Token' 'Value'
\n\nSet a configuration\nparameter.
\n\n'Token'\nis a string; see the -C option and the -L\noutput.
\n\n'Value'\nis a string of up to 20 characters.
\n\nR, reset\n'Reset'
\n\nReset the rotator.
\n\n'Reset'\naccepts an integer value of ’1’ for “Reset\nAll”.
\n\n_, get_info
\n\nGet miscellaneous information\nabout the rotator.
\n\nReturns\n'Info' “Model Name” at present.
\n\ndump_state
\n\nReturn certain state\ninformation about the rotator backend.
\n\n1, dump_caps
\n\nNot a real rot remote command,\nit just dumps capabilities, i.e. what the backend knows\nabout this model, and what it can do.
\n\nw, send_cmd\n'Cmd'
\n\nSend a raw command string to\nthe rotator.
\n\nASCII CR (or\n--send-cmd-term value, see -t option) is\nappended automatically at the end of the command for text\nprotocols. For binary protocols, enter hexadecimal values as\n“\\0xAA\\0xBB”.
\n\nLocator\nCommands
\nThese commands offer conversions of Degrees Minutes Seconds\nto other formats, Maidenhead square locator\nconversions and distance and azimuth conversions.
\nL, lonlat2loc 'Longitude'\n'Latitude' 'Loc Len'
\n\nReturns the Maidenhead\n'Locator' for the given 'Longitude' and\n'Latitude'.
\n\nFloating point\nvalues are supplied. The precision of the returned square is\ncontrolled by 'Loc Len' which should be an even\nnumbered integer value between 2 and 12.
\n\nFor\nexample:
\n\nL -170.0\n-85.0 12
\n\nreturns:
\n\nLocator:\nAA55AA00AA00
\n\nl, loc2lonlat\n'Locator'
\n\nReturns 'Longitude' and\n'Latitude' in decimal degrees at the approximate\ncenter of the requested Maidenhead grid square.
\n\n\n'Locator'\ncan be from 2 to 12 characters in length.
\n\nWest longitude\nis expressed as a negative value.
\n\nSouth latitude\nis expressed as a negative value.
\n\nFor\nexample:
\n\nl\nAA55AA00AA00
\n\nreturns:
\n\nLongitude:\n-169.999983 Latitude: -84.999991
\n\nNote:\nDespite the use of double precision variables internally,\nsome rounding error occurs.
\n\nD, dms2dec\n'Degrees' 'Minutes' 'Seconds'\n'S/W'
\n\nReturns 'Dec Degrees', a\nsigned floating point value.
\n\n\n'Degrees'\nand 'Minutes' are integer values.
\n\n\n'Seconds'\nis a floating point value.
\n\n'S/W' is\na flag with ’1’ indicating South latitude or\nWest longitude and ’0’ North or East (the flag\nis needed as computers don’t recognize a signed zero\neven though only the 'Degrees' value is typically\nsigned in DMS notation).
\n\nd, dec2dms\n'Dec Degrees'
\n\nReturns 'Degrees'\n'Minutes' 'Seconds' 'S/W'.
\n\nValues are as\nin dms2dec above.
\n\nE, dmmm2dec\n'Degrees' 'Dec Minutes' 'S/W'
\n\nReturns 'Dec Degrees', a\nsigned floating point value.
\n\n\n'Degrees'\nis an integer value.
\n\n'Dec\nMinutes' is a floating point value.
\n\n'S/W' is\na flag as in dms2dec above.
\n\ne, dec2dmmm\n'Dec Deg'
\n\nReturns 'Degrees'\n'Minutes' 'S/W'.
\n\nValues are as\nin dmmm2dec above.
\n\nB, qrb 'Lon\n1' 'Lat 1' 'Lon 2' 'Lat 2'
\n\nReturns 'Distance' and\n'Azimuth'.
\n\n\n'Distance'\nis in km.
\n\n\n'Azimuth'\nis in degrees.
\n\nSupplied\nLon/Lat values are signed floating point\nnumbers.
\n\nA, a_sp2a_lp\n'Short Path Deg'
\n\nReturns 'Long Path\nDeg'.
\n\nBoth the\nsupplied argument and returned value are floating point\nvalues within the range of 0.00 to 360.00.
\n\nNote:\nSupplying a negative value will return an error message.
\n\na, d_sp2d_lp\n'Short Path km'
\n\nReturns 'Long Path\nkm'.
\n\nBoth the\nsupplied argument and returned value are floating point\nvalues.
\n\npause\n'Seconds'
\n\nPause for the given whole\n(integer) number of 'Seconds' before sending the next\ncommand to the rotator.
\n\nREADLINE\n\n
\n\n\nIf\nReadline library development files are found at\nconfigure time, rotctl will be conditonally built\nwith Readline support for command and argument entry.\nReadline command key bindings are at their defaults as\ndescribed in the\nReadline\nmanual. rotctl sets the name “rotctl”\nwhich can be used in Conditional Init Constructs in the\nReadline Init File ($HOME/.inputrc by default) for\ncustom keybindings unique to rotctl.
\n\nCommand history\nis available with Readline support as described in the\nReadline\nHistory manual. Command and argument strings are stored\nas single lines even when arguments are prompted for input\nindividually. Commands and arguments are not validated and\nare stored as typed with values separated by a single\nspace.
\n\nNormally\nsession history is not saved, however, use of either of the\n-i/--read-history or\n-I/--save-history options when starting\nrotctl will cause any previously saved history to be\nread in and/or the current and any previous session history\n(assuming the -i and -I options are given\ntogether) will be written out when rotctl is closed.\nEach option is mutually exclusive, i.e. either may be given\nseparately or in combination. This is useful to save a set\nof commands and then read them later but not write the\nmodified history for a consistent set of test commands in\ninteractive mode, for example.
\n\nHistory is\nstored in $HOME/.rotctl_history by default although\nthe destination directory may be changed by setting the\nROTCTL_HIST_DIR environment variable. When\nROTCTL_HIST_DIR is unset, the value of the HOME\nenvironment variable is used instead. Only the destination\ndirectory may be changed at this time.
\n\nIf Readline\nsupport is not found at configure time the original internal\ncommand handler is used. Readline is not used for\nrotctl commands entered on the command line\nregardless if Readline support is built in or not.
\n\nNote:\nReadline support is not included in the MS Windows 32 or 64\nbit binary builds supplied by the Hamlib Project. Running\nrotctl on the MS Windows platform in the\n’cmd’ shell does give session command line\nhistory, however, it is not saved to disk between\nsessions.
\n\nDIAGNOSTICS\n\n
\n\n\nThe -v,\n--verbose option allows different levels of\ndiagnostics to be output to stderr and correspond to\n-v for BUG, -vv for ERR, -vvv for WARN,\n-vvvv for VERBOSE, or -vvvvv for TRACE.
\n\nA given verbose\nlevel is useful for providing needed debugging information\nto the email address below. For example, TRACE output shows\nall of the values sent to and received from the radio which\nis very useful for radio backend library development and may\nbe requested by the developers.
\n\nEXIT STATUS\n\n
\n\n\nrotctl\nexits with:
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n 0 | \n | \n\n\n\n if all operations completed normally; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 1 | \n | \n\n\n\n if there was an invalid command line option or\nargument; |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n 2 | \n | \n\n\n\n if an error was returned by Hamlib. |
\n
\n\nEXAMPLES\n\n
\n\n\nStart\nrotctl for RotorEZ using the first serial port on\nLinux:
\n\n$ rotctl -m\n401 -r /dev/ttyS0
\n\nStart\nrotctl for RotorEZ using COM2 on MS Windows:
\n\n> rotctl\n-m 401 -r COM2
\n\nConnect to a\nrunning rotctld with rotator model 2 (“NET\nrotctl”) on the local host and specifying the TCP\nport, and querying the position:
\n\n$ rotctl -m\n2 -r localhost:4533 t_pos
\n\nBUGS\n\n
\n\n\nReport bugs\nto:
\n\n\nHamlib\nDeveloper mailing list
\n\nCOPYING\n\n
\n\n\nThis file is\npart of Hamlib, a project to develop a library that\nsimplifies radio, rotator, and amplifier control functions\nfor developers of software primarily of interest to radio\namateurs and those interested in radio communications.
\n\nCopyright\n© 2001-2011 Stephane Fillod
\nCopyright © 2002-2017 the Hamlib Group (various\ncontributors)
\nCopyright © 2003-2020 Nate Bargmann
\n\nThis is free\nsoftware; see the file COPYING for copying conditions. There\nis NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR\nA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
\n\nSEE ALSO\n\n
\n\n\n\nless(1),\nmore(1), rotctld(1), hamlib(7)
\n\nCOLOPHON\n\n
\n\n\nLinks to the\nHamlib Wiki, Git repository, release archives, and daily\nsnapshot archives are available via\nhamlib.org.
\n
\n\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/doc/rotctld.1.html",
"content": "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nROTCTLD\n\n\n\n\nROTCTLD
\n\nNAME
\nSYNOPSIS
\nDESCRIPTION
\nOPTIONS
\nCOMMANDS
\nPROTOCOL
\nDIAGNOSTICS
\nEXAMPLES
\nSECURITY
\nBUGS
\nCOPYING
\nSEE ALSO
\nCOLOPHON
\n\n
\n\n\nNAME\n\n
\n\n\nrotctld - TCP\nrotator control daemon
\n\nSYNOPSIS\n\n
\n\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n rotctld | \n | \n\n\n\n [-hlLuV]\n[-m id] [-r device]\n[-s baud] [-T IPADDR]\n[-t number]\n[-C parm=val] [-v[-Z]] |
\n
\n\nDESCRIPTION\n\n
\n\n\nThe\nrotctld program is a rotator control daemon that\nhandles client requests via TCP sockets. This allows\nmultiple user programs to share one rotator (this needs more\ndevelopment). Multiple rotators can be controlled on\ndifferent TCP ports by use of multiple rotctld\nprocesses. The syntax of the commands are the same as\nrotctl(1). It is hoped that rotctld will be\nespecially useful for client authors using languages such as\nPerl, Python, PHP, and others.
\n\nrotctld\ncommunicates to a client through a TCP socket using text\ncommands shared with rotctl. The protocol is simple,\ncommands are sent to rotctld on one line and\nrotctld responds to “get” commands with\nthe requested values, one per line, when successful,\notherwise, it responds with one line “RPRT x”,\nwhere ’x’ is a negative number indicating the\nerror code. Commands that do not return values respond with\nthe line “RPRT x”, where ’x’ is\n’0’ when successful, otherwise is a regative\nnumber indicating the error code. Each line is terminated\nwith a newline ’\\n’ character. This protocol is\nprimarily for use by the NET rotctl (rotator model 2)\nbackend.
\n\nA separate\nExtended Response Protocol extends the above behavior\nby echoing the received command string as a header, any\nreturned values as a key: value pair, and the “RPRT\nx” string as the end of response marker which includes\nthe Hamlib success or failure value. See the\nPROTOCOL section for details. Consider using this\nprotocol for clients that will interact with rotctld\ndirectly through a TCP socket.
\n\nKeep in mind\nthat Hamlib is BETA level software. While a lot of backend\nlibraries lack complete rotator support, the basic functions\nare usually well supported.
\n\nPlease report\nbugs and provide feedback at the e-mail address given in the\nBUGS section below. Patches and code enhancements\nsent to the same address are welcome.
\n\nOPTIONS\n\n
\n\n\nThis program\nfollows the usual GNU command line syntax. Short options\nthat take an argument may have the value follow immediately\nor be separated by a space. Long options starting with two\ndashes (’-’) require an ’=’ between\nthe option and any argument.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported options:
\n-m, --model=id
\n\nSelect rotator model\nnumber.
\n\nSee model list\n(use “rotctld -l”).
\n\nNote:\nrotctl (or third party software using the C API) will\nuse rotator model 2 for NET rotctl (this model number\nis not used for rotctld even though it shows in the model\nlist).
\n\n-r,\n--rot-file=device
\n\nUse device as the file\nname of the port connected to the rotator.
\n\nOften a serial\nport, but could be a USB to serial adapter. Typically\n/dev/ttyS0, /dev/ttyS1, /dev/ttyUSB0,\netc. on Linux, COM1, COM2, etc. on MS Windows.\nThe BSD flavors and Mac OS/X have their own designations.\nSee your system’s documentation.
\n\n-s,\n--serial-speed=baud
\n\nSet serial speed to baud\nrate.
\n\nUses maximum\nserial speed from rotator backend capabilities as the\ndefault.
\n\n-T,\n--listen-addr=IPADDR
\n\nUse IPADDR as the\nlistening IP address.
\n\nThe default is\nANY.
\n\n-t,\n--port=number
\n\nUse number as the TCP\nlistening port.
\n\nThe default is\n4533.
\n\nNote: As\nrigctld's default port is 4532, it is advisable to\nuse odd numbered ports for rotctld, e.g. 4533, 4535,\n4537, etc.
\n\n-L,\n--show-conf
\n\nList all configuration\nparameters for the rotator defined with -m above.
\n\n-C,\n--set-conf=parm=val[,parm=val]
\n\nSet rotator configuration\nparameter(s), e.g. stop_bits=2.
\n\nUse the\n-L option above for a list of configuration\nparameters for a given model number.
\n\n-u,\n--dump-state
\n\nDump state for the rotator\ndefined with -m above and exit.
\n\n-u,\n--dump-caps
\n\nDump capabilities for the\nrotator defined with -m above and exit.
\n\n-l, --list
\n\nList all rotator model numbers\ndefined in Hamlib and exit.
\n\nThe list is\nsorted by model number.
\n\nNote: In\nLinux the list can be scrolled back using\nShift-PageUp/Shift-PageDown, or using the\nscrollbars of a virtual terminal in X or the cmd window in\nWindows. The output can be piped to more(1) or\nless(1), e.g. “rotctl -l | more”.
\n\n-v, --verbose
\n\nSet verbose mode, cumulative\n(see DIAGNOSTICS below).
\n\n-Z,\n--debug-time-stamps
\n\nEnable time stamps for the\ndebug messages.
\n\nUse only in\ncombination with the -v option as it generates no\noutput on its own.
\n\n-h, --help
\n\nShow a summary of these options\nand exit.
\n\n-V, --version
\n\nShow version of rotctld\nand exit.
\n\nNote:\nSome options may not be implemented by a given backend and\nwill return an error. This is most likely to occur with the\n--set-conf and --show-conf options.
\n\nBe aware that\nthe backend for the rotator to be controlled, or the rotator\nitself may not support some commands. In that case, the\noperation will fail with a Hamlib error code.
\n\nCOMMANDS\n\n
\n\n\nCommands can be\nsent over the TCP socket either as a single char, or as a\nlong command name plus the value(s) space separated on one\n’\\n’ terminated line. See PROTOCOL.
\n\nSince most of\nthe Hamlib operations have a set and a\nget method, an upper case letter will be used for\nset methods whereas the corresponding lower case\nletter refers to the get method. Each operation also\nhas a long name; prepend a backslash, ’\\’, to\nsend a long command name.
\n\nExample (Perl):\n“print $socket "\\\\dump_caps\\n";” to\nsee what the rotator’s backend can do (Note: In\nPerl and many other languages a ’\\’ will need to\nbe escaped with a preceding ’\\’ so that even\nthough two backslash characters appear in the code, only one\nwill be passed to rotctld. This is a possible bug,\nbeware!).
\n\nNote:\nThe backend for the rotator to be controlled, or the rotator\nitself may not support some commands. In that case, the\noperation will fail with a Hamlib error message.
\n\nHere is a\nsummary of the supported commands (In the case of set\ncommands the quoted italicized string is replaced by the\nvalue in the description. In the case of get commands\nthe quoted italicized string is the key name of the value\nreturned.):
\nP, set_pos 'Azimuth'\n'Elevation'
\n\nSet position.
\n\n\n'Azimuth'\nand 'Elevation' are floating point values.
\n\nFor example\n(typed text shown in bold):
\n\nP 163.0\n41.0
\n\nNote: If\nthe rotator does not support setting elevation (most do not)\nsupply “0.0” for 'Elevation'.
\n\np, get_pos
\n\nGet position.
\n\n\n'Azimuth'\nand 'Elevation' are returned as double precision\nfloating point values.
\n\nM, move\n'Direction' 'Speed'
\n\nMove the rotator in a specific\ndirection at the given rate.
\n\n\n'Direction'\nis an integer defined as ’2’ = Up,\n’4’ = Down, ’8’ = Left, and\n’16’ = Right.
\n\n'Speed'\nis an integer between 1 and 100. Use -1 for no change to\ncurrent speed.
\n\nNote:\nNot all backends that implement the move command use the\nSpeed value.
\n\nS, stop
\n\nStop the rotator.
\n\nK, park
\n\nPark the rotator.
\n\nC, set_conf\n'Token' 'Value'
\n\nSet a configuration\nparameter.
\n\n'Token'\nis a string; see the -C option and the -L\noutput.
\n\n'Value'\nis a string of up to 20 characters.
\n\nR, reset\n'Reset'
\n\nReset the rotator.
\n\n'Reset'\naccepts an integer value of ’1’ for “Reset\nAll”.
\n\n_, get_info
\n\nGet misc information about the\nrotator.
\n\nReturns\n'Info' “Model Name”.
\n\ndump_state
\n\nReturn certain state\ninformation about the rotator backend.
\n\n1, dump_caps
\n\nNot a real rot remote command,\nit just dumps capabilities, i.e. what the backend knows\nabout this model, and what it can do.
\n\nw, send_cmd\n'Cmd'
\n\nSend a raw command string to\nthe rotator.
\n\nASCII CR is\nappended automatically at the end of the command for text\nprotocols. For binary protocols, enter hexadecimal values as\n“\\0xAA\\0xBB”.
\n\nLocator\nCommands
\nThese commands offer conversions of Degrees Minutes Seconds\nto other formats, Maidenhead square locator\nconversions and distance and azimuth conversions.
\nL, lonlat2loc 'Longitude'\n'Latitude' 'Loc Len'
\n\nReturns the Maidenhead\n'Locator' for the given 'Longitude' and\n'Latitude'.
\n\n\n'Longitude'\nand 'Latitude' are floating point values.
\n\n'Loc\nLen' is the precision of the returned square and should\nbe an even numbered integer value between 2 and 12.
\n\nFor\nexample:
\n\nL -170.0\n-85.0 12
\n\nreturns:
\n\nLocator:\nAA55AA00AA00
\n\nl, loc2lonlat\n'Locator'
\n\nReturns 'Longitude' and\n'Latitude' in decimal degrees at the approximate\ncenter of the requested Maidenhead grid square.
\n\n\n'Locator'\ncan be from 2 to 12 characters in length.
\n\nWest longitude\nis expressed as a negative value.
\n\nSouth latitude\nis expressed as a negative value.
\n\nFor\nexample:
\n\nl\nAA55AA00AA00
\n\nreturns:
\n\nLongitude:\n-169.999983 Latitude: -84.999991
\n\nNote:\nDespite the use of double precision variables internally,\nsome rounding error occurs.
\n\nD, dms2dec\n'Degrees' 'Minutes' 'Seconds'\n'S/W'
\n\nReturns 'Dec Degrees', a\nsigned floating point value.
\n\n\n'Degrees'\nand 'Minutes' are integer values.
\n\n\n'Seconds'\nis a floating point value.
\n\n'S/W' is\na flag with ’1’ indicating South latitude or\nWest longitude and ’0’ North or East (the flag\nis needed as computers don’t recognize a signed zero\neven though only the 'Degrees' value is typically\nsigned in DMS notation).
\n\nd, dec2dms\n'Dec Degrees'
\n\nReturns 'Degrees'\n'Minutes' 'Seconds' 'S/W'.
\n\nValues are as\nin dms2dec above.
\n\nE, dmmm2dec\n'Degrees' 'Dec Minutes' 'S/W'
\n\nReturns 'Dec Degrees', a\nsigned floating point value.
\n\n\n'Degrees'\nis an integer value.
\n\n'Dec\nMinutes' is a floating point value.
\n\n'S/W' is\na flag as in dms2dec above.
\n\ne, dec2dmmm\n'Dec Deg'
\n\nReturns 'Degrees'\n'Minutes' 'S/W'.
\n\nValues are as\nin dmmm2dec above.
\n\nB, qrb 'Lon\n1' 'Lat 1' 'Lon 2' 'Lat 2'
\n\nReturns 'Distance' and\n'Azimuth'.
\n\n\n'Distance'\nis in km.
\n\n\n'Azimuth'\nis in degrees.
\n\nSupplied\nLon/Lat values are signed floating point\nnumbers.
\n\nA, a_sp2a_lp\n'Short Path Deg'
\n\nReturns 'Long Path\nDeg'.
\n\nBoth the\nsupplied argument and returned value are floating point\nvalues within the range of 0.00 to 360.00.
\n\nNote:\nSupplying a negative value will return an error message.
\n\na, d_sp2d_lp\n'Short Path km'
\n\nReturns 'Long Path\nkm'.
\n\nBoth the\nsupplied argument and returned value are floating point\nvalues.
\n\npause\n'Seconds'
\n\nPause for the given whole\n(integer) number of 'Seconds' before sending the next\ncommand to the rotator.
\n\nPROTOCOL\n\n
\n\n\nThere are two\nprotocols in use by rotctld, the Default\nProtocol and the Extended Response Protocol.
\n\nThe Default\nProtocol is intended primarily for the communication\nbetween Hamlib library functions and rotctld\n(“NET rotctl”, available using rotator model\n’2’).
\n\nThe Extended\nResponse Protocol is intended to be used with scripts or\nother programs interacting directly with rotctld as\nconsistent feedback is provided.
\n\nDefault\nProtocol
\nThe Default Protocol is intentionally simple.\nCommands are entered on a single line with any needed\nvalues. In practice, reliable results are obtained by\nterminating each command string with a newline character,\n’\\n’.
\n\nExample set\nposition (Perl code):
\n\nprint\n$socket "P 135 10\\n";
\n\nor:
\n\nprint\n$socket "\\\\set_pos 135 10\\n"; # escape leading\n’\\’
\n\nA one line\nresponse will be sent as a reply to set commands,\n“RPRT x\\n” where x is the Hamlib\nerror code with ’0’ indicating success of the\ncommand.
\n\nResponses from\nrotctld get commands are text values and match the\nsame tokens used in the set commands. Each value is\nreturned on its own line. On error the string “RPRT\nx\\n” is returned where x is the Hamlib\nerror code.
\n\nExample get\nposition (Perl code):
\n\nprint\n$socket "p\\n";
\n"135"
\n"10"
\n\nMost get\nfunctions return one to three values. A notable exception is\nthe dump_caps command which returns many lines of\nkey:value pairs.
\n\nThis protocol\nis primarily used by the “NET rotctl” (rotctl\nmodel 2) backend which allows applications already written\nfor Hamlib’s C API to take advantage of rotctld\nwithout the need of rewriting application code. An\napplication’s user can select rotator model 2\n(“NET rotctl”) and then set rot_pathname\nto “localhost:4533” or other network\nhost:port (set by the -T/-t\noptions, respectively, above).
\n\nExtended\nResponse Protocol
\nThe Extended Response protocol adds several rules to the\nstrings returned by rotctld and adds a rule for the\ncommand syntax.
\n\n1. The command\nreceived by rotctld is echoed with its long command\nname followed by the value(s) (if any) received from the\nclient terminated by the specified response separator as the\nfirst record of the response.
\n\n2. The last\nrecord of each block is the string “RPRT\nx\\n” where x is the numeric return value\nof the Hamlib backend function that was called by the\ncommand.
\n\n3. Any records\nconsisting of data values returned by the rotator backend\nare prepended by a string immediately followed by a colon\nthen a space and then the value terminated by the response\nseparator, e.g. “Azimuth: 90.000000\\n” when the\ncommand was prepended by ’+’.
\n\n4. All commands\nreceived will be acknowledged by rotctld with records\nfrom rules 1 and 2. Records from rule 3 are only returned\nwhen data values must be returned to the client.
\n\nAn example\nresponse to a P command sent from the shell prompt\n(note the prepended ’+’):
\n\n$ echo\n"+P 90 45" | nc -w 1 localhost 4533
\nset_pos: 90 45
\nRPRT 0
\n\nIn this case\nthe long command name and values are returned on the first\nline and the second line contains the end of block marker\nand the numeric rotor backend return value indicating\nsuccess.
\n\nAn example\nresponse to a get_pos query:
\n\n$ echo\n"+\\get_pos" | nc -w 1 localhost 4533
\nget_pos:
\nAzimuth: 90.000000
\nElevation: 45.000000
\nRPRT 0
\n\nNote:\nThe ’\\’ is still required for the long command\nname even with the ERP character.
\n\nIn this case,\nas no value is passed to rotctld, the first line\nconsists only of the long command name. The final line shows\nthat the command was processed successfully by the rotor\nbackend.
\n\nInvoking the\nExtended Response Protocol requires prepending a command\nwith a punctuation character. As shown in the examples\nabove, prepending a ’+’ character to the command\nresults in the responses being separated by a newline\ncharacter (’\\n’). Any other punctuation\ncharacter recognized by the C ispunct() function\nexcept ’\\’, ’?’, or ’_’\nwill cause that character to become the response separator\nand the entire response will be on one line.
\n\nSeparator\ncharacter summary:
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n ’+’ | \n | \n\n\n\n Each record of the response is appended with a newline\n(’\\n’). |
\n
\n\n’;’,\n’|’, or, ’,’
\n\nEach record of the response is\nappended by the given character resulting in entire response\non one line.
\n\nThese are\ncommon record separators for text representations of\nspreadsheet data, etc.
\n\n\n\n | \n\n\n\n ’?’ | \n | \n\n\n\n Reserved for help in rotctl. |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n ’_’ | \n | \n\n\n\n Reserved for get_info short command |
\n\n | \n\n\n\n ’#’ | \n | \n\n\n\n Reserved for comments when reading a command file\nscript. |
\n
\n\nNote:\nOther punctuation characters have not been tested! Use at\nyour own risk.
\n\nFor example,\ninvoking a get_pos query with a leading\n’;’ returns:
\n\n\nget_pos:;Azimuth:\n90.000000;Elevation: 45.000000;RPRT 0
\n\nOr, using the\npipe character ’|’ returns:
\n\n\nget_pos:|Azimuth:\n90.000000|Elevation: 45.000000|RPRT 0
\n\nAnd a\nset_pos command prepended with a ’|’\nreturns:
\n\nset_pos: 135\n22.5|RPRT 0
\n\nSuch a format\nwill allow reading a response as a single event using a\npreferred response separator. Other punctuation characters\nhave not been tested!
\n\nAll commands\nwith the exception of set_conf have been tested with\nthe Extended Response protocol and the included\ntestrotctld.pl Perl script.
\n\nDIAGNOSTICS\n\n
\n\n\nThe -v,\n--verbose option allows different levels of\ndiagnostics to be output to stderr and correspond to\n-v for BUG, -vv for ERR, -vvv for WARN,\n-vvvv for VERBOSE, or -vvvvv for TRACE.
\n\nA given verbose\nlevel is useful for providing needed debugging information\nto the email address below. For example, TRACE output shows\nall of the values sent to and received from the radio which\nis very useful for radio backend library development and may\nbe requested by the developers.
\n\nEXAMPLES\n\n
\n\n\nStart\nrotctld for a Hy-Gain Ham IV rotor with the Idiom\nPress RotorEZ board installed using a USB-to-serial adapter\nand backgrounding:
\n\n$ rotctld -m\n401 -r /dev/ttyUSB1 &
\n\nStart\nrotctld for RotorEZ using COM2 on Win32:
\n\n> rotctl\n-m 401 -r COM2
\n\nConnect to the\nalready running rotctld, and set position to 135.0\ndegrees azimuth and 30.0 degrees elevation with a 1 second\nread timeout from the shell prompt:
\n\n$ echo\n"\\set_pos 135.0 30.0" | nc -w 1 localhost\n4533
\n\nConnect to a\nrunning rotctld with rotctl on the local\nhost:
\n\n$ rotctl -m\n2
\n\nSECURITY\n\n
\n\n\nNo\nauthentication whatsoever; DO NOT leave this TCP port open\nwide to the Internet. Please ask if stronger security is\nneeded or consider using a Secure Shell (ssh(1))\ntunnel.
\n\nAs\nrotctld does not need any greater permissions than\nrotctl, it is advisable to not start rotctld\nas “root” or another system user account in\norder to limit any vulnerability.
\n\nBUGS\n\n
\n\n\nThe daemon is\nnot detaching and backgrounding itself.
\n\nNo method to\nexit the daemon so the kill(1) command must be used\nto terminate it.
\n\nMultiple\nclients using the daemon may experience contention with the\nconnected rotator.
\n\nReport bugs\nto:
\n\n\nHamlib\nDeveloper mailing list
\n\nCOPYING\n\n
\n\n\nThis file is\npart of Hamlib, a project to develop a library that\nsimplifies radio, rotator, and amplifier control functions\nfor developers of software primarily of interest to radio\namateurs and those interested in radio communications.
\n\nCopyright\n© 2000-2009 Stephane Fillod
\nCopyright © 2000-2018 the Hamlib Group (various\ncontributors)
\nCopyright © 2011-2020 Nate Bargmann
\n\nThis is free\nsoftware; see the file COPYING for copying conditions. There\nis NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR\nA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
\n\nSEE ALSO\n\n
\n\n\n\nkill(1),\nrotctl(1), ssh(1), hamlib(7)
\n\nCOLOPHON\n\n
\n\n\nLinks to the\nHamlib Wiki, Git repository, release archives, and daily\nsnapshot archives are available via\nhamlib.org.
\n
\n\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/include/hamlib/amplifier.h",
"content": "/*\n * Hamlib Interface - Amplifier API header\n * Copyright (c) 2000-2005 by Stephane Fillod\n *\n *\n * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either\n * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.\n *\n * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU\n * Lesser General Public License for more details.\n *\n * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software\n * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n *\n */\n\n#ifndef _AMPLIFIER_H\n#define _AMPLIFIER_H 1\n\n#include \n#include \n\n/**\n * \\addtogroup amplifier\n * @{\n */\n\n/**\n * \\brief Hamlib amplifier data structures.\n *\n * \\file amplifier.h\n *\n * This file contains the data structures and declarations for the Hamlib\n * amplifier Application Programming Interface (API).\n *\n * See the amplifier.c file for details on the amplifier API functions.\n */\n\n\n\n__BEGIN_DECLS\n\n/* Forward struct references */\n\nstruct amp;\nstruct amp_state;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Main amplifier handle type definition.\n *\n * \\typedef typedef struct amp AMP\n *\n * The #AMP handle is returned by amp_init() and is passed as a parameter to\n * every amplifier specific API call.\n *\n * amp_cleanup() must be called when this handle is no longer needed.\n */\ntypedef struct amp AMP;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Type definition for\n * SWR (Standing Wave Ratio).\n *\n * \\typedef typedef float swr_t\n *\n * The \\a swr_t type is used as a parameter for the amp_get_swr() function.\n *\n * The unit of \\a swr_t is 1.0 to the maximum value reported by the amplifier's\n * internal antenna system tuner, i.e.\n * transmatch,\n * representing the ratio of 1.0:1 to Maximum:1.\n */\ntypedef float swr_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Type definition for the\n * transmatch\n * tuning values of\n * capacitance\n * and\n * inductance.\n *\n * \\typedef typedef float tune_value_t\n *\n * The \\a tune_value_t type is used as a parameter for amp_get_level().\n *\n * The unit of \\a tune_value_t is\n * picoFarads (pF)\n * or\n * nanoHenrys (nH).\n */\ntypedef int tune_value_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief The token in the netampctl protocol for returning an error condition code.\n */\n#define NETAMPCTL_RET \"RPRT \"\n\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\ntypedef enum\n{\n AMP_RESET_MEM, // erase tuner memory\n AMP_RESET_FAULT, // reset any fault\n AMP_RESET_AMP // for kpa1500\n} amp_reset_t;\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\brief Amplifier type flags\n */\ntypedef enum\n{\n AMP_FLAG_1 = (1 << 1), /*!< TBD */\n AMP_FLAG_2 = (1 << 2) /*!< TBD */\n} amp_type_t;\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n// TBD AMP_TYPE\n#define AMP_TYPE_MASK (AMP_FLAG_1|AMP_FLAG_2)\n\n#define AMP_TYPE_OTHER 0\n#define AMP_TYPE_1 AMP_FLAG_1\n#define AMP_TYPE_2 AMP_FLAG_2\n#define AMP_TYPE_ALL (AMP_FLAG_1|AMP_FLAG_2)\n//! @endcond\n\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\nenum amp_level_e\n{\n AMP_LEVEL_NONE = 0, /*!< '' -- No Level. */\n AMP_LEVEL_SWR = (1 << 0), /*!< \\c SWR 1.0 or greater. */\n AMP_LEVEL_NH = (1 << 1), /*!< \\c Tune setting in nanohenries. */\n AMP_LEVEL_PF = (1 << 2), /*!< \\c Tune setting in picofarads. */\n AMP_LEVEL_PWR_INPUT = (1 << 3), /*!< \\c Power reading from amplifier. */\n AMP_LEVEL_PWR_FWD = (1 << 4), /*!< \\c Power reading forward. */\n AMP_LEVEL_PWR_REFLECTED = (1 << 5), /*!< \\c Power reading reverse. */\n AMP_LEVEL_PWR_PEAK = (1 << 6), /*!< \\c Power reading peak. */\n AMP_LEVEL_FAULT = (1 << 7) /*!< \\c Fault code. */\n};\n//! @endcond\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define AMP_LEVEL_FLOAT_LIST (AMP_LEVEL_SWR)\n#define AMP_LEVEL_STRING_LIST (AMP_LEVEL_FAULT)\n#define AMP_LEVEL_IS_FLOAT(l) ((l)&_LEVEL_FLOAT_LIST)\n#define AMP_LEVEL_IS_STRING(l) ((l)&_LEVEL_STRING_LIST)\n//! @endcond\n\n/* Basic amp type, can store some useful info about different amplifiers. Each\n * lib must be able to populate this structure, so we can make useful\n * enquiries about capabilities.\n */\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define AMP_MODEL(arg) .amp_model=arg,.macro_name=#arg\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\brief Amplifier capabilities.\n *\n * \\struct amp_caps\n *\n * The main idea of this struct is that it will be defined by the backend\n * amplifier driver and will remain read-only for the application. Fields\n * that need to be modifiable by the application are copied into the\n * amp_state structure, which is the private memory area of the #AMP instance.\n *\n * This way you can have several amplifiers running within the same\n * application, sharing the amp_caps structure of the backend, while keeping\n * their own customized data.\n *\n * \\b Note: Don't move fields around and only add new fields at the end of the\n * amp_caps structure. Shared libraries and DLLs depend on a constant\n * structure to maintain compatibility.\n */\nstruct amp_caps\n{\n amp_model_t amp_model; /*!< Amplifier model as defined in amplist.h. */\n const char *model_name; /*!< Model name, e.g. MM-5k. */\n const char *mfg_name; /*!< Manufacturer, e.g. Moonbeam. */\n const char *version; /*!< Driver version, typically in YYYYMMDD.x format. */\n const char *copyright; /*!< Copyright info (should be LGPL). */\n enum rig_status_e status; /*!< Driver status. */\n\n int amp_type; /*!< Amplifier type. */\n enum rig_port_e port_type; /*!< Type of communication port (serial, ethernet, etc.). */\n\n int serial_rate_min; /*!< Minimal serial speed. */\n int serial_rate_max; /*!< Maximal serial speed. */\n int serial_data_bits; /*!< Number of data bits. */\n int serial_stop_bits; /*!< Number of stop bits. */\n enum serial_parity_e serial_parity; /*!< Parity. */\n enum serial_handshake_e serial_handshake; /*!< Handshake. */\n\n int write_delay; /*!< Write delay. */\n int post_write_delay; /*!< Post-write delay. */\n int timeout; /*!< Timeout. */\n int retry; /*!< Number of retries if a command fails. */\n\n const struct confparams *cfgparams; /*!< Configuration parameters. */\n const rig_ptr_t priv; /*!< Private data. */\n const char *amp_model_macro_name; /*!< Model macro name. */\n\n setting_t has_get_level; /*!< List of get levels. */\n setting_t has_set_level; /*!< List of set levels. */\n\n gran_t level_gran[RIG_SETTING_MAX]; /*!< Level granularity. */\n gran_t parm_gran[RIG_SETTING_MAX]; /*!< Parameter granularity. */\n\n /*\n * Amp Admin API\n *\n */\n\n int (*amp_init)(AMP *amp); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_init(). */\n int (*amp_cleanup)(AMP *amp); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_cleanup(). */\n int (*amp_open)(AMP *amp); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_open(). */\n int (*amp_close)(AMP *amp); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_close(). */\n\n int (*set_freq)(AMP *amp, freq_t val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_set_freq(). */\n int (*get_freq)(AMP *amp, freq_t *val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_get_freq(). */\n\n int (*set_conf)(AMP *amp, token_t token, const char *val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_set_conf(). */\n int (*get_conf2)(AMP *amp, token_t token, char *val, int val_len); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_get_conf(). */\n int (*get_conf)(AMP *amp, token_t token, char *val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_get_conf(). */\n\n /*\n * General API commands, from most primitive to least.. :()\n * List Set/Get functions pairs\n */\n\n int (*reset)(AMP *amp, amp_reset_t reset); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_reset(). */\n int (*get_level)(AMP *amp, setting_t level, value_t *val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_get_level(). */\n int (*get_ext_level)(AMP *amp, token_t level, value_t *val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_get_ext_level(). */\n int (*set_powerstat)(AMP *amp, powerstat_t status); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_set_powerstat(). */\n int (*get_powerstat)(AMP *amp, powerstat_t *status); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_get_powerstat(). */\n\n\n /* get firmware info, etc. */\n const char *(*get_info)(AMP *amp); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::amp_get_info(). */\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n setting_t levels;\n unsigned ext_levels;\n//! @endcond\n const struct confparams *extlevels; /*!< Extension levels list. \\sa extamp.c */\n const struct confparams *extparms; /*!< Extension parameters list. \\sa extamp.c */\n\n const char *macro_name; /*!< Amplifier model macro name. */\n};\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Amplifier state structure.\n *\n * \\struct amp_state\n *\n * This structure contains live data, as well as a copy of capability fields\n * that may be updated, i.e. customized while the #AMP handle is instantiated.\n *\n * It is fine to move fields around, as this kind of struct should not be\n * initialized like amp_caps are.\n */\nstruct amp_state\n{\n /*\n * overridable fields\n */\n\n /*\n * non overridable fields, internal use\n */\n hamlib_port_t_deprecated ampport_deprecated; /*!< Amplifier port (internal use). Deprecated */\n\n int comm_state; /*!< Comm port state, opened/closed. */\n rig_ptr_t priv; /*!< Pointer to private amplifier state data. */\n rig_ptr_t obj; /*!< Internal use by hamlib++ for event handling. */\n\n setting_t has_get_level; /*!< List of get levels. */\n\n gran_t level_gran[RIG_SETTING_MAX]; /*!< Level granularity. */\n gran_t parm_gran[RIG_SETTING_MAX]; /*!< Parameter granularity. */\n hamlib_port_t ampport; /*!< Amplifier port (internal use). */\n};\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Master amplifier structure.\n *\n * \\struct amp\n *\n * Master amplifier data structure acting as the #AMP handle for the\n * controlled amplifier. A pointer to this structure is returned by the\n * amp_init() API function and is passed as a parameter to every amplifier\n * specific API call.\n *\n * \\sa amp_init(), amp_caps, amp_state\n */\nstruct amp\n{\n struct amp_caps *caps; /*!< Amplifier caps. */\n struct amp_state state; /*!< Amplifier state. */\n};\n\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n/* --------------- API function prototypes -----------------*/\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(AMP *)\namp_init HAMLIB_PARAMS((amp_model_t amp_model));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_open HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_close HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_cleanup HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_set_conf HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp,\n token_t token,\n const char *val));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_get_conf HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp,\n token_t token,\n char *val));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_set_powerstat HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp,\n powerstat_t status));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_get_powerstat HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp,\n powerstat_t *status));\n\n\n/*\n * General API commands, from most primitive to least.. )\n * List Set/Get functions pairs\n */\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_get_freq HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp,\n freq_t *freq));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_set_freq HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp,\n freq_t freq));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_reset HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp,\n amp_reset_t reset));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *)\namp_get_info HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_get_level HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp, setting_t level, value_t *val));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_register HAMLIB_PARAMS((const struct amp_caps *caps));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_unregister HAMLIB_PARAMS((amp_model_t amp_model));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_list_foreach HAMLIB_PARAMS((int (*cfunc)(const struct amp_caps *,\n rig_ptr_t),\n rig_ptr_t data));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_load_backend HAMLIB_PARAMS((const char *be_name));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_check_backend HAMLIB_PARAMS((amp_model_t amp_model));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_load_all_backends HAMLIB_PARAMS((void));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(amp_model_t)\namp_probe_all HAMLIB_PARAMS((hamlib_port_t *p));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_token_foreach HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp,\n int (*cfunc)(const struct confparams *,\n rig_ptr_t),\n rig_ptr_t data));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const struct confparams *)\namp_confparam_lookup HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp,\n const char *name));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(token_t)\namp_token_lookup HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp,\n const char *name));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const struct amp_caps *)\namp_get_caps HAMLIB_PARAMS((amp_model_t amp_model));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t)\namp_has_get_level HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp,\n setting_t level));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const struct confparams *)\namp_ext_lookup HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp,\n const char *name));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\namp_get_ext_level HAMLIB_PARAMS((AMP *amp,\n token_t token,\n value_t *val));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) amp_strlevel(setting_t);\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const struct confparams *)\nrig_ext_lookup HAMLIB_PARAMS((RIG *rig,\n const char *name));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t) amp_parse_level(const char *s);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) amp_strlevel(setting_t);\n\n//! @endcond\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Convenience macro for generating debugging messages.\n *\n * \\def amp_debug\n *\n * This is an alias of the rig_debug() function call and is used in the same\n * manner.\n */\n#define amp_debug rig_debug\n\n__END_DECLS\n\n#endif /* _AMPLIFIER_H */\n\n/** @} */\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/include/hamlib/amplist.h",
"content": "/*\n * Hamlib Interface - list of known amplifiers\n * Copyright (c) 2000-2011 by Stephane Fillod\n * Copyright (c) 2000-2002 by Frank Singleton\n * Copyright (C) 2019 by Michael Black W9MDB. Derived from rotlist.h\n *\n *\n * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either\n * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.\n *\n * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU\n * Lesser General Public License for more details.\n *\n * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software\n * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n *\n */\n\n#ifndef _AMPLIST_H\n#define _AMPLIST_H 1\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define AMP_MAKE_MODEL(a,b) ((a)*100+(b))\n#define AMP_BACKEND_NUM(a) ((a)/100)\n//! @endcond\n\n\n/**\n * \\addtogroup amplifier\n * @{\n */\n\n/**\n * \\brief Hamlib amplifier model definitions.\n *\n * \\file amplist.h\n *\n * This file contains amplifier model definitions for the Hamlib amplifier\n * Application Programming Interface (API). Each distinct amplifier type has\n * a unique model number (ID) and is used by Hamlib to identify and\n * distinguish between the different hardware drivers. The exact model\n * numbers can be acquired using the macros in this file. To obtain a list of\n * supported amplifier branches, one can use the statically defined\n * AMP_BACKEND_LIST macro (defined in configure.ac). To obtain a full list of\n * supported amplifiers (including each model in every branch), the\n * foreach_opened_amp() API function can be used.\n *\n * The model number, or ID, is used to tell Hamlib which amplifier the client\n * wishes to use which is done with the amp_init() API call.\n */\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number for an unknown model.\n *\n * \\def AMP_MODEL_NONE\n *\n * The none backend, as the name suggests, does nothing. It is mainly for\n * internal use.\n */\n#define AMP_MODEL_NONE 0\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number for the DUMMY backend.\n *\n * \\def AMP_MODEL_DUMMY\n *\n * The DUMMY backend, as the name suggests, is a backend which performs no\n * hardware operations and always behaves as one would expect. It can be\n * thought of as a hardware simulator and is very useful for testing client\n * applications.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number for the NETAMPCTL backend.\n *\n * \\def AMP_MODEL_NETAMPCTL\n *\n * The NETAMPCTL backend allows use of the `ampctld` daemon through the normal\n * Hamlib API.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define AMP_DUMMY 0\n#define AMP_BACKEND_DUMMY \"dummy\"\n//! @endcond\n#define AMP_MODEL_DUMMY AMP_MAKE_MODEL(AMP_DUMMY, 1)\n#define AMP_MODEL_NETAMPCTL AMP_MAKE_MODEL(AMP_DUMMY, 2)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the KPA1500 backend.\n *\n * \\def AMP_MODEL_ELECRAFT_KPA1500\n *\n * The KPA1500 backend can be used with amplifiers that support the Elecraft\n * KPA-1500 protocol.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define AMP_ELECRAFT 2\n#define AMP_BACKEND_ELECRAFT \"elecraft\"\n//! @endcond\n#define AMP_MODEL_ELECRAFT_KPA1500 AMP_MAKE_MODEL(AMP_ELECRAFT, 1)\n//#define AMP_MODEL_ELECRAFT_KPA500 AMP_MAKE_MODEL(AMP_ELECRAFT, 2)\n\n/**\n * \\brief Convenience type definition for an amplifier model.\n *\n * \\typedef typedef int amp_model_t\n */\ntypedef int amp_model_t;\n\n\n#endif /* _AMPLIST_H */\n\n/** @} */\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/include/hamlib/config.h",
"content": "/* include/hamlib/config.h. Generated from config.h.in by configure. */\n/* include/hamlib/config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */\n\n/* Frontend ABI age */\n#define ABI_AGE 0\n\n/* Frontend ABI revision */\n#define ABI_REVISION 5\n\n/* Frontend ABI version */\n#define ABI_VERSION 4\n\n/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP\n systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.\n */\n/* #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END */\n\n/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */\n/* #undef C_ALLOCA */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */\n#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have and it should be used (not on Ultrix).\n */\n/* #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `cfmakeraw' function. */\n/* #undef HAVE_CFMAKERAW */\n\n/* define if the compiler supports basic C++11 syntax */\n#define HAVE_CXX11 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `gai_strerror', and to 0 if you\n don't. */\n#define HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header\n file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_DEV_PPBUS_PPBCONF_HDEV_PPBUS_PPI_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_DLFCN_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_ERRNO_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `floor' function. */\n#define HAVE_FLOOR 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_GD_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `getaddrinfo' function. */\n#define HAVE_GETADDRINFO 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt' function. */\n#define HAVE_GETOPT 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_GETOPT_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt_long' function. */\n#define HAVE_GETOPT_LONG 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */\n#define HAVE_GETPAGESIZE 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */\n#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `glob' function. */\n/* #undef HAVE_GLOB */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_GLOB_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_HISTORY_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_ntoa' function. */\n/* #undef HAVE_INET_NTOA */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `ioctl' function. */\n/* #undef HAVE_IOCTL */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_LAUXLIB_H */\n\n/* Define if you have an INDI compatible library */\n/* #undef HAVE_LIBINDI */\n\n/* Define if you have a nova compatible library */\n/* #undef HAVE_LIBNOVA */\n\n/* Define if you have a readline compatible library */\n/* #undef HAVE_LIBREADLINE */\n\n/* Define if libusb-1.0 is available */\n#define HAVE_LIBUSB 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_LIBUSB_1_0_LIBUSB_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_LIBUSB_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_LINUX_HIDRAW_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_LINUX_IOCTL_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_LINUX_PARPORT_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_LINUX_PPDEV_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_LUACONF_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_LUALIB_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_LUA_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_MALLOC_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `memchr' function. */\n#define HAVE_MEMCHR 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `memmove' function. */\n#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `memset' function. */\n#define HAVE_MEMSET 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `nanosleep' function. */\n#define HAVE_NANOSLEEP 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_NETDB_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `pow' function. */\n#define HAVE_POW 1\n\n/* Define if you have POSIX threads libraries and header files. */\n#define HAVE_PTHREAD 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_PTHREAD_H 1\n\n/* Have PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT. */\n#define HAVE_PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT 1\n\n/* If available, contains the Python version number currently in use. */\n/* #undef HAVE_PYTHON */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_READLINE_H */\n\n/* Define if your readline library has \\`add_history' */\n/* #undef HAVE_READLINE_HISTORY */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_READLINE_HISTORY_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_READLINE_READLINE_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `rint' function. */\n#define HAVE_RINT 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `select' function. */\n/* #undef HAVE_SELECT */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `setitimer' function. */\n/* #undef HAVE_SETITIMER */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */\n#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_SGTTY_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */\n/* #undef HAVE_SIGACTION */\n\n/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `siginfo_t'. */\n/* #undef HAVE_SIGINFO_T */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `signal' function. */\n#define HAVE_SIGNAL 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `sig_atomic_t'. */\n#define HAVE_SIG_ATOMIC_T 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `sleep' function. */\n#define HAVE_SLEEP 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */\n#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' function. */\n/* #undef HAVE_SOCKET */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `socketpair' function. */\n/* #undef HAVE_SOCKETPAIR */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `sqrt' function. */\n#define HAVE_SQRT 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `ssize_t'. */\n#define HAVE_SSIZE_T 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have Windows Sleep */\n#define HAVE_SSLEEP 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `strchr' function. */\n#define HAVE_STRCHR 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */\n#define HAVE_STRDUP 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */\n#define HAVE_STRERROR 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_STRING_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `strncasecmp' function. */\n#define HAVE_STRNCASECMP 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `strrchr' function. */\n#define HAVE_STRRCHR 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `strstr' function. */\n#define HAVE_STRSTR 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtol' function. */\n#define HAVE_STRTOL 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct addrinfo'. */\n#define HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct timezone'. */\n#define HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_SYS_IOCCOM_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_TCL_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_TERMIOS_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_TERMIO_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */\n#define HAVE_USLEEP 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n/* #undef HAVE_VALUES_H */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_WINBASE_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_WINDOWS_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_WINIOCTL_H 1\n\n/* Define if winradio backend is built */\n#define HAVE_WINRADIO 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H 1\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */\n#define HAVE_WSPIAPI_H 1\n\n/* Define to the sub-directory where libtool stores uninstalled libraries. */\n#define LT_OBJDIR \".libs/\"\n\n/* Compilation on POSIX other than Linux */\n/* #undef OTHER_POSIX */\n\n/* Name of package */\n#define PACKAGE \"hamlib\"\n\n/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */\n#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT \"hamlib-developer@lists.sourceforge.net\"\n\n/* Define to the full name of this package. */\n#define PACKAGE_NAME \"Hamlib\"\n\n/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */\n#define PACKAGE_STRING \"Hamlib 4.5~git\"\n\n/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */\n#define PACKAGE_TARNAME \"hamlib\"\n\n/* Define to the home page for this package. */\n#define PACKAGE_URL \"http://www.hamlib.org\"\n\n/* Define to the version of this package. */\n#define PACKAGE_VERSION \"4.5~git\"\n\n/* Define to necessary symbol if this constant uses a non-standard name on\n your system. */\n/* #undef PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE */\n\n/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the\n direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be\n automatically deduced at runtime.\n\tSTACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses\n\tSTACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses\n\tSTACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */\n/* #undef STACK_DIRECTION */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */\n#define STDC_HEADERS 1\n\n/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */\n#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE\n# define _ALL_SOURCE 1\n#endif\n/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */\n#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE\n# define _GNU_SOURCE 1\n#endif\n/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */\n#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS\n# define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1\n#endif\n/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */\n#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE\n# define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1\n#endif\n/* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */\n#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__\n# define __EXTENSIONS__ 1\n#endif\n\n\n/* Version number of package */\n#define VERSION \"4.5~git\"\n\n/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */\n/* #undef _MINIX */\n\n/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with\n this defined. */\n/* #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE */\n\n/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */\n/* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE */\n\n/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler\n calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */\n#ifndef __cplusplus\n/* #undef inline */\n#endif\n\n/* Define to `unsigned int' if does not define. */\n/* #undef size_t */\n\n\n/* Define missing prototypes, implemented in replacement lib */\n#ifdef __cplusplus\nextern \"C\" {\n#endif\n\n#ifndef HAVE_GETOPT\nint getopt (int argc, char * const argv[], const char * optstring);\nextern char * optarg;\nextern int optind, opterr, optopt;\n#endif\n\n#ifndef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG\nstruct option;\nint getopt_long (int argc, char * const argv[], const char * optstring,\n\t\t\tconst struct option * longopts, int * longindex);\n#endif\n\n#ifndef HAVE_USLEEP\nint usleep(unsigned long usec);\t/* SUSv2 */\n#endif\n\n#ifndef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY\n#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H\n#include \n#endif\n#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE\nstruct timezone {\n int tz_minuteswest;\n\tint tz_dsttime;\n};\n#endif\nint gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv, struct timezone *tz);\n#endif\n\n#ifndef timersub\n# define timersub(a, b, result) \\\n do { \\\n (result)->tv_sec = (a)->tv_sec - (b)->tv_sec; \\\n (result)->tv_usec = (a)->tv_usec - (b)->tv_usec; \\\n if ((result)->tv_usec < 0) { \\\n --(result)->tv_sec; \\\n (result)->tv_usec += 1000000; \\\n } \\\n } while (0)\n#endif\n\n#ifndef HAVE_SSIZE_T\ntypedef size_t ssize_t;\n#endif\n\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n}\n#endif\n\n\n\n/* Define missing prototypes, implemented in replacement lib */\n#ifdef __cplusplus\nextern \"C\" {\n#endif\n\n#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO\n#ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H\n#include \n#endif\n#if HAVE_NETDB_H\n#include \n#endif\n#ifdef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H\n#include \n#endif\n#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H\n#include \n#elif HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H\n#include \n#endif\nstruct addrinfo {\n int ai_flags;\n int ai_family;\n int ai_socktype;\n int ai_protocol;\n socklen_t ai_addrlen;\n struct sockaddr *ai_addr;\n};\n#endif\n\n#ifndef HAVE_GETADDRINFO\n\n#ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H\n#include \n#endif\n#if HAVE_NETDB_H\n#include \n#endif\n#ifdef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H\n#include \n#endif\n#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H\n#include \n#elif HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H\n#include \n#endif\n\n#ifndef AI_PASSIVE\n#define AI_PASSIVE 0x0001\n#endif\n\nint getaddrinfo(const char *node, const char *service,\n const struct addrinfo *hints, struct addrinfo **res);\nvoid freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *res);\n#endif\n\n#if !defined(HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR) && !defined(gai_strerror)\nconst char *gai_strerror(int errcode);\n#endif /* !HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR */\n\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n}\n#endif\n\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/include/hamlib/rig.h",
"content": "/*\n * Hamlib Interface - API header\n * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 by Frank Singleton\n * Copyright (c) 2000-2012 by Stephane Fillod\n *\n *\n * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either\n * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.\n *\n * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU\n * Lesser General Public License for more details.\n *\n * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software\n * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef _RIG_H\n#define _RIG_H 1\n\n#define BUILTINFUNC 0\n\n// Our shared secret password \n#define HAMLIB_SECRET_LENGTH 32\n\n#define TRACE rig_debug(RIG_DEBUG_TRACE,\"%s(%d) trace\\n\", __FILE__, __LINE__)\n#define __FILENAME__ (strrchr(__FILE__, '/') ? strrchr(__FILE__, '/') + 1 : __FILE__)\n\n#include \n#include \n#include \n#include \n#include \n#include \n#ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD\n#include \n#endif\n\n/* Rig list is in a separate file so as not to mess up w/ this one */\n#include \n\n/**\n * \\addtogroup rig\n * @{\n */\n\n/*! \\file rig.h\n * \\brief Hamlib rig data structures.\n *\n * This file contains the data structures and definitions for the Hamlib rig API.\n * see the rig.c file for more details on the rig API.\n */\n\n\n/* __BEGIN_DECLS should be used at the beginning of your declarations,\n * so that C++ compilers don't mangle their names. Use __END_DECLS at\n * the end of C declarations. */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#undef __BEGIN_DECLS\n#undef __END_DECLS\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n# define __BEGIN_DECLS extern \"C\" {\n# define __END_DECLS }\n#else\n# define __BEGIN_DECLS /* empty */\n# define __END_DECLS /* empty */\n#endif\n//! @endcond\n\n/* HAMLIB_PARAMS is a macro used to wrap function prototypes, so that compilers\n * that don't understand ANSI C prototypes still work, and ANSI C\n * compilers can issue warnings about type mismatches. */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#undef HAMLIB_PARAMS\n#if defined (__STDC__) \\\n || defined (_AIX) \\\n || (defined (__mips) && defined (_SYSTYPE_SVR4)) \\\n || defined(__CYGWIN__) \\\n || defined(_WIN32) \\\n || defined(__cplusplus)\n# define HAMLIB_PARAMS(protos) protos\n# define rig_ptr_t void *\n# define amp_ptr_t void *\n#else\n# define HAMLIB_PARAMS(protos) ()\n# define rig_ptr_t char *\n# define amp_ptr_t char *\n#endif\n//! @endcond\n\n#include \n\n#ifndef SWIGLUA\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(BIT) (1ull << (BIT))\n//! @endcond\n#else\n/* SWIG's older Lua generator doesn't grok ull due to Lua using a\n double-precision floating point type internally for number\n representations (max 53 bits of precision) so makes a string\n constant from a constant number literal using ull */\n// #define CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(BIT) (1 << (BIT))\n// #define SWIGLUAHIDE\n/* But this appears to have been fixed so we'll use the correct one now\n If you have the older version of SWIG comment out this line and use\n the two above */\n// This 1ul definition works on swig 4.0.1 and lua 5.3.5\n#define CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(BIT) (1ul << (BIT))\n#endif\n\n__BEGIN_DECLS\n\n/**\n * \\brief size of cookie request buffer\n * Minimum size of cookie buffer to pass to rig_cookie\n */\n// cookie is 26-char time code plus 10-char (2^31-1) random number\n#define HAMLIB_COOKIE_SIZE 37\nextern int cookie_use; // this is global as once one client requests it everybody needs to honor it\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT_VAR(const char) hamlib_version[];\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT_VAR(const char) hamlib_copyright[];\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT_VAR(const char *) hamlib_version2;\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT_VAR(const char *) hamlib_copyright2;\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\brief Hamlib error codes\n * Error code definition that can be returned by the Hamlib functions.\n * Unless stated otherwise, Hamlib functions return the negative value\n * of rig_errcode_e definitions in case of error, or 0 when successful.\n */\nenum rig_errcode_e {\n RIG_OK = 0, /*!< 0 No error, operation completed successfully */\n RIG_EINVAL, /*!< 1 invalid parameter */\n RIG_ECONF, /*!< 2 invalid configuration (serial,..) */\n RIG_ENOMEM, /*!< 3 memory shortage */\n RIG_ENIMPL, /*!< 4 function not implemented, but will be */\n RIG_ETIMEOUT, /*!< 5 communication timed out */\n RIG_EIO, /*!< 6 IO error, including open failed */\n RIG_EINTERNAL, /*!< 7 Internal Hamlib error, huh! */\n RIG_EPROTO, /*!< 8 Protocol error */\n RIG_ERJCTED, /*!< 9 Command rejected by the rig */\n RIG_ETRUNC, /*!< 10 Command performed, but arg truncated */\n RIG_ENAVAIL, /*!< 11 Function not available */\n RIG_ENTARGET, /*!< 12 VFO not targetable */\n RIG_BUSERROR, /*!< 13 Error talking on the bus */\n RIG_BUSBUSY, /*!< 14 Collision on the bus */\n RIG_EARG, /*!< 15 NULL RIG handle or any invalid pointer parameter in get arg */\n RIG_EVFO, /*!< 16 Invalid VFO */\n RIG_EDOM, /*!< 17 Argument out of domain of func */\n RIG_EDEPRECATED,/*!< 18 Function deprecated */\n RIG_ESECURITY /*!< 19 Security error */\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief Determines if the given error code indicates a \"soft\" error\n * Soft errors are caused by invalid parameters and software/hardware features\n * and cannot be fixed by retries or by re-initializing hardware.\n */\n#define RIG_IS_SOFT_ERRCODE(errcode) (errcode == RIG_EINVAL || errcode == RIG_ENIMPL || errcode == RIG_ERJCTED \\\n || errcode == RIG_ETRUNC || errcode == RIG_ENAVAIL || errcode == RIG_ENTARGET \\\n || errcode == RIG_EVFO || errcode == RIG_EDOM || errcode == RIG_ESECURITY)\n\n/**\n * \\brief Token in the netrigctl protocol for returning error code\n */\n#define NETRIGCTL_RET \"RPRT \"\n\n\n/**\n *\\brief Hamlib debug levels\n *\n * NOTE: Numeric order matters for debug level\n *\n * \\sa rig_set_debug()\n */\nenum rig_debug_level_e {\n RIG_DEBUG_NONE = 0, /*!< no bug reporting */\n RIG_DEBUG_BUG, /*!< serious bug */\n RIG_DEBUG_ERR, /*!< error case (e.g. protocol, memory allocation) */\n RIG_DEBUG_WARN, /*!< warning */\n RIG_DEBUG_VERBOSE, /*!< verbose */\n RIG_DEBUG_TRACE, /*!< tracing */\n RIG_DEBUG_CACHE /*!< caching */\n};\n\n\n/* --------------- Rig capabilities -----------------*/\n\n/* Forward struct references */\n\nstruct rig;\nstruct rig_state;\n\n/**\n * \\brief Rig structure definition (see rig for details).\n */\ntypedef struct s_rig RIG;\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define HAMLIB_RIGNAMSIZ 30\n#define HAMLIB_RIGVERSIZ 8\n#define HAMLIB_FILPATHLEN 512\n#define HAMLIB_FRQRANGESIZ 30\n#define HAMLIB_MAXCHANDESC 30 /* describe channel eg: \"WWV 5Mhz\" */\n#define HAMLIB_TSLSTSIZ 20 /* max tuning step list size, zero ended */\n#define HAMLIB_FLTLSTSIZ 60 /* max mode/filter list size, zero ended */\n#define HAMLIB_MAXDBLSTSIZ 8 /* max preamp/att levels supported, zero ended */\n#define HAMLIB_CHANLSTSIZ 16 /* max mem_list size, zero ended */\n#define HAMLIB_MAX_AGC_LEVELS 8 /* max AGC levels supported */\n#define HAMLIB_MAX_SPECTRUM_SCOPES 4 /* max number of spectrum scopes supported */\n#define HAMLIB_MAX_SPECTRUM_MODES 5 /* max number of spectrum modes supported */\n#define HAMLIB_MAX_SPECTRUM_AVG_MODES 12 /* max number of spectrum averaging modes supported */\n#define HAMLIB_MAX_SPECTRUM_SPANS 20 /* max number of spectrum modes supported */\n#define HAMLIB_MAX_SPECTRUM_DATA 2048 /* max number of data bytes in a single spectrum line */\n#define HAMLIB_MAX_CAL_LENGTH 32 /* max calibration plots in cal_table_t */\n#define HAMLIB_MAX_MODES 63\n#define HAMLIB_MAX_VFOS 31\n#define HAMLIB_MAX_ROTORS 63\n#define HAMLIB_MAX_VFO_OPS 31\n#define HAMLIB_MAX_RSCANS 31\n#define HAMLIB_MAX_SNAPSHOT_PACKET_SIZE 16384 /* maximum number of bytes in a UDP snapshot packet */\n//! @endcond\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief CTCSS and DCS type definition.\n *\n * Continuous Tone Controlled Squelch System (CTCSS)\n * sub-audible tone frequency are expressed in \\em tenth of Hz.\n * For example, the subaudible tone of 88.5 Hz is represented within\n * Hamlib by 885.\n *\n * Digitally-Coded Squelch codes are simple direct integers.\n */\n#define CTCSS_LIST_SIZE 60\n#define DCS_LIST_SIZE 128\ntypedef unsigned int tone_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Port type\n */\ntypedef enum rig_port_e {\n RIG_PORT_NONE = 0, /*!< No port */\n RIG_PORT_SERIAL, /*!< Serial */\n RIG_PORT_NETWORK, /*!< Network socket type */\n RIG_PORT_DEVICE, /*!< Device driver, like the WiNRADiO */\n RIG_PORT_PACKET, /*!< AX.25 network type, e.g. SV8CS protocol */\n RIG_PORT_DTMF, /*!< DTMF protocol bridge via another rig, eg. Kenwood Sky Cmd System */\n RIG_PORT_ULTRA, /*!< IrDA Ultra protocol! */\n RIG_PORT_RPC, /*!< RPC wrapper */\n RIG_PORT_PARALLEL, /*!< Parallel port */\n RIG_PORT_USB, /*!< USB port */\n RIG_PORT_UDP_NETWORK, /*!< UDP Network socket type */\n RIG_PORT_CM108, /*!< CM108 GPIO */\n RIG_PORT_GPIO, /*!< GPIO */\n RIG_PORT_GPION, /*!< GPIO inverted */\n} rig_port_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Serial parity\n */\nenum serial_parity_e {\n RIG_PARITY_NONE = 0, /*!< No parity */\n RIG_PARITY_ODD, /*!< Odd */\n RIG_PARITY_EVEN, /*!< Even */\n RIG_PARITY_MARK, /*!< Mark */\n RIG_PARITY_SPACE /*!< Space */\n};\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Serial handshake\n */\nenum serial_handshake_e {\n RIG_HANDSHAKE_NONE = 0, /*!< No handshake */\n RIG_HANDSHAKE_XONXOFF, /*!< Software XON/XOFF */\n RIG_HANDSHAKE_HARDWARE /*!< Hardware CTS/RTS */\n};\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Serial control state\n */\nenum serial_control_state_e {\n RIG_SIGNAL_UNSET = 0, /*!< Unset or tri-state */\n RIG_SIGNAL_ON, /*!< ON */\n RIG_SIGNAL_OFF /*!< OFF */\n};\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Rig type flags\n */\ntypedef enum {\n RIG_FLAG_RECEIVER = (1 << 1), /*!< Receiver */\n RIG_FLAG_TRANSMITTER = (1 << 2), /*!< Transmitter */\n RIG_FLAG_SCANNER = (1 << 3), /*!< Scanner */\n RIG_FLAG_MOBILE = (1 << 4), /*!< mobile sized */\n RIG_FLAG_HANDHELD = (1 << 5), /*!< handheld sized */\n RIG_FLAG_COMPUTER = (1 << 6), /*!< \"Computer\" rig */\n RIG_FLAG_TRUNKING = (1 << 7), /*!< has trunking */\n RIG_FLAG_APRS = (1 << 8), /*!< has APRS */\n RIG_FLAG_TNC = (1 << 9), /*!< has TNC */\n RIG_FLAG_DXCLUSTER = (1 << 10), /*!< has DXCluster */\n RIG_FLAG_TUNER = (1 << 11) /*!< dumb tuner */\n} rig_type_t;\n\n/**\n * \\brief AGC delay settings\n */\n/* TODO: kill me, and replace by real AGC delay */\nenum agc_level_e {\n RIG_AGC_OFF = 0,\n RIG_AGC_SUPERFAST,\n RIG_AGC_FAST,\n RIG_AGC_SLOW,\n RIG_AGC_USER, /*!< user selectable */\n RIG_AGC_MEDIUM,\n RIG_AGC_AUTO\n};\n\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_FLAG_TRANSCEIVER (RIG_FLAG_RECEIVER|RIG_FLAG_TRANSMITTER)\n#define RIG_TYPE_MASK (RIG_FLAG_TRANSCEIVER|RIG_FLAG_SCANNER|RIG_FLAG_MOBILE|RIG_FLAG_HANDHELD|RIG_FLAG_COMPUTER|RIG_FLAG_TRUNKING|RIG_FLAG_TUNER)\n\n#define RIG_TYPE_OTHER 0\n#define RIG_TYPE_TRANSCEIVER RIG_FLAG_TRANSCEIVER\n#define RIG_TYPE_HANDHELD (RIG_FLAG_TRANSCEIVER|RIG_FLAG_HANDHELD)\n#define RIG_TYPE_MOBILE (RIG_FLAG_TRANSCEIVER|RIG_FLAG_MOBILE)\n#define RIG_TYPE_RECEIVER RIG_FLAG_RECEIVER\n#define RIG_TYPE_PCRECEIVER (RIG_FLAG_COMPUTER|RIG_FLAG_RECEIVER)\n#define RIG_TYPE_SCANNER (RIG_FLAG_SCANNER|RIG_FLAG_RECEIVER)\n#define RIG_TYPE_TRUNKSCANNER (RIG_TYPE_SCANNER|RIG_FLAG_TRUNKING)\n#define RIG_TYPE_COMPUTER (RIG_FLAG_TRANSCEIVER|RIG_FLAG_COMPUTER)\n#define RIG_TYPE_TUNER RIG_FLAG_TUNER\n//! @endcond\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Development status of the backend\n */\nenum rig_status_e {\n RIG_STATUS_ALPHA = 0, /*!< Alpha quality, i.e. development */\n RIG_STATUS_UNTESTED, /*!< Written from available specs, rig unavailable for test, feedback wanted! */\n RIG_STATUS_BETA, /*!< Beta quality */\n RIG_STATUS_STABLE, /*!< Stable */\n RIG_STATUS_BUGGY /*!< Was stable, but something broke it! */\n /* RIG_STATUS_NEW * *!< Initial release of code\n * !! Use of RIG_STATUS_NEW is deprecated. Do not use it anymore */\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief Map all deprecated RIG_STATUS_NEW references to\n * RIG_STATUS_UNTESTED for backward compatibility\n */\n#define RIG_STATUS_NEW RIG_STATUS_UNTESTED\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Repeater shift type\n */\ntypedef enum {\n RIG_RPT_SHIFT_NONE = 0, /*!< No repeater shift */\n RIG_RPT_SHIFT_MINUS, /*!< \"-\" shift */\n RIG_RPT_SHIFT_PLUS /*!< \"+\" shift */\n} rptr_shift_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Split mode\n */\ntypedef enum {\n RIG_SPLIT_OFF = 0, /*!< Split mode disabled */\n RIG_SPLIT_ON /*!< Split mode enabled */\n} split_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Frequency type,\n *\n * Frequency type unit in Hz, able to hold SHF frequencies.\n */\ntypedef double freq_t;\n\n/**\n * \\brief printf(3) format to be used for freq_t type\n */\n#define PRIfreq \".0f\"\n\n/**\n * \\brief scanf(3) format to be used for freq_t type\n */\n#define SCNfreq \"lf\"\n/**\n * \\brief printf(3) format to be used for freq_t type\n */\n#define FREQFMT SCNfreq\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Short frequency type\n *\n * Frequency in Hz restricted to 31bits, suitable for offsets, shifts, etc..\n */\ntypedef signed long shortfreq_t;\n\n/** \\brief \\c Macro to return Hz when f=Hz */\n#define Hz(f) ((freq_t)(f))\n/** \\brief \\c Macro to return Hz when f=kHz */\n#define kHz(f) ((freq_t)((f)*(freq_t)1000))\n/** \\brief \\c Macro to return Hz when f=MHz */\n#define MHz(f) ((freq_t)((f)*(freq_t)1000000))\n/** \\brief \\c Macro to return Hz when f=GHz */\n#define GHz(f) ((freq_t)((f)*(freq_t)1000000000))\n\n/** \\brief \\c Macro to return short Hz when f=Hz */\n#define s_Hz(f) ((shortfreq_t)(f))\n/** \\brief \\c Macro to return short Hz when f=kHz */\n#define s_kHz(f) ((shortfreq_t)((f)*(shortfreq_t)1000))\n/** \\brief \\c Macro to return short Hz when f=MHz */\n#define s_MHz(f) ((shortfreq_t)((f)*(shortfreq_t)1000000))\n/** \\brief \\c Macro to return short Hz when f=GHz */\n#define s_GHz(f) ((shortfreq_t)((f)*(shortfreq_t)1000000000))\n\n/** \\brief \\c Frequency none -- used as default value for checking */\n#define RIG_FREQ_NONE Hz(0)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief VFO definition\n *\n * There are several ways of using a vfo_t. For most cases, using RIG_VFO_A,\n * RIG_VFO_B, RIG_VFO_CURR, etc., as opaque macros should suffice.\n *\n * Strictly speaking a VFO is Variable Frequency Oscillator.\n * Here, it is referred as a tunable channel, from the radio operator's\n * point of view. The channel can be designated individually by its real\n * number, or by using an alias.\n *\n * Aliases may or may not be honored by a backend and are defined using\n * high significant bits, i.e. RIG_VFO_MEM, RIG_VFO_MAIN, etc.\n */\ntypedef unsigned int vfo_t;\n\n/** \\brief '' -- used in caps */\n\n#define RIG_VFO_N(n) (1u<<(n))\n\n/** \\brief \\c VFONone -- vfo unknown */\n#define RIG_VFO_NONE 0\n\n/** \\brief \\c VFOA -- VFO A */\n#define RIG_VFO_A RIG_VFO_N(0)\n\n/** \\brief \\c VFOB -- VFO B */\n#define RIG_VFO_B RIG_VFO_N(1)\n\n/** \\brief \\c VFOC -- VFO C */\n#define RIG_VFO_C RIG_VFO_N(2)\n\n// Any addition VFOS need to go from 3-20\n// To maintain backward compatibility these values cannot change\n\n/** \\brief \\c SubA -- alias for SUB_A */\n#define RIG_VFO_SUB_A RIG_VFO_N(21)\n\n/** \\brief \\c SubB -- alias for SUB_B */\n#define RIG_VFO_SUB_B RIG_VFO_N(22)\n\n/** \\brief \\c SubC -- alias for SUB_B */\n#define RIG_VFO_SUB_C RIG_VFO_N(3)\n\n/** \\brief \\c MainA -- alias for MAIN_A */\n#define RIG_VFO_MAIN_A RIG_VFO_N(23)\n\n/** \\brief \\c MainB -- alias for MAIN_B */\n#define RIG_VFO_MAIN_B RIG_VFO_N(24)\n\n/** \\brief \\c MainC -- alias for MAIN_C */\n#define RIG_VFO_MAIN_C RIG_VFO_N(4)\n\n/** \\brief \\c Other -- alias for OTHER -- e.g. Icom rigs without get_vfo capability */\n#define RIG_VFO_OTHER RIG_VFO_N(5)\n\n/** \\brief \\c Sub -- alias for SUB */\n#define RIG_VFO_SUB RIG_VFO_N(25)\n\n/** \\brief \\c Main -- alias for MAIN */\n#define RIG_VFO_MAIN RIG_VFO_N(26)\n\n/** \\brief \\c VFO -- means (last or any)VFO mode, with set_vfo */\n#define RIG_VFO_VFO RIG_VFO_N(27)\n\n/** \\brief \\c MEM -- means Memory mode, to be used with set_vfo */\n#define RIG_VFO_MEM RIG_VFO_N(28)\n\n/** \\brief \\c currVFO -- current \"tunable channel\"/VFO */\n#define RIG_VFO_CURR RIG_VFO_N(29)\n\n/** \\brief \\c Flag to set if VFO can transmit */\n#define RIG_VFO_TX_FLAG RIG_VFO_N(30)\n\n/** \\brief \\c Flag to set all VFOS */\n#define RIG_VFO_ALL RIG_VFO_N(31)\n\n// we can also use RIG_VFO_N(31) if needed\n\n// Misc VFO Macros\n\n/** \\brief \\c Macro to tell you if VFO can transmit */\n#define RIG_VFO_TX_VFO(v) ((v)|RIG_VFO_TX_FLAG)\n\n/** \\brief \\c TX -- alias for split tx or uplink, of VFO_CURR */\n#define RIG_VFO_TX RIG_VFO_TX_VFO(RIG_VFO_CURR)\n\n/** \\brief \\c RX -- alias for split rx or downlink */\n#define RIG_VFO_RX RIG_VFO_CURR\n\n\n/*\n * targetable bitfields, for internal use.\n * In rig.c lack of a flag will case a VFO change if needed\n * So setting this flag will mean the backend handles any VFO needs\n * For many rigs RITXIT, PTT, MEM, and BANK are non-VFO commands so need these flags to avoid unnecessary VFO swapping\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_NONE 0\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_FREQ (1<<0)\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_MODE (1<<1) // mode by vfo or same mode on both vfos\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_PURE (1<<2) // deprecated -- not used -- reuse it\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_TONE (1<<3)\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_FUNC (1<<4)\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_LEVEL (1<<5)\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_RITXIT (1<<6)\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_PTT (1<<7)\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_MEM (1<<8)\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_BANK (1<<9)\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_ANT (1<<10)\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_ROOFING (1<<11) // roofing filter targetable by VFO\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_SPECTRUM (1<<12) // spectrum scope targetable by VFO\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_BAND (1<<13) // Band select -- e.g. Yaeus BS command\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_COMMON (RIG_TARGETABLE_RITXIT | RIG_TARGETABLE_PTT | RIG_TARGETABLE_MEM | RIG_TARGETABLE_BANK)\n#define RIG_TARGETABLE_ALL 0x7fffffff\n//! @endcond\n//\n//\n// Newer Icoms like the 9700 and 910 have VFOA/B on both Main & Sub\n// Compared to older rigs which have one or the other\n// So we need to distinguish between them\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define VFO_HAS_A_B ((rig->state.vfo_list & (RIG_VFO_A|RIG_VFO_B)) == (RIG_VFO_A|RIG_VFO_B))\n#define VFO_HAS_MAIN_SUB ((rig->state.vfo_list & (RIG_VFO_MAIN|RIG_VFO_SUB)) == (RIG_VFO_MAIN|RIG_VFO_SUB))\n#define VFO_HAS_MAIN_SUB_ONLY ((!VFO_HAS_A_B) & VFO_HAS_MAIN_SUB)\n#define VFO_HAS_MAIN_SUB_A_B_ONLY (VFO_HAS_A_B & VFO_HAS_MAIN_SUB)\n#define VFO_HAS_A_B_ONLY (VFO_HAS_A_B & (!VFO_HAS_MAIN_SUB))\n#define VFO_DUAL (RIG_VFO_MAIN_A|RIG_VFO_MAIN_B|RIG_VFO_SUB_A|RIG_VFO_SUB_B)\n#define VFO_HAS_DUAL ((rig->state.vfo_list & VFO_DUAL) == VFO_DUAL)\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\brief Macro for bandpass to be set to normal\n * \\def RIG_PASSBAND_NORMAL\n */\n#define RIG_PASSBAND_NORMAL s_Hz(0)\n\n/**\n * \\brief Macro for bandpass to be left alone\n */\n#define RIG_PASSBAND_NOCHANGE s_Hz(-1)\n\n/**\n *\n * \\sa rig_passband_normal(), rig_passband_narrow(), rig_passband_wide()\n */\ntypedef shortfreq_t pbwidth_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief DCD status\n */\ntypedef enum dcd_e {\n RIG_DCD_OFF = 0, /*!< Squelch closed */\n RIG_DCD_ON /*!< Squelch open */\n} dcd_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief DCD type\n *\n * \\sa rig_get_dcd()\n */\ntypedef enum {\n RIG_DCD_NONE = 0, /*!< No DCD available */\n RIG_DCD_RIG, /*!< Rig has DCD status support, i.e. rig has get_dcd cap */\n RIG_DCD_SERIAL_DSR, /*!< DCD status from serial DSR signal */\n RIG_DCD_SERIAL_CTS, /*!< DCD status from serial CTS signal */\n RIG_DCD_SERIAL_CAR, /*!< DCD status from serial CD signal */\n RIG_DCD_PARALLEL, /*!< DCD status from parallel port pin */\n RIG_DCD_CM108, /*!< DCD status from CM108 vol dn pin */\n RIG_DCD_GPIO, /*!< DCD status from GPIO pin */\n RIG_DCD_GPION, /*!< DCD status from inverted GPIO pin */\n} dcd_type_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief PTT status\n */\ntypedef enum {\n RIG_PTT_OFF = 0, /*!< PTT deactivated */\n RIG_PTT_ON, /*!< PTT activated */\n RIG_PTT_ON_MIC, /*!< PTT Mic only, fallbacks on RIG_PTT_ON if unavailable */\n RIG_PTT_ON_DATA /*!< PTT Data (Mic-muted), fallbacks on RIG_PTT_ON if unavailable */\n} ptt_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief PTT type\n *\n * \\sa rig_get_ptt()\n */\ntypedef enum {\n RIG_PTT_NONE = 0, /*!< No PTT available */\n RIG_PTT_RIG, /*!< Legacy PTT (CAT PTT) */\n RIG_PTT_SERIAL_DTR, /*!< PTT control through serial DTR signal */\n RIG_PTT_SERIAL_RTS, /*!< PTT control through serial RTS signal */\n RIG_PTT_PARALLEL, /*!< PTT control through parallel port */\n RIG_PTT_RIG_MICDATA, /*!< Legacy PTT (CAT PTT), supports RIG_PTT_ON_MIC/RIG_PTT_ON_DATA */\n RIG_PTT_CM108, /*!< PTT control through CM108 GPIO pin */\n RIG_PTT_GPIO, /*!< PTT control through GPIO pin */\n RIG_PTT_GPION, /*!< PTT control through inverted GPIO pin */\n} ptt_type_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Radio power state\n */\ntypedef enum {\n RIG_POWER_OFF = 0, /*!< Power off */\n RIG_POWER_ON = (1 << 0), /*!< Power on */\n RIG_POWER_STANDBY = (1 << 1), /*!< Standby */\n RIG_POWER_OPERATE = (1 << 2), /*!< Operate (from Standby) */\n RIG_POWER_UNKNOWN = (1 << 3) /*!< Unknown power status */\n} powerstat_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Reset operation\n */\ntypedef enum {\n RIG_RESET_NONE = 0, /*!< No reset */\n RIG_RESET_SOFT = (1 << 0), /*!< Software reset */\n RIG_RESET_VFO = (1 << 1), /*!< VFO reset */\n RIG_RESET_MCALL = (1 << 2), /*!< Memory clear */\n RIG_RESET_MASTER = (1 << 3) /*!< Master reset */\n} reset_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief VFO operation\n *\n * A VFO operation is an action on a VFO (or tunable memory).\n * The difference with a function is that an action has no on/off\n * status, it is performed at once.\n *\n * NOTE: the vfo argument for some vfo operation may be irrelevant,\n * and thus will be ignored.\n *\n * The VFO/MEM \"mode\" is set by rig_set_vfo.\\n\n * \\c STRING used in rigctl\n *\n * \\sa rig_parse_vfo_op(), rig_strvfop()\n */\ntypedef enum {\n RIG_OP_NONE = 0, /*!< '' No VFO_OP */\n RIG_OP_CPY = (1 << 0), /*!< \\c CPY -- VFO A = VFO B */\n RIG_OP_XCHG = (1 << 1), /*!< \\c XCHG -- Exchange VFO A/B */\n RIG_OP_FROM_VFO = (1 << 2), /*!< \\c FROM_VFO -- VFO->MEM */\n RIG_OP_TO_VFO = (1 << 3), /*!< \\c TO_VFO -- MEM->VFO */\n RIG_OP_MCL = (1 << 4), /*!< \\c MCL -- Memory clear */\n RIG_OP_UP = (1 << 5), /*!< \\c UP -- UP increment VFO freq by tuning step*/\n RIG_OP_DOWN = (1 << 6), /*!< \\c DOWN -- DOWN decrement VFO freq by tuning step*/\n RIG_OP_BAND_UP = (1 << 7), /*!< \\c BAND_UP -- Band UP */\n RIG_OP_BAND_DOWN = (1 << 8), /*!< \\c BAND_DOWN -- Band DOWN */\n RIG_OP_LEFT = (1 << 9), /*!< \\c LEFT -- LEFT */\n RIG_OP_RIGHT = (1 << 10), /*!< \\c RIGHT -- RIGHT */\n RIG_OP_TUNE = (1 << 11), /*!< \\c TUNE -- Start tune */\n RIG_OP_TOGGLE = (1 << 12) /*!< \\c TOGGLE -- Toggle VFOA and VFOB */\n} vfo_op_t;\n\n/**\n * \\brief Band enumeration\n *\n * Some rig commands like Yaesu band select know about bands\n *\n * \\sa rig_set_level()\n */\ntypedef enum { // numbers here reflect the Yaesu values\n RIG_BAND_160M = 0, /*!< \\c 160M */\n RIG_BAND_80M = 1, /*!< \\c 80M */\n RIG_BAND_60M = 2, /*!< \\c 60M */\n RIG_BAND_40M = 3, /*!< \\c 40M */\n RIG_BAND_30M = 4, /*!< \\c 30M */\n RIG_BAND_20M = 5, /*!< \\c 20M */\n RIG_BAND_17M = 6, /*!< \\c 17M */\n RIG_BAND_15M = 7, /*!< \\c 15M */\n RIG_BAND_12M = 8, /*!< \\c 12M */\n RIG_BAND_10M = 9, /*!< \\c 10M */\n RIG_BAND_6M = 10, /*!< \\c 6M */\n RIG_BAND_GEN = 11, /*!< \\c 60M */\n RIG_BAND_MW = 12, /*!< \\c Medium Wave */\n RIG_BAND_UNUSED = 13, /*!< \\c Medium Wave */\n RIG_BAND_AIR = 14, /*!< \\c Air band */\n RIG_BAND_144MHZ = 15, /*!< \\c 144MHz */\n RIG_BAND_430MHZ = 16, /*!< \\c 430MHz */\n} hamlib_band_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Rig Scan operation\n *\n * Various scan operations supported by a rig.\\n\n * \\c STRING used in rigctl\n *\n * \\sa rig_parse_scan(), rig_strscan()\n */\ntypedef enum {\n RIG_SCAN_NONE = 0, /*!< '' No-op value */\n RIG_SCAN_MEM = (1 << 0), /*!< \\c MEM -- Scan all memory channels */\n RIG_SCAN_SLCT = (1 << 1), /*!< \\c SLCT -- Scan all selected memory channels */\n RIG_SCAN_PRIO = (1 << 2), /*!< \\c PRIO -- Priority watch (mem or call channel) */\n RIG_SCAN_PROG = (1 << 3), /*!< \\c PROG -- Programmed(edge) scan */\n RIG_SCAN_DELTA = (1 << 4), /*!< \\c DELTA -- delta-f scan */\n RIG_SCAN_VFO = (1 << 5), /*!< \\c VFO -- most basic scan */\n RIG_SCAN_PLT = (1 << 6), /*!< \\c PLT -- Scan using pipelined tuning */\n RIG_SCAN_STOP = (1 << 7) /*!< \\c STOP -- Stop scanning */\n} scan_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief configuration token\n */\ntypedef long token_t;\n\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_CONF_END 0\n//! @endcond\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief parameter types\n *\n * Used with configuration, parameter and extra-parm tables.\n *\n * Current internal implementation\n * NUMERIC: val.f or val.i\n * COMBO: val.i, starting from 0. Points to a table of strings or asci stored values.\n * STRING: val.s or val.cs\n * CHECKBUTTON: val.i 0/1\n * BINARY: val.b\n */\n\n/* strongly inspired from soundmodem. Thanks Thomas! */\nenum rig_conf_e {\n RIG_CONF_STRING, /*!< String type */\n RIG_CONF_COMBO, /*!< Combo type */\n RIG_CONF_NUMERIC, /*!< Numeric type integer or real */\n RIG_CONF_CHECKBUTTON, /*!< on/off type */\n RIG_CONF_BUTTON, /*!< Button type */\n RIG_CONF_BINARY /*!< Binary buffer type */\n};\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_COMBO_MAX 16\n#define RIG_BIN_MAX 80\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\brief Configuration parameter structure.\n */\nstruct confparams {\n token_t token; /*!< Conf param token ID */\n const char *name; /*!< Param name, no spaces allowed */\n const char *label; /*!< Human readable label */\n const char *tooltip; /*!< Hint on the parameter */\n const char *dflt; /*!< Default value */\n enum rig_conf_e type; /*!< Type of the parameter */\n union { /*!< */\n struct { /*!< */\n float min; /*!< Minimum value */\n float max; /*!< Maximum value */\n float step; /*!< Step */\n } n; /*!< Numeric type */\n struct { /*!< */\n const char *combostr[RIG_COMBO_MAX]; /*!< Combo list */\n } c; /*!< Combo type */\n } u; /*!< Type union */\n};\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Announce\n *\n * Designate optional speech synthesizer.\n */\ntypedef enum {\n RIG_ANN_NONE = 0, /*!< None */\n RIG_ANN_OFF = RIG_ANN_NONE, /*!< disable announces */\n RIG_ANN_FREQ = (1 << 0), /*!< Announce frequency */\n RIG_ANN_RXMODE = (1 << 1), /*!< Announce receive mode */\n RIG_ANN_CW = (1 << 2), /*!< CW */\n RIG_ANN_ENG = (1 << 3), /*!< English */\n RIG_ANN_JAP = (1 << 4) /*!< Japan */\n} ann_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Antenna typedef\n * \\typedef ant_t\n */\n/**\n * \\brief Antenna number\n * \\def RIG_ANT_NONE\n * No antenna set yet or unknown\n */\n/**\n * \\brief Antenna conversion macro\n * \\def RIG_ANT_N\n * Convert antenna number to bit mask\n */\n/**\n * \\brief Macro for Ant#1\n * \\def RIG_ANT_1\n */\n/**\n * \\brief Macro for Ant#2\n * \\def RIG_ANT_2\n */\n/**\n * \\brief Macro for Ant#3\n * \\def RIG_ANT_3\n */\n/**\n * \\brief Macro for Ant#4\n * \\def RIG_ANT_4\n */\n/**\n * \\brief Macro for Ant#5\n * \\def RIG_ANT_5\n */\n/**\n * \\brief Antenna is on whatever \"current\" means\n * \\def RIG_ANT_CURR\n */\n/**\n * \\brief Macro for unknown antenna\n * \\def RIG_ANT_UNKNOWN\n */\n/**\n * \\brief Maximum antenna#\n * \\def RIG_ANT_MAX\n */\ntypedef unsigned int ant_t;\n\n#define RIG_ANT_NONE 0\n#define RIG_ANT_N(n) ((ant_t)1<<(n))\n#define RIG_ANT_1 RIG_ANT_N(0)\n#define RIG_ANT_2 RIG_ANT_N(1)\n#define RIG_ANT_3 RIG_ANT_N(2)\n#define RIG_ANT_4 RIG_ANT_N(3)\n#define RIG_ANT_5 RIG_ANT_N(4)\n\n#define RIG_ANT_UNKNOWN RIG_ANT_N(30)\n#define RIG_ANT_CURR RIG_ANT_N(31)\n\n#define RIG_ANT_MAX 32\n\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_AGC_LAST RIG_AGC_AUTO\n//! @endcond\n\n#if 1 // deprecated\n/**\n * \\brief Level display meters\n */\nenum meter_level_e {\n RIG_METER_NONE = 0, /*< No display meter */\n RIG_METER_SWR = (1 << 0), /*< Stationary Wave Ratio */\n RIG_METER_COMP = (1 << 1), /*< Compression level */\n RIG_METER_ALC = (1 << 2), /*< ALC */\n RIG_METER_IC = (1 << 3), /*< IC */\n RIG_METER_DB = (1 << 4), /*< DB */\n RIG_METER_PO = (1 << 5), /*< Power Out */\n RIG_METER_VDD = (1 << 6), /*< Final Amp Voltage */\n RIG_METER_TEMP = (1 << 7) /*< Final Amp Temperature */\n};\n#endif\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Universal approach for passing values\n *\n * \\sa rig_set_level(), rig_get_level(), rig_set_parm(), rig_get_parm()\n */\ntypedef union {\n signed int i; /*!< Signed integer */\n float f; /*!< Single precision float */\n char *s; /*!< Pointer to char string */\n const char *cs; /*!< Pointer to constant char string */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n struct {\n int l; /*!< Length of data */\n unsigned char *d; /* Pointer to data buffer */\n } b;\n//! @endcond\n} value_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Rig Level Settings\n *\n * Various operating levels supported by a rig.\\n\n * \\c STRING used in rigctl\n *\n * \\sa rig_parse_level(), rig_strlevel()\n */\ntypedef uint64_t rig_level_e;\n#define RIG_LEVEL_NONE 0 /*!< '' -- No Level */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_PREAMP CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(0) /*!< \\c PREAMP -- Preamp, arg int (dB) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_ATT CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(1) /*!< \\c ATT -- Attenuator, arg int (dB) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_VOXDELAY CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(2) /*!< \\c VOXDELAY -- VOX delay, arg int (tenth of seconds) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_AF CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(3) /*!< \\c AF -- Volume, arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_RF CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(4) /*!< \\c RF -- RF gain (not TX power) arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_SQL CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(5) /*!< \\c SQL -- Squelch, arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_IF CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(6) /*!< \\c IF shift -- IF, arg int (+/-Hz) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_APF CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(7) /*!< \\c APF -- Audio Peak Filter, arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_NR CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(8) /*!< \\c NR -- Noise Reduction, arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_PBT_IN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(9) /*!< \\c PBT_IN -- Twin PBT (inside) arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_PBT_OUT CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(10) /*!< \\c PBT_OUT -- Twin PBT (outside) arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_CWPITCH CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(11) /*!< \\c CWPITCH -- CW pitch, arg int (Hz) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_RFPOWER CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(12) /*!< \\c RFPOWER -- RF Power, arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_MICGAIN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(13) /*!< \\c MICGAIN -- MIC Gain, arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_KEYSPD CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(14) /*!< \\c KEYSPD -- Key Speed, arg int (WPM) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_NOTCHF CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(15) /*!< \\c NOTCHF -- Notch Freq., arg int (Hz) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_COMP CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(16) /*!< \\c COMP -- Compressor, arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_AGC CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(17) /*!< \\c AGC -- AGC, arg int (see enum agc_level_e) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_BKINDL CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(18) /*!< \\c BKINDL -- BKin Delay, arg int (tenth of dots) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_BALANCE CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(19) /*!< \\c BAL -- Balance (Dual Watch) arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_METER CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(20) /*!< \\c METER -- Display meter, arg int (see enum meter_level_e) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_VOXGAIN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(21) /*!< \\c VOXGAIN -- VOX gain level, arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_ANTIVOX CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(22) /*!< \\c ANTIVOX -- anti-VOX level, arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_SLOPE_LOW CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(23) /*!< \\c SLOPE_LOW -- Slope tune, low frequency cut, arg int (Hz) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_SLOPE_HIGH CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(24) /*!< \\c SLOPE_HIGH -- Slope tune, high frequency cut, arg int (Hz) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_BKIN_DLYMS CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(25) /*!< \\c BKIN_DLYMS -- BKin Delay, arg int Milliseconds */\n\n /*!< These are not settable */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_RAWSTR CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(26) /*!< \\c RAWSTR -- Raw (A/D) value for signal strength, specific to each rig, arg int */\n//#define RIG_LEVEL_SQLSTAT CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(27) /*!< \\c SQLSTAT -- SQL status, arg int (open=1/closed=0). Deprecated, use get_dcd instead */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_SWR CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(28) /*!< \\c SWR -- SWR, arg float [0.0 ... infinite] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_ALC CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(29) /*!< \\c ALC -- ALC, arg float */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_STRENGTH CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(30) /*!< \\c STRENGTH -- Effective (calibrated) signal strength relative to S9, arg int (dB) */\n /* RIG_LEVEL_BWC (1<<31) */ /*!< Bandwidth Control, arg int (Hz) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_RFPOWER_METER CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(32) /*!< \\c RFPOWER_METER -- RF power output meter, arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] (percentage of maximum power) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_COMP_METER CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(33) /*!< \\c COMP_METER -- Audio output level compression meter, arg float (dB) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_VD_METER CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(34) /*!< \\c VD_METER -- Input voltage level meter, arg float (V, volts) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_ID_METER CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(35) /*!< \\c ID_METER -- Current draw meter, arg float (A, amperes) */\n\n#define RIG_LEVEL_NOTCHF_RAW CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(36) /*!< \\c NOTCHF_RAW -- Notch Freq., arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_MONITOR_GAIN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(37) /*!< \\c MONITOR_GAIN -- Monitor gain (level for monitoring of transmitted audio) arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_NB CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(38) /*!< \\c NB -- Noise Blanker level, arg float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_RFPOWER_METER_WATTS CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(39) /*!< \\c RFPOWER_METER_WATTS -- RF power output meter, arg float [0.0 ... MAX] (output power in watts) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_SPECTRUM_MODE CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(40) /*!< \\c SPECTRUM_MODE -- Spectrum scope mode, arg int (see enum rig_spectrum_mode_e). Supported modes defined in rig caps. */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_SPECTRUM_SPAN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(41) /*!< \\c SPECTRUM_SPAN -- Spectrum scope span in center mode, arg int (Hz). Supported spans defined in rig caps. */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_SPECTRUM_EDGE_LOW CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(42) /*!< \\c SPECTRUM_EDGE_LOW -- Spectrum scope low edge in fixed mode, arg int (Hz) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_SPECTRUM_EDGE_HIGH CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(43) /*!< \\c SPECTRUM_EDGE_HIGH -- Spectrum scope high edge in fixed mode, arg int (Hz) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_SPECTRUM_SPEED CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(44) /*!< \\c SPECTRUM_SPEED -- Spectrum scope update speed, arg int (highest is fastest, define rig-specific granularity) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_SPECTRUM_REF CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(45) /*!< \\c SPECTRUM_REF -- Spectrum scope reference display level, arg float (dB, define rig-specific granularity) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_SPECTRUM_AVG CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(46) /*!< \\c SPECTRUM_AVG -- Spectrum scope averaging mode, arg int (see struct rig_spectrum_avg_mode). Supported averaging modes defined in rig caps. */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_SPECTRUM_ATT CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(47) /*!< \\c SPECTRUM_ATT -- Spectrum scope attenuator, arg int (dB). Supported attenuator values defined in rig caps. */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_TEMP_METER CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(48) /*!< \\c TEMP_METER -- arg float (C, centigrade) */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_BAND_SELECT CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(49) /*!< \\c BAND_SELECT -- arg enum BAND_ENUM */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_50 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(50) /*!< \\c Future use */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_51 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(51) /*!< \\c Future use */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_52 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(52) /*!< \\c Future use */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_53 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(53) /*!< \\c Future use */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_54 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(54) /*!< \\c Future use */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_55 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(55) /*!< \\c Future use */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_56 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(56) /*!< \\c Future use */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_57 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(57) /*!< \\c Future use */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_58 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(58) /*!< \\c Future use */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_59 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(59) /*!< \\c Future use */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_60 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(60) /*!< \\c Future use */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_61 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(61) /*!< \\c Future use */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_62 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(62) /*!< \\c Future use */\n#define RIG_LEVEL_63 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(63) /*!< \\c Future use */\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_LEVEL_FLOAT_LIST (RIG_LEVEL_AF|RIG_LEVEL_RF|RIG_LEVEL_SQL|RIG_LEVEL_APF|RIG_LEVEL_NR|RIG_LEVEL_PBT_IN|RIG_LEVEL_PBT_OUT|RIG_LEVEL_RFPOWER|RIG_LEVEL_MICGAIN|RIG_LEVEL_COMP|RIG_LEVEL_BALANCE|RIG_LEVEL_SWR|RIG_LEVEL_ALC|RIG_LEVEL_VOXGAIN|RIG_LEVEL_ANTIVOX|RIG_LEVEL_RFPOWER_METER|RIG_LEVEL_RFPOWER_METER_WATTS|RIG_LEVEL_COMP_METER|RIG_LEVEL_VD_METER|RIG_LEVEL_ID_METER|RIG_LEVEL_NOTCHF_RAW|RIG_LEVEL_MONITOR_GAIN|RIG_LEVEL_NB|RIG_LEVEL_SPECTRUM_REF|RIG_LEVEL_TEMP_METER)\n\n#define RIG_LEVEL_READONLY_LIST (RIG_LEVEL_SWR|RIG_LEVEL_ALC|RIG_LEVEL_STRENGTH|RIG_LEVEL_RAWSTR|RIG_LEVEL_RFPOWER_METER|RIG_LEVEL_COMP_METER|RIG_LEVEL_VD_METER|RIG_LEVEL_ID_METER)\n\n#define RIG_LEVEL_IS_FLOAT(l) ((l)&RIG_LEVEL_FLOAT_LIST)\n#define RIG_LEVEL_SET(l) ((l)&~RIG_LEVEL_READONLY_LIST)\n//! @endcond\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Rig Parameters\n *\n * Parameters are settings that are not VFO specific.\\n\n * \\c STRING used in rigctl\n *\n * \\sa rig_parse_parm(), rig_strparm()\n */\nenum rig_parm_e {\n RIG_PARM_NONE = 0, /*!< '' -- No Parm */\n RIG_PARM_ANN = (1 << 0), /*!< \\c ANN -- \"Announce\" level, see ann_t */\n RIG_PARM_APO = (1 << 1), /*!< \\c APO -- Auto power off, int in minute */\n RIG_PARM_BACKLIGHT = (1 << 2), /*!< \\c BACKLIGHT -- LCD light, float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n RIG_PARM_BEEP = (1 << 4), /*!< \\c BEEP -- Beep on keypressed, int (0,1) */\n RIG_PARM_TIME = (1 << 5), /*!< \\c TIME -- hh:mm:ss, int in seconds from 00:00:00 */\n RIG_PARM_BAT = (1 << 6), /*!< \\c BAT -- battery level, float [0.0 ... 1.0] */\n RIG_PARM_KEYLIGHT = (1 << 7), /*!< \\c KEYLIGHT -- Button backlight, on/off */\n RIG_PARM_SCREENSAVER = (1 << 8), /*!< \\c SCREENSAVER -- rig specific timeouts */\n RIG_PARM_AFIF = (1 << 9) /*!< \\c AFIF -- 0=AF audio, 1=IF audio -- see IC-7300/9700/705 */\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief Rig Cookie enumerations\n *\n * Cookies are used for a client to request exclusive control of the rig until the client releases the cookie\n * Cookies will expire after 1 second unless renewed\n * Normal flow would be cookie=rig_cookie(NULL, RIG_COOKIE_GET), rig op, rig_cookie(cookie, RIG_COOKIE_RENEW), rig op, etc....\n *\n */\nenum cookie_e {\n RIG_COOKIE_GET, /*!< Setup a cookie */\n RIG_COOKIE_RELEASE, /*!< Release a cookie */\n RIG_COOKIE_RENEW, /*!< Renew a cookie */\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief Multicast data items\n * 3 different data item can be included in the multicast JSON\n */\nenum multicast_item_e {\n RIG_MULTICAST_POLL, // hamlib will be polling the rig for all rig items\n RIG_MULTICAST_TRANSCEIVE, // transceive will be turned on and processed\n RIG_MULTICAST_SPECTRUM // spectrum data will be included\n};\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_PARM_FLOAT_LIST (RIG_PARM_BACKLIGHT|RIG_PARM_BAT|RIG_PARM_KEYLIGHT)\n#define RIG_PARM_READONLY_LIST (RIG_PARM_BAT)\n\n#define RIG_PARM_IS_FLOAT(l) ((l)&RIG_PARM_FLOAT_LIST)\n#define RIG_PARM_SET(l) ((l)&~RIG_PARM_READONLY_LIST)\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\brief Setting\n *\n * This can be a func, a level or a parm.\n * Each bit designates one of them.\n */\ntypedef uint64_t setting_t;\n\n/**\n * \\brief Maximum # of rig settings\n *\n */\n#define RIG_SETTING_MAX 64\n\n/**\n * \\brief Transceive mode\n * The rig notifies the host of any event, like freq changed, mode changed, etc.\n * \\def RIG_TRN_OFF\n * \\deprecated\n * Turn it off\n * \\brief Transceive mode\n * \\def RIG_TRN_RIG\n * \\deprecated\n * RIG_TRN_RIG means the rig acts asynchronously\n * \\brief Transceive mode\n * \\def RIG_TRN_POLL\n * \\deprecated\n * RIG_TRN_POLL means we have to poll the rig\n *\n */\n#define RIG_TRN_OFF 0\n#define RIG_TRN_RIG 1\n#define RIG_TRN_POLL 2\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Rig Function Settings\n *\n * Various operating functions supported by a rig.\\n\n * \\c STRING used in rigctl/rigctld\n *\n * \\sa rig_parse_func(), rig_strfunc()\n */\n/*\n * The C standard dictates that an enum constant is a 32 bit signed integer.\n * Setting a constant's bit 31 created a negative value that on amd64 had the\n * upper 32 bits set as well when assigned to the misc.c:rig_func_str structure.\n * This caused misc.c:rig_strfunc() to fail its comparison for RIG_FUNC_XIT\n * on amd64 (x86_64). To use bit 31 as an unsigned long, preprocessor macros\n * have been used instead as a 'const unsigned long' which cannot be used to\n * initialize the rig_func_str.func members. TNX KA6MAL, AC6SL. - N0NB\n */\n#define RIG_FUNC_NONE 0 /*!< '' -- No Function */\n#define RIG_FUNC_FAGC CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (0) /*!< \\c FAGC -- Fast AGC */\n#define RIG_FUNC_NB CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (1) /*!< \\c NB -- Noise Blanker */\n#define RIG_FUNC_COMP CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (2) /*!< \\c COMP -- Speech Compression */\n#define RIG_FUNC_VOX CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (3) /*!< \\c VOX -- Voice Operated Relay */\n#define RIG_FUNC_TONE CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (4) /*!< \\c TONE -- CTCSS Tone TX */\n#define RIG_FUNC_TSQL CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (5) /*!< \\c TSQL -- CTCSS Activate/De-activate RX */\n#define RIG_FUNC_SBKIN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (6) /*!< \\c SBKIN -- Semi Break-in (CW mode) */\n#define RIG_FUNC_FBKIN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (7) /*!< \\c FBKIN -- Full Break-in (CW mode) */\n#define RIG_FUNC_ANF CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (8) /*!< \\c ANF -- Automatic Notch Filter (DSP) */\n#define RIG_FUNC_NR CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (9) /*!< \\c NR -- Noise Reduction (DSP) */\n#define RIG_FUNC_AIP CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (10) /*!< \\c AIP -- RF pre-amp (AIP on Kenwood, IPO on Yaesu, etc.) */\n#define RIG_FUNC_APF CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (11) /*!< \\c APF -- Audio Peak Filter */\n#define RIG_FUNC_MON CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (12) /*!< \\c MON -- Monitor transmitted signal */\n#define RIG_FUNC_MN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (13) /*!< \\c MN -- Manual Notch */\n#define RIG_FUNC_RF CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (14) /*!< \\c RF -- RTTY Filter */\n#define RIG_FUNC_ARO CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (15) /*!< \\c ARO -- Auto Repeater Offset */\n#define RIG_FUNC_LOCK CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (16) /*!< \\c LOCK -- Lock */\n#define RIG_FUNC_MUTE CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (17) /*!< \\c MUTE -- Mute */\n#define RIG_FUNC_VSC CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (18) /*!< \\c VSC -- Voice Scan Control */\n#define RIG_FUNC_REV CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (19) /*!< \\c REV -- Reverse transmit and receive frequencies */\n#define RIG_FUNC_SQL CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (20) /*!< \\c SQL -- Turn Squelch Monitor on/off */\n#define RIG_FUNC_ABM CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (21) /*!< \\c ABM -- Auto Band Mode */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BC CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (22) /*!< \\c BC -- Beat Canceller */\n#define RIG_FUNC_MBC CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (23) /*!< \\c MBC -- Manual Beat Canceller */\n#define RIG_FUNC_RIT CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (24) /*!< \\c RIT -- Receiver Incremental Tuning */\n#define RIG_FUNC_AFC CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (25) /*!< \\c AFC -- Auto Frequency Control ON/OFF */\n#define RIG_FUNC_SATMODE CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (26) /*!< \\c SATMODE -- Satellite mode ON/OFF */\n#define RIG_FUNC_SCOPE CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (27) /*!< \\c SCOPE -- Simple bandscope ON/OFF */\n#define RIG_FUNC_RESUME CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (28) /*!< \\c RESUME -- Scan auto-resume */\n#define RIG_FUNC_TBURST CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (29) /*!< \\c TBURST -- 1750 Hz tone burst */\n#define RIG_FUNC_TUNER CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (30) /*!< \\c TUNER -- Enable automatic tuner */\n#define RIG_FUNC_XIT CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (31) /*!< \\c XIT -- Transmitter Incremental Tuning */\n#ifndef SWIGLUAHIDE\n/* Hide the top 32 bits from the old Lua binding as they can't be represented */\n#define RIG_FUNC_NB2 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (32) /*!< \\c NB2 -- 2nd Noise Blanker */\n#define RIG_FUNC_CSQL CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (33) /*!< \\c CSQL -- DCS Squelch setting */\n#define RIG_FUNC_AFLT CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (34) /*!< \\c AFLT -- AF Filter setting */\n#define RIG_FUNC_ANL CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (35) /*!< \\c ANL -- Noise limiter setting */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BC2 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (36) /*!< \\c BC2 -- 2nd Beat Cancel */\n#define RIG_FUNC_DUAL_WATCH CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (37) /*!< \\c DUAL_WATCH -- Dual Watch / Sub Receiver */\n#define RIG_FUNC_DIVERSITY CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (38) /*!< \\c DIVERSITY -- Diversity receive */\n#define RIG_FUNC_DSQL CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (39) /*!< \\c DSQL -- Digital modes squelch */\n#define RIG_FUNC_SCEN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (40) /*!< \\c SCEN -- scrambler/encryption */\n#define RIG_FUNC_SLICE CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (41) /*!< \\c Rig slice selection -- Flex */\n#define RIG_FUNC_TRANSCEIVE CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (42) /*!< \\c TRANSCEIVE -- Send radio state changes automatically ON/OFF */\n#define RIG_FUNC_SPECTRUM CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (43) /*!< \\c SPECTRUM -- Spectrum scope data output ON/OFF */\n#define RIG_FUNC_SPECTRUM_HOLD CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (44) /*!< \\c SPECTRUM_HOLD -- Pause spectrum scope updates ON/OFF */\n#define RIG_FUNC_SEND_MORSE CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (45) /*!< \\c SEND_MORSE -- Send specified characters using CW */\n#define RIG_FUNC_SEND_VOICE_MEM CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (46) /*!< \\c SEND_VOICE_MEM -- Transmit in SSB message stored in memory */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT47 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (47) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT48 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (48) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT49 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (49) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT50 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (50) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT51 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (51) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT52 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (52) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT53 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (53) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT54 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (54) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT55 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (55) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT56 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (56) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT57 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (57) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT58 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (58) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT59 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (59) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT60 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (60) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT61 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (61) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT62 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (62) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n#define RIG_FUNC_BIT63 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (63) /*!< \\c available for future RIG_FUNC items */\n/* 63 is this highest bit number that can be used */\n#endif\n\n/**\n * \\brief power unit macros\n * \\def mW\n * Converts a power level integer to milliwatts. This is limited to 2\n * megawatts on 32 bit systems.\n */\n#define mW(p) ((int)(p))\n/**\n * \\brief power unit macros\n * \\def Watts\n *\n * Converts a power level integer to watts. This is limited to 2\n * gigawatts on 32 bit systems.\n */\n#define Watts(p) ((int)((p)*1000))\n/**\n * \\brief power unit macros\n * \\def W\n *\n * Same as Watts for the person who is too lazy to type Watts :-)\n */\n#define W(p) Watts(p)\n#if 0 // deprecating kW macro as this doesn't make sense\n/**\n * \\brief power unit macros\n * \\def kW\n *\n * Same as Watts for the person who is too lazy to type Watts :-)\n */\n#define kW(p) ((int)((p)*1000000L))\n#endif\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Radio mode\n *\n * Various modes supported by a rig.\\n\n * \\c STRING used in rigctl\n *\n * \\sa rig_parse_mode(), rig_strrmode()\n * TODO: Add new 8600 modes to rig2icom_mode() and icom2rig_mode() in frame.c\n */\ntypedef uint64_t rmode_t;\n\n#define RIG_MODE_NONE 0 /*!< '' -- None */\n#define RIG_MODE_AM CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (0) /*!< \\c AM -- Amplitude Modulation */\n#define RIG_MODE_CW CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (1) /*!< \\c CW -- CW \"normal\" sideband */\n#define RIG_MODE_USB CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (2) /*!< \\c USB -- Upper Side Band */\n#define RIG_MODE_LSB CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (3) /*!< \\c LSB -- Lower Side Band */\n#define RIG_MODE_RTTY CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (4) /*!< \\c RTTY -- Radio Teletype */\n#define RIG_MODE_FM CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (5) /*!< \\c FM -- \"narrow\" band FM */\n#define RIG_MODE_WFM CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (6) /*!< \\c WFM -- broadcast wide FM */\n#define RIG_MODE_CWR CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (7) /*!< \\c CWR -- CW \"reverse\" sideband */\n#define RIG_MODE_RTTYR CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (8) /*!< \\c RTTYR -- RTTY \"reverse\" sideband */\n#define RIG_MODE_AMS CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (9) /*!< \\c AMS -- Amplitude Modulation Synchronous */\n#define RIG_MODE_PKTLSB CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (10) /*!< \\c PKTLSB -- Packet/Digital LSB mode (dedicated port) */\n#define RIG_MODE_PKTUSB CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (11) /*!< \\c PKTUSB -- Packet/Digital USB mode (dedicated port) */\n#define RIG_MODE_PKTFM CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (12) /*!< \\c PKTFM -- Packet/Digital FM mode (dedicated port) */\n#define RIG_MODE_ECSSUSB CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (13) /*!< \\c ECSSUSB -- Exalted Carrier Single Sideband USB */\n#define RIG_MODE_ECSSLSB CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (14) /*!< \\c ECSSLSB -- Exalted Carrier Single Sideband LSB */\n#define RIG_MODE_FAX CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (15) /*!< \\c FAX -- Facsimile Mode */\n#define RIG_MODE_SAM CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (16) /*!< \\c SAM -- Synchronous AM double sideband */\n#define RIG_MODE_SAL CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (17) /*!< \\c SAL -- Synchronous AM lower sideband */\n#define RIG_MODE_SAH CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (18) /*!< \\c SAH -- Synchronous AM upper (higher) sideband */\n#define RIG_MODE_DSB CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (19) /*!< \\c DSB -- Double sideband suppressed carrier */\n#define RIG_MODE_FMN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (21) /*!< \\c FMN -- FM Narrow Kenwood ts990s */\n#define RIG_MODE_PKTAM CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (22) /*!< \\c PKTAM -- Packet/Digital AM mode e.g. IC7300 */\n#define RIG_MODE_P25 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (23) /*!< \\c P25 -- APCO/P25 VHF,UHF digital mode IC-R8600 */\n#define RIG_MODE_DSTAR CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (24) /*!< \\c D-Star -- VHF,UHF digital mode IC-R8600 */\n#define RIG_MODE_DPMR CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (25) /*!< \\c dPMR -- digital PMR, VHF,UHF digital mode IC-R8600 */\n#define RIG_MODE_NXDNVN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (26) /*!< \\c NXDN-VN -- VHF,UHF digital mode IC-R8600 */\n#define RIG_MODE_NXDN_N CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (27) /*!< \\c NXDN-N -- VHF,UHF digital mode IC-R8600 */\n#define RIG_MODE_DCR CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (28) /*!< \\c DCR -- VHF,UHF digital mode IC-R8600 */\n#define RIG_MODE_AMN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (29) /*!< \\c AM-N -- Narrow band AM mode IC-R30 */\n#define RIG_MODE_PSK CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (30) /*!< \\c PSK - Kenwood PSK and others */\n#define RIG_MODE_PSKR CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (31) /*!< \\c PSKR - Kenwood PSKR and others */\n#ifndef SWIGLUAHIDE\n/* hide the top 32 bits from the Lua binding as they will not work */\n#define RIG_MODE_DD CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (32) /*!< \\c DD Mode IC-9700 */\n#define RIG_MODE_C4FM CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (33) /*!< \\c Yaesu C4FM mode */\n#define RIG_MODE_PKTFMN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (34) /*!< \\c Yaesu DATA-FM-N */\n#define RIG_MODE_SPEC CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (35) /*!< \\c Unfiltered as in PowerSDR */\n#define RIG_MODE_CWN CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (36) /*!< \\c CWN -- Narrow band CW (FT-736R) */\n#define RIG_MODE_IQ CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (37) /*!< \\c IQ mode for a couple of kit rigs */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT38 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (38) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT39 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (39) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT40 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (40) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT41 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (41) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT42 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (42) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT43 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (43) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT44 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (44) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT45 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (45) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT46 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (46) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT47 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (47) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT48 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (48) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT49 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (49) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT50 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (50) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT51 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (51) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT52 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (52) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT53 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (53) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT54 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (54) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT55 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (55) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT56 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (56) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT57 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (57) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT58 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (58) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT59 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (59) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT60 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (60) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT61 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (61) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_BIT62 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (62) /*!< \\c reserved for future expansion */\n#define RIG_MODE_TESTS_MAX CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (63) /*!< \\c last bit available for 64-bit enum MUST ALWAYS BE LAST, Max Count for dumpcaps.c */\n#endif\n\n/**\n * \\brief macro for backends, not to be used by rig_set_mode et al.\n */\n#define RIG_MODE_SSB (RIG_MODE_USB|RIG_MODE_LSB)\n\n/**\n * \\brief macro for backends, not to be used by rig_set_mode et al.\n */\n#define RIG_MODE_ECSS (RIG_MODE_ECSSUSB|RIG_MODE_ECSSLSB)\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_DBLST_END 0 /* end marker in a preamp/att level list */\n#define RIG_IS_DBLST_END(d) ((d)==0)\n//! @endcond\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Frequency range\n *\n * Put together a group of this struct in an array to define\n * what frequencies your rig has access to.\n */\ntypedef struct freq_range_list {\n freq_t startf; /*!< Start frequency */\n freq_t endf; /*!< End frequency */\n rmode_t modes; /*!< Bit field of RIG_MODE's */\n int low_power; /*!< Lower RF power in mW, -1 for no power (ie. rx list) */\n int high_power; /*!< Higher RF power in mW, -1 for no power (ie. rx list) */\n vfo_t vfo; /*!< VFO list equipped with this range */\n ant_t ant; /*!< Antenna list equipped with this range, 0 means all, RIG_ANT_CURR means dedicated to certain bands and automatically switches, no set_ant command */\n char *label; /*!< Label for this range that explains why. e.g. Icom rigs USA, EUR, ITR, TPE, KOR */\n} freq_range_t;\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_FRNG_END {Hz(0),Hz(0),RIG_MODE_NONE,0,0,RIG_VFO_NONE}\n#define RIG_IS_FRNG_END(r) ((r).startf == Hz(0) && (r).endf == Hz(0))\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\brief Tuning step definition\n *\n * Lists the tuning steps available for each mode.\n *\n * If a ts field in the list has RIG_TS_ANY value, this means the rig allows\n * its tuning step to be set to any value ranging from the lowest to the\n * highest (if any) value in the list for that mode. The tuning step must be\n * sorted in the ascending order, and the RIG_TS_ANY value, if present, must\n * be the last one in the list.\n *\n * Note also that the minimum frequency resolution of the rig is determined by\n * the lowest value in the Tuning step list.\n *\n * \\sa rig_set_ts(), rig_get_resolution()\n */\nstruct tuning_step_list {\n rmode_t modes; /*!< Bit field of RIG_MODE's */\n shortfreq_t ts; /*!< Tuning step in Hz */\n};\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_TS_ANY 0\n#define RIG_TS_END {RIG_MODE_NONE, 0}\n#define RIG_IS_TS_END(t) ((t).modes == RIG_MODE_NONE && (t).ts == 0)\n//! @endcond\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Filter definition\n *\n * Lists the filters available for each mode.\n *\n * If more than one filter is available for a given mode, the first entry in\n * the array will be the default filter to use for the normal passband of this\n * mode. The first entry in the array below the default normal passband is\n * the default narrow passband and the first entry in the array above the\n * default normal passband is the default wide passband. Note: if there's no\n * lower width or upper width, then narrow or respectively wide passband is\n * equal to the default normal passband.\n *\n * If a width field in the list has RIG_FLT_ANY value, this means the rig\n * allows its passband width to be set to any value ranging from the lowest to\n * the highest value (if any) in the list for that mode. The RIG_FLT_ANY\n * value, if present, must be the last one in the list.\n *\n * The width field is the narrowest passband in a transmit/receive chain with\n * regard to different IF.\n *\n * \\sa rig_set_mode(), rig_passband_normal(), rig_passband_narrow(), rig_passband_wide()\n */\nstruct filter_list {\n rmode_t modes; /*!< Bit field of RIG_MODE's */\n pbwidth_t width; /*!< Passband width in Hz */\n};\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_FLT_ANY 0\n#define RIG_FLT_END {RIG_MODE_NONE, 0}\n#define RIG_IS_FLT_END(f) ((f).modes == RIG_MODE_NONE)\n//! @endcond\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Empty channel_t.flags field\n */\n#define RIG_CHFLAG_NONE 0\n/**\n * \\brief skip memory channel during scan (lock out), channel_t.flags\n */\n#define RIG_CHFLAG_SKIP (1<<0)\n/**\n * \\brief DATA port mode flag\n */\n#define RIG_CHFLAG_DATA (1<<1)\n/**\n * \\brief programmed skip (PSKIP) memory channel during scan (lock out), channel_t.flags\n */\n#define RIG_CHFLAG_PSKIP (1<<2)\n\n/**\n * \\brief Extension attribute definition\n *\n */\nstruct ext_list {\n token_t token; /*!< Token ID */\n value_t val; /*!< Value */\n};\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_EXT_END {0, {.i=0}}\n#define RIG_IS_EXT_END(x) ((x).token == 0)\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\brief Channel structure\n *\n * The channel struct stores all the attributes peculiar to a VFO.\n *\n * \\sa rig_set_channel(), rig_get_channel()\n */\nstruct channel {\n int channel_num; /*!< Channel number */\n int bank_num; /*!< Bank number */\n vfo_t vfo; /*!< VFO */\n ant_t ant; /*!< Selected antenna */\n freq_t freq; /*!< Receive frequency */\n rmode_t mode; /*!< Receive mode */\n pbwidth_t width; /*!< Receive passband width associated with mode */\n\n freq_t tx_freq; /*!< Transmit frequency */\n rmode_t tx_mode; /*!< Transmit mode */\n pbwidth_t tx_width; /*!< Transmit passband width associated with mode */\n\n split_t split; /*!< Split mode */\n vfo_t tx_vfo; /*!< Split transmit VFO */\n\n rptr_shift_t rptr_shift; /*!< Repeater shift */\n shortfreq_t rptr_offs; /*!< Repeater offset */\n shortfreq_t tuning_step; /*!< Tuning step */\n shortfreq_t rit; /*!< RIT */\n shortfreq_t xit; /*!< XIT */\n setting_t funcs; /*!< Function status */\n value_t levels[RIG_SETTING_MAX]; /*!< Level values */\n tone_t ctcss_tone; /*!< CTCSS tone */\n tone_t ctcss_sql; /*!< CTCSS squelch tone */\n tone_t dcs_code; /*!< DCS code */\n tone_t dcs_sql; /*!< DCS squelch code */\n int scan_group; /*!< Scan group */\n unsigned int flags; /*!< Channel flags, see RIG_CHFLAG's */\n char channel_desc[HAMLIB_MAXCHANDESC]; /*!< Name */\n struct ext_list\n *ext_levels; /*!< Extension level value list, NULL ended. ext_levels can be NULL */\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief Channel structure typedef\n */\ntypedef struct channel channel_t;\n\n/**\n * \\brief Channel capability definition\n *\n * Definition of the attributes that can be stored/retrieved in/from memory\n */\nstruct channel_cap {\n unsigned bank_num: 1; /*!< Bank number */\n unsigned vfo: 1; /*!< VFO */\n unsigned ant: 1; /*!< Selected antenna */\n unsigned freq: 1; /*!< Receive frequency */\n unsigned mode: 1; /*!< Receive mode */\n unsigned width: 1; /*!< Receive passband width associated with mode */\n\n unsigned tx_freq: 1; /*!< Transmit frequency */\n unsigned tx_mode: 1; /*!< Transmit mode */\n unsigned tx_width: 1; /*!< Transmit passband width associated with mode */\n\n unsigned split: 1; /*!< Split mode */\n unsigned tx_vfo: 1; /*!< Split transmit VFO */\n unsigned rptr_shift: 1; /*!< Repeater shift */\n unsigned rptr_offs: 1; /*!< Repeater offset */\n unsigned tuning_step: 1; /*!< Tuning step */\n unsigned rit: 1; /*!< RIT */\n unsigned xit: 1; /*!< XIT */\n setting_t funcs; /*!< Function status */\n setting_t levels; /*!< Level values */\n unsigned ctcss_tone: 1; /*!< CTCSS tone */\n unsigned ctcss_sql: 1; /*!< CTCSS squelch tone */\n unsigned dcs_code: 1; /*!< DCS code */\n unsigned dcs_sql: 1; /*!< DCS squelch code */\n unsigned scan_group: 1; /*!< Scan group */\n unsigned flags: 1; /*!< Channel flags */\n unsigned channel_desc: 1; /*!< Name */\n unsigned ext_levels: 1; /*!< Extension level value list */\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief Channel cap\n */\ntypedef struct channel_cap channel_cap_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Memory channel type definition\n *\n * Definition of memory types. Depending on the type, the content\n * of the memory channel has to be interpreted accordingly.\n * For instance, a RIG_MTYPE_EDGE channel_t will hold only a start\n * or stop frequency.\n *\n * \\sa chan_list()\n */\ntypedef enum {\n RIG_MTYPE_NONE = 0, /*!< None */\n RIG_MTYPE_MEM, /*!< Regular */\n RIG_MTYPE_EDGE, /*!< Scan edge */\n RIG_MTYPE_CALL, /*!< Call channel */\n RIG_MTYPE_MEMOPAD, /*!< Memory pad */\n RIG_MTYPE_SAT, /*!< Satellite */\n RIG_MTYPE_BAND, /*!< VFO/Band channel */\n RIG_MTYPE_PRIO /*!< Priority channel */\n} chan_type_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Memory channel list definition\n *\n * Example for the Ic706MkIIG (99 memory channels, 2 scan edges, 2 call chans):\n\\code\n chan_t chan_list[] = {\n { 1, 99, RIG_MTYPE_MEM },\n { 100, 103, RIG_MTYPE_EDGE },\n { 104, 105, RIG_MTYPE_CALL },\n RIG_CHAN_END\n }\n\\endcode\n */\nstruct chan_list {\n int startc; /*!< Starting memory channel \\b number */\n int endc; /*!< Ending memory channel \\b number */\n chan_type_t type; /*!< Memory type. see chan_type_t */\n channel_cap_t\n mem_caps; /*!< Definition of attributes that can be stored/retrieved */\n};\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_CHAN_END {0,0,RIG_MTYPE_NONE}\n#define RIG_IS_CHAN_END(c) ((c).type == RIG_MTYPE_NONE)\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\brief Special memory channel value to tell rig_lookup_mem_caps() to retrieve all the ranges\n */\n#define RIG_MEM_CAPS_ALL -1\n\n/**\n * \\brief chan_t type\n */\ntypedef struct chan_list chan_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief level/parm granularity definition\n *\n * The granularity is undefined if min = 0, max = 0, and step = 0.\n *\n * For float settings, if min.f = 0 and max.f = 0 (and step.f! = 0), max.f is\n * assumed to be actually equal to 1.0.\n *\n * If step = 0 (and min and/or max are not null), then this means step can\n * have maximum resolution, depending on type (int or float).\n */\nstruct gran {\n value_t min; /*!< Minimum value */\n value_t max; /*!< Maximum value */\n value_t step; /*!< Step */\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief gran_t type\n */\ntypedef struct gran gran_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Calibration table struct\n */\nstruct cal_table {\n int size; /*!< number of plots in the table */\n struct {\n int raw; /*!< raw (A/D) value, as returned by \\a RIG_LEVEL_RAWSTR */\n int val; /*!< associated value, basically the measured dB value */\n } table[HAMLIB_MAX_CAL_LENGTH]; /*!< table of plots */\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief calibration table type\n *\n * cal_table_t is a data type suited to hold linear calibration.\n * cal_table_t.size tells the number of plots cal_table_t.table contains.\n *\n * If a value is below or equal to cal_table_t.table[0].raw,\n * rig_raw2val() will return cal_table_t.table[0].val.\n *\n * If a value is greater or equal to cal_table_t.table[cal_table_t.size-1].raw,\n * rig_raw2val() will return cal_table_t.table[cal_table_t.size-1].val.\n */\ntypedef struct cal_table cal_table_t;\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define EMPTY_STR_CAL { 0, { { 0, 0 }, } }\n//! @endcond Doxygen_Suppress\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Calibration table struct for float values\n */\nstruct cal_table_float {\n int size; /*!< number of plots in the table */\n struct {\n int raw; /*!< raw (A/D) value */\n float val; /*!< associated value */\n } table[HAMLIB_MAX_CAL_LENGTH]; /*!< table of plots */\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief calibration table type for float values\n *\n * cal_table_float_t is a data type suited to hold linear calibration.\n * cal_table_float_t.size tells the number of plots cal_table_float_t.table contains.\n *\n * If a value is below or equal to cal_table_float_t.table[0].raw,\n * rig_raw2val_float() will return cal_table_float_t.table[0].val.\n *\n * If a value is greater or equal to cal_table_float_t.table[cal_table_float_t.size-1].raw,\n * rig_raw2val_float() will return cal_table_float_t.table[cal_table_float_t.size-1].val.\n */\ntypedef struct cal_table_float cal_table_float_t;\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define EMPTY_FLOAT_CAL { 0, { { 0, 0f }, } }\n\ntypedef int (* chan_cb_t)(RIG *, channel_t **, int, const chan_t *, rig_ptr_t);\ntypedef int (* confval_cb_t)(RIG *,\n const struct confparams *,\n value_t *,\n rig_ptr_t);\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\brief Spectrum scope\n */\nstruct rig_spectrum_scope\n{\n int id;\n char *name;\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief Spectrum scope modes\n */\nenum rig_spectrum_mode_e {\n RIG_SPECTRUM_MODE_NONE = 0,\n RIG_SPECTRUM_MODE_CENTER, /*!< Spectrum scope centered around the VFO frequency */\n RIG_SPECTRUM_MODE_FIXED, /*!< Spectrum scope edge frequencies are fixed */\n RIG_SPECTRUM_MODE_CENTER_SCROLL, /*!< Spectrum scope edge frequencies are fixed, but identical to what the center mode would use. Scrolling is enabled. */\n RIG_SPECTRUM_MODE_FIXED_SCROLL, /*!< Spectrum scope edge frequencies are fixed with scrolling enabled */\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief Spectrum scope averaging modes\n */\nstruct rig_spectrum_avg_mode\n{\n int id;\n char *name;\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief Represents a single line of rig spectrum scope FFT data.\n *\n * The data levels specify the range of the spectrum scope FFT data.\n * The minimum level should represent the lowest numeric value and the lowest signal level in dB.\n * The maximum level should represent the highest numeric value and the highest signal level in dB.\n * The data level values are assumed to represent the dB strength scale in a linear way.\n *\n * Note that the data level and signal strength ranges may change depending on the settings of the rig.\n * At least on Kenwood the sub-scope provides different kind of data compared to the main scope.\n */\nstruct rig_spectrum_line\n{\n int id; /*!< Numeric ID of the spectrum scope data stream identifying the VFO/receiver. First ID is zero. Rigs with multiple scopes usually have identifiers, such as 0 = Main, 1 = Sub. */\n\n int data_level_min; /*!< The numeric value that represents the minimum signal level. */\n int data_level_max; /*!< The numeric value that represents the maximum signal level. */\n double signal_strength_min; /*!< The strength of the minimum signal level in dB. */\n double signal_strength_max; /*!< The strength of the maximum signal level in dB. */\n\n enum rig_spectrum_mode_e spectrum_mode; /*!< Spectrum mode. */\n\n freq_t center_freq; /*!< Center frequency of the spectrum scope in Hz in RIG_SPECTRUM_CENTER mode. */\n freq_t span_freq; /*!< Span of the spectrum scope in Hz in RIG_SPECTRUM_CENTER mode. */\n\n freq_t low_edge_freq; /*!< Low edge frequency of the spectrum scope in Hz in RIG_SPECTRUM_FIXED mode. */\n freq_t high_edge_freq; /*!< High edge frequency of the spectrum scope in Hz in RIG_SPECTRUM_FIXED mode. */\n\n size_t spectrum_data_length; /*!< Number of bytes of 8-bit spectrum data in the data buffer. The amount of data may vary if the rig has multiple spectrum scopes, depending on the scope. */\n unsigned char *spectrum_data; /*!< 8-bit spectrum data covering bandwidth of either the span_freq in center mode or from low edge to high edge in fixed mode. A higher value represents higher signal strength. */\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief Rig data structure.\n *\n * Basic rig type, can store some useful info about different radios. Each\n * backend must be able to populate this structure, so we can make useful\n * inquiries about capabilities.\n *\n * The main idea of this struct is that it will be defined by the backend rig\n * driver, and will remain readonly for the application. Fields that need to\n * be modifiable by the application are copied into the struct rig_state,\n * which is a kind of private storage of the RIG instance.\n *\n * This way, you can have several rigs running within the same application,\n * sharing the struct rig_caps of the backend, while keeping their own\n * customized data.\n *\n * mdblack: Don't move or add fields around without bumping the version numbers\n * DLL or shared library replacement depends on order\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define RIG_MODEL(arg) .rig_model=arg,.macro_name=#arg\n#define HAMLIB_CHECK_RIG_CAPS \"HAMLIB_CHECK_RIG_CAPS\"\nstruct rig_caps {\n rig_model_t rig_model; /*!< Rig model. */\n const char *model_name; /*!< Model name. */\n const char *mfg_name; /*!< Manufacturer. */\n const char *version; /*!< Driver version. */\n const char *copyright; /*!< Copyright info. */\n enum rig_status_e status; /*!< Driver status. */\n\n int rig_type; /*!< Rig type. */\n ptt_type_t ptt_type; /*!< Type of the PTT port. */\n dcd_type_t dcd_type; /*!< Type of the DCD port. */\n rig_port_t port_type; /*!< Type of communication port. */\n\n int serial_rate_min; /*!< Minimum serial speed. */\n int serial_rate_max; /*!< Maximum serial speed. */\n int serial_data_bits; /*!< Number of data bits. */\n int serial_stop_bits; /*!< Number of stop bits. */\n enum serial_parity_e serial_parity; /*!< Parity. */\n enum serial_handshake_e serial_handshake; /*!< Handshake. */\n\n int write_delay; /*!< Delay between each byte sent out, in mS */\n int post_write_delay; /*!< Delay between each commands send out, in mS */\n int timeout; /*!< Timeout, in mS */\n int retry; /*!< Maximum number of retries if command fails, 0 to disable */\n\n setting_t has_get_func; /*!< List of get functions */\n setting_t has_set_func; /*!< List of set functions */\n setting_t has_get_level; /*!< List of get level */\n setting_t has_set_level; /*!< List of set level */\n setting_t has_get_parm; /*!< List of get parm */\n setting_t has_set_parm; /*!< List of set parm */\n\n gran_t level_gran[RIG_SETTING_MAX]; /*!< level granularity (i.e. steps) */\n gran_t parm_gran[RIG_SETTING_MAX]; /*!< parm granularity (i.e. steps) */\n\n const struct confparams *extparms; /*!< Extension parm list, \\sa ext.c */\n const struct confparams *extlevels; /*!< Extension level list, \\sa ext.c */\n const struct confparams *extfuncs; /*!< Extension func list, \\sa ext.c */\n int *ext_tokens; /*!< Extension token list */\n\n tone_t *ctcss_list; /*!< CTCSS tones list, zero ended */\n tone_t *dcs_list; /*!< DCS code list, zero ended */\n\n int preamp[HAMLIB_MAXDBLSTSIZ]; /*!< Preamp list in dB, 0 terminated */\n int attenuator[HAMLIB_MAXDBLSTSIZ]; /*!< Attenuator list in dB, 0 terminated */\n shortfreq_t max_rit; /*!< max absolute RIT */\n shortfreq_t max_xit; /*!< max absolute XIT */\n shortfreq_t max_ifshift; /*!< max absolute IF-SHIFT */\n\n int agc_level_count; /*!< Number of supported AGC levels. Zero indicates all modes should be available (for backwards-compatibility). */\n enum agc_level_e agc_levels[HAMLIB_MAX_AGC_LEVELS]; /*!< Supported AGC levels */\n\n ann_t announces; /*!< Announces bit field list */\n\n vfo_op_t vfo_ops; /*!< VFO op bit field list */\n scan_t scan_ops; /*!< Scan bit field list */\n int targetable_vfo; /*!< Bit field list of direct VFO access commands */\n int transceive; /*!< \\deprecated Use async_data_supported instead */\n\n int bank_qty; /*!< Number of banks */\n int chan_desc_sz; /*!< Max length of memory channel name */\n\n chan_t chan_list[HAMLIB_CHANLSTSIZ]; /*!< Channel list, zero ended */\n\n // As of 2020-02-12 we know of 5 models from Icom USA, EUR, ITR, TPE, KOR for the IC-9700\n // So we currently have 5 ranges we need to deal with\n // The backend for the model should fill in the label field to explain what model it is\n // The the IC-9700 in ic7300.c for an example\n freq_range_t rx_range_list1[HAMLIB_FRQRANGESIZ]; /*!< Receive frequency range list #1 */\n freq_range_t tx_range_list1[HAMLIB_FRQRANGESIZ]; /*!< Transmit frequency range list #1 */\n freq_range_t rx_range_list2[HAMLIB_FRQRANGESIZ]; /*!< Receive frequency range list #2 */\n freq_range_t tx_range_list2[HAMLIB_FRQRANGESIZ]; /*!< Transmit frequency range list #2 */\n freq_range_t rx_range_list3[HAMLIB_FRQRANGESIZ]; /*!< Receive frequency range list #3 */\n freq_range_t tx_range_list3[HAMLIB_FRQRANGESIZ]; /*!< Transmit frequency range list #3 */\n freq_range_t rx_range_list4[HAMLIB_FRQRANGESIZ]; /*!< Receive frequency range list #4 */\n freq_range_t tx_range_list4[HAMLIB_FRQRANGESIZ]; /*!< Transmit frequency range list #4 */\n freq_range_t rx_range_list5[HAMLIB_FRQRANGESIZ]; /*!< Receive frequency range list #5 */\n freq_range_t tx_range_list5[HAMLIB_FRQRANGESIZ]; /*!< Transmit frequency range list #5 */\n\n struct tuning_step_list tuning_steps[HAMLIB_TSLSTSIZ]; /*!< Tuning step list */\n struct filter_list filters[HAMLIB_FLTLSTSIZ]; /*!< mode/filter table, at -6dB */\n\n cal_table_t str_cal; /*!< S-meter calibration table */\n cal_table_float_t swr_cal; /*!< SWR meter calibration table */\n cal_table_float_t alc_cal; /*!< ALC meter calibration table */\n cal_table_float_t rfpower_meter_cal; /*!< RF power meter calibration table */\n cal_table_float_t comp_meter_cal; /*!< COMP meter calibration table */\n cal_table_float_t vd_meter_cal; /*!< Voltage meter calibration table */\n cal_table_float_t id_meter_cal; /*!< Current draw meter calibration table */\n\n struct rig_spectrum_scope spectrum_scopes[HAMLIB_MAX_SPECTRUM_SCOPES]; /*!< Supported spectrum scopes. The array index must match the scope ID. Last entry must have NULL name. */\n enum rig_spectrum_mode_e spectrum_modes[HAMLIB_MAX_SPECTRUM_MODES]; /*!< Supported spectrum scope modes. Last entry must be RIG_SPECTRUM_MODE_NONE. */\n freq_t spectrum_spans[HAMLIB_MAX_SPECTRUM_SPANS]; /*!< Supported spectrum scope frequency spans in Hz in center mode. Last entry must be 0. */\n struct rig_spectrum_avg_mode spectrum_avg_modes[HAMLIB_MAX_SPECTRUM_AVG_MODES]; /*!< Supported spectrum scope averaging modes. Last entry must have NULL name. */\n int spectrum_attenuator[HAMLIB_MAXDBLSTSIZ]; /*!< Spectrum attenuator list in dB, 0 terminated */\n\n const struct confparams *cfgparams; /*!< Configuration parameters. */\n const rig_ptr_t priv; /*!< Private data. */\n\n /*\n * Rig API\n *\n */\n\n int (*rig_init)(RIG *rig);\n int (*rig_cleanup)(RIG *rig);\n int (*rig_open)(RIG *rig);\n int (*rig_close)(RIG *rig);\n\n /*\n * General API commands, from most primitive to least.. :()\n * List Set/Get functions pairs\n */\n\n int (*set_freq)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, freq_t freq);\n int (*get_freq)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, freq_t *freq);\n\n int (*set_mode)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, rmode_t mode, pbwidth_t width);\n int (*get_mode)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, rmode_t *mode, pbwidth_t *width);\n\n int (*set_vfo)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo);\n int (*get_vfo)(RIG *rig, vfo_t *vfo);\n\n int (*set_ptt)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, ptt_t ptt);\n int (*get_ptt)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, ptt_t *ptt);\n\n int (*get_dcd)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, dcd_t *dcd);\n\n int (*set_rptr_shift)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, rptr_shift_t rptr_shift);\n int (*get_rptr_shift)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, rptr_shift_t *rptr_shift);\n\n int (*set_rptr_offs)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, shortfreq_t offs);\n int (*get_rptr_offs)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, shortfreq_t *offs);\n\n int (*set_split_freq)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, freq_t tx_freq);\n int (*get_split_freq)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, freq_t *tx_freq);\n\n int (*set_split_mode)(RIG *rig,\n vfo_t vfo,\n rmode_t tx_mode,\n pbwidth_t tx_width);\n int (*get_split_mode)(RIG *rig,\n vfo_t vfo,\n rmode_t *tx_mode,\n pbwidth_t *tx_width);\n\n int (*set_split_freq_mode)(RIG *rig,\n vfo_t vfo,\n freq_t tx_freq,\n rmode_t tx_mode,\n pbwidth_t tx_width);\n int (*get_split_freq_mode)(RIG *rig,\n vfo_t vfo,\n freq_t *tx_freq,\n rmode_t *tx_mode,\n pbwidth_t *tx_width);\n\n int (*set_split_vfo)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, split_t split, vfo_t tx_vfo);\n int (*get_split_vfo)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, split_t *split, vfo_t *tx_vfo);\n\n int (*set_rit)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, shortfreq_t rit);\n int (*get_rit)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, shortfreq_t *rit);\n\n int (*set_xit)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, shortfreq_t xit);\n int (*get_xit)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, shortfreq_t *xit);\n\n int (*set_ts)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, shortfreq_t ts);\n int (*get_ts)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, shortfreq_t *ts);\n\n int (*set_dcs_code)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, tone_t code);\n int (*get_dcs_code)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, tone_t *code);\n\n int (*set_tone)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, tone_t tone);\n int (*get_tone)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, tone_t *tone);\n\n int (*set_ctcss_tone)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, tone_t tone);\n int (*get_ctcss_tone)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, tone_t *tone);\n\n int (*set_dcs_sql)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, tone_t code);\n int (*get_dcs_sql)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, tone_t *code);\n\n int (*set_tone_sql)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, tone_t tone);\n int (*get_tone_sql)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, tone_t *tone);\n\n int (*set_ctcss_sql)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, tone_t tone);\n int (*get_ctcss_sql)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, tone_t *tone);\n\n int (*power2mW)(RIG *rig,\n unsigned int *mwpower,\n float power,\n freq_t freq,\n rmode_t mode);\n int (*mW2power)(RIG *rig,\n float *power,\n unsigned int mwpower,\n freq_t freq,\n rmode_t mode);\n\n int (*set_powerstat)(RIG *rig, powerstat_t status);\n int (*get_powerstat)(RIG *rig, powerstat_t *status);\n\n int (*reset)(RIG *rig, reset_t reset);\n\n int (*set_ant)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, ant_t ant, value_t option);\n int (*get_ant)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, ant_t ant, value_t *option, ant_t *ant_curr, ant_t *ant_tx, ant_t *ant_rx);\n\n int (*set_level)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, setting_t level, value_t val);\n int (*get_level)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, setting_t level, value_t *val);\n\n int (*set_func)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, setting_t func, int status);\n int (*get_func)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, setting_t func, int *status);\n\n int (*set_parm)(RIG *rig, setting_t parm, value_t val);\n int (*get_parm)(RIG *rig, setting_t parm, value_t *val);\n\n int (*set_ext_level)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, token_t token, value_t val);\n int (*get_ext_level)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, token_t token, value_t *val);\n\n int (*set_ext_func)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, token_t token, int status);\n int (*get_ext_func)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, token_t token, int *status);\n\n int (*set_ext_parm)(RIG *rig, token_t token, value_t val);\n int (*get_ext_parm)(RIG *rig, token_t token, value_t *val);\n\n int (*set_conf)(RIG *rig, token_t token, const char *val);\n int (*get_conf)(RIG *rig, token_t token, char *val);\n\n int (*send_dtmf)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, const char *digits);\n int (*recv_dtmf)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, char *digits, int *length);\n\n int (*send_morse)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, const char *msg);\n int (*stop_morse)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo);\n int (*wait_morse)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo);\n\n int (*send_voice_mem)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, int ch);\n\n int (*set_bank)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, int bank);\n\n int (*set_mem)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, int ch);\n int (*get_mem)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, int *ch);\n\n int (*vfo_op)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, vfo_op_t op);\n\n int (*scan)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, scan_t scan, int ch);\n\n int (*set_trn)(RIG *rig, int trn);\n int (*get_trn)(RIG *rig, int *trn);\n\n int (*decode_event)(RIG *rig);\n\n int (*set_channel)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, const channel_t *chan);\n int (*get_channel)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, channel_t *chan, int read_only);\n\n const char * (*get_info)(RIG *rig);\n\n int (*set_chan_all_cb)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, chan_cb_t chan_cb, rig_ptr_t);\n int (*get_chan_all_cb)(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, chan_cb_t chan_cb, rig_ptr_t);\n\n int (*set_mem_all_cb)(RIG *rig,\n chan_cb_t chan_cb,\n confval_cb_t parm_cb,\n rig_ptr_t);\n int (*get_mem_all_cb)(RIG *rig,\n chan_cb_t chan_cb,\n confval_cb_t parm_cb,\n rig_ptr_t);\n\n int (*set_vfo_opt)(RIG *rig, int status); // only for Net Rigctl device\n int (*rig_get_vfo_info) (RIG *rig,\n vfo_t vfo,\n freq_t *freq,\n rmode_t *mode,\n pbwidth_t *width,\n split_t *split);\n int(*set_clock) (RIG *rig, int year, int month, int day, int hour, int min, int sec, double msec, int utc_offset);\n int(*get_clock) (RIG *rig, int *year, int *month, int *day, int *hour, int *min, int *sec, double *msec, int *utc_offset);\n\n const char *clone_combo_set; /*!< String describing key combination to enter load cloning mode */\n const char *clone_combo_get; /*!< String describing key combination to enter save cloning mode */\n const char *macro_name; /*!< Rig model macro name */\n\n int async_data_supported; /*!< Indicates that rig is capable of outputting asynchronous data updates, such as transceive state updates or spectrum data. 1 if true, 0 otherwise. */\n int (*read_frame_direct)(RIG *rig,\n size_t buffer_length,\n const unsigned char *buffer);\n int (*is_async_frame)(RIG *rig,\n size_t frame_length,\n const unsigned char *frame);\n int (*process_async_frame)(RIG *rig,\n size_t frame_length,\n const unsigned char *frame);\n// this will be used to check rigcaps structure is compatible with client\n char *hamlib_check_rig_caps; // a constant value we can check for hamlib integrity\n int (*get_conf2)(RIG *rig, token_t token, char *val, int val_len);\n int (*password)(RIG *rig, const char *key1); /*< Send encrypted password if rigctld is secured with -A/--password */\n};\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\brief Enumeration of all rig_ functions\n *\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n// all functions enumerated for rig_get_function_ptr\nenum rig_function_e {\n RIG_FUNCTION_INIT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_CLEANUP,\n RIG_FUNCTION_OPEN,\n RIG_FUNCTION_CLOSE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_FREQ,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_FREQ,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_MODE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_MODE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_VFO,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_VFO,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_PTT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_PTT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_DCD,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_RPTR_SHIFT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_RPTR_SHIFT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_RPTR_OFFS,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_RPTR_OFFS,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_SPLIT_FREQ,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_SPLIT_FREQ,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_SPLIT_MODE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_SPLIT_FREQ_MODE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_SPLIT_FREQ_MODE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_SPLIT_VFO,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_SPLIT_VFO,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_RIT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_RIT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_XIT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_XIT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_TS,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_TS,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_DCS_CODE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_DCS_CODE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_TONE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_TONE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_CTCSS_TONE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_CTCSS_TONE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_DCS_SQL,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_DCS_SQL,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_TONE_SQL,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_TONE_SQL,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_CTCSS_SQL,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_CTCSS_SQL,\n RIG_FUNCTION_POWER2MW,\n RIG_FUNCTION_MW2POWER,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_POWERSTAT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_POWERSTAT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_RESET,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_ANT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_ANT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_LEVEL,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_LEVEL,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_FUNC,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_FUNC,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_PARM,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_PARM,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_EXT_LEVEL,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_EXT_LEVEL,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_EXT_FUNC,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_EXT_FUNC,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_EXT_PARM,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_EXT_PARM,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_CONF,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_CONF,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SEND_DTMF,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SEND_MORSE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_STOP_MORSE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_WAIT_MORSE,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SEND_VOICE_MEM,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_BANK,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_MEM,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_MEM,\n RIG_FUNCTION_VFO_OP,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SCAN,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_TRN,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_TRN,\n RIG_FUNCTION_DECODE_EVENT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_CHANNEL,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_CHANNEL,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_INFO,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_CHAN_ALL_CB,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_CHAN_ALL_CB,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_MEM_ALL_CB,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_MEM_ALL_CB,\n RIG_FUNCTION_SET_VFO_OPT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_READ_FRAME_DIRECT,\n RIG_FUNCTION_IS_ASYNC_FRAME,\n RIG_FUNCTION_PROCESS_ASYNC_FRAME,\n RIG_FUNCTION_GET_CONF2,\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief Function to return pointer to rig_* function\n *\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT (void *) rig_get_function_ptr(rig_model_t rig_model, enum rig_function_e rig_function);\n\n/**\n * \\brief Enumeration of rig->caps values\n *\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n// values enumerated for rig->caps values\nenum rig_caps_int_e {\n RIG_CAPS_TARGETABLE_VFO,\n RIG_CAPS_RIG_MODEL,\n RIG_CAPS_PORT_TYPE,\n RIG_CAPS_PTT_TYPE,\n RIG_CAPS_HAS_GET_LEVEL\n};\n\nenum rig_caps_cptr_e {\n RIG_CAPS_VERSION_CPTR,\n RIG_CAPS_MFG_NAME_CPTR,\n RIG_CAPS_MODEL_NAME_CPTR,\n RIG_CAPS_STATUS_CPTR\n};\n\n/**\n * \\brief Function to return int value from rig->caps\n * Does not support > 32-bit rig_caps values\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT (long long) rig_get_caps_int(rig_model_t rig_model, enum rig_caps_int_e rig_caps);\n\n/**\n * \\brief Function to return char pointer value from rig->caps\n *\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT (const char *) rig_get_caps_cptr(rig_model_t rig_model, enum rig_caps_cptr_e rig_caps);\n\nstruct hamlib_async_pipe;\n\ntypedef struct hamlib_async_pipe hamlib_async_pipe_t;\n\n/**\n * \\brief Port definition\n *\n * Of course, looks like OO painstakingly programmed in C, sigh.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n// DO NOT CHANGE THIS STRUCTURE ALL UNTIL 5.0\n// Right now it is static inside rig structure\n// 5.0 will change it to a pointer which can then be added to\n// At that point only add to the end of the stucture\ntypedef struct hamlib_port {\n union {\n rig_port_t rig; /*!< Communication port type */\n ptt_type_t ptt; /*!< PTT port type */\n dcd_type_t dcd; /*!< DCD port type */\n } type;\n\n int fd; /*!< File descriptor */\n void *handle; /*!< handle for USB */\n\n int write_delay; /*!< Delay between each byte sent out, in mS */\n int post_write_delay; /*!< Delay between each commands send out, in mS */\n\n struct {\n int tv_sec, tv_usec;\n } post_write_date; /*!< hamlib internal use */\n\n int timeout; /*!< Timeout, in mS */\n short retry; /*!< Maximum number of retries, 0 to disable */\n short flushx; /*!< If true flush is done with read instead of TCFLUSH - MicroHam */\n\n char pathname[HAMLIB_FILPATHLEN]; /*!< Port pathname */\n\n union {\n struct {\n int rate; /*!< Serial baud rate */\n int data_bits; /*!< Number of data bits */\n int stop_bits; /*!< Number of stop bits */\n enum serial_parity_e parity; /*!< Serial parity */\n enum serial_handshake_e handshake; /*!< Serial handshake */\n enum serial_control_state_e rts_state; /*!< RTS set state */\n enum serial_control_state_e dtr_state; /*!< DTR set state */\n } serial; /*!< serial attributes */\n\n struct {\n int pin; /*!< Parallel port pin number */\n } parallel; /*!< parallel attributes */\n\n struct {\n int ptt_bitnum; /*!< Bit number for CM108 GPIO PTT */\n } cm108; /*!< CM108 attributes */\n\n struct {\n int vid; /*!< Vendor ID */\n int pid; /*!< Product ID */\n int conf; /*!< Configuration */\n int iface; /*!< interface */\n int alt; /*!< alternate */\n char *vendor_name; /*!< Vendor name (opt.) */\n char *product; /*!< Product (opt.) */\n } usb; /*!< USB attributes */\n\n struct {\n int on_value; /*!< GPIO: 1 == normal, GPION: 0 == inverted */\n int value; /*!< Toggle PTT ON or OFF */\n } gpio; /*!< GPIO attributes */\n } parm; /*!< Port parameter union */\n int client_port; /*!< client socket port for tcp connection */\n RIG *rig; /*!< our parent RIG device */\n int asyncio; /*!< enable asynchronous data handling if true -- async collides with python keyword so _async is used */\n#if defined(_WIN32)\n hamlib_async_pipe_t *sync_data_pipe; /*!< pipe data structure for synchronous data */\n hamlib_async_pipe_t *sync_data_error_pipe; /*!< pipe data structure for synchronous data error codes */\n#else\n int fd_sync_write; /*!< file descriptor for writing synchronous data */\n int fd_sync_read; /*!< file descriptor for reading synchronous data */\n int fd_sync_error_write; /*!< file descriptor for writing synchronous data error codes */\n int fd_sync_error_read; /*!< file descriptor for reading synchronous data error codes */\n#endif\n} hamlib_port_t;\n\n \n// DO NOT CHANGE THIS STRUCTURE AT ALL\n// Will be removed in 5.0\ntypedef struct hamlib_port_deprecated {\n union {\n rig_port_t rig; /*!< Communication port type */\n ptt_type_t ptt; /*!< PTT port type */\n dcd_type_t dcd; /*!< DCD port type */\n } type;\n\n int fd; /*!< File descriptor */\n void *handle; /*!< handle for USB */\n\n int write_delay; /*!< Delay between each byte sent out, in mS */\n int post_write_delay; /*!< Delay between each commands send out, in mS */\n\n struct {\n int tv_sec, tv_usec;\n } post_write_date; /*!< hamlib internal use */\n\n int timeout; /*!< Timeout, in mS */\n short retry; /*!< Maximum number of retries, 0 to disable */\n short flushx; /*!< If true flush is done with read instead of TCFLUSH - MicroHam */\n\n char pathname[HAMLIB_FILPATHLEN]; /*!< Port pathname */\n\n union {\n struct {\n int rate; /*!< Serial baud rate */\n int data_bits; /*!< Number of data bits */\n int stop_bits; /*!< Number of stop bits */\n enum serial_parity_e parity; /*!< Serial parity */\n enum serial_handshake_e handshake; /*!< Serial handshake */\n enum serial_control_state_e rts_state; /*!< RTS set state */\n enum serial_control_state_e dtr_state; /*!< DTR set state */\n } serial; /*!< serial attributes */\n\n struct {\n int pin; /*!< Parallel port pin number */\n } parallel; /*!< parallel attributes */\n\n struct {\n int ptt_bitnum; /*!< Bit number for CM108 GPIO PTT */\n } cm108; /*!< CM108 attributes */\n\n struct {\n int vid; /*!< Vendor ID */\n int pid; /*!< Product ID */\n int conf; /*!< Configuration */\n int iface; /*!< interface */\n int alt; /*!< alternate */\n char *vendor_name; /*!< Vendor name (opt.) */\n char *product; /*!< Product (opt.) */\n } usb; /*!< USB attributes */\n\n struct {\n int on_value; /*!< GPIO: 1 == normal, GPION: 0 == inverted */\n int value; /*!< Toggle PTT ON or OFF */\n } gpio; /*!< GPIO attributes */\n } parm; /*!< Port parameter union */\n int client_port; /*!< client socket port for tcp connection */\n RIG *rig; /*!< our parent RIG device */\n} hamlib_port_t_deprecated;\n//! @endcond\n\n#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !defined(__cplusplus)\ntypedef hamlib_port_t_deprecated port_t_deprecated;\ntypedef hamlib_port_t port_t;\n#endif\n\n#define HAMLIB_ELAPSED_GET 0\n#define HAMLIB_ELAPSED_SET 1\n#define HAMLIB_ELAPSED_INVALIDATE 2\n\n#define HAMLIB_CACHE_ALWAYS (-1) /*< value to set cache timeout to always use cache */\n\ntypedef enum {\n HAMLIB_CACHE_ALL, // to set all cache timeouts at once\n HAMLIB_CACHE_VFO,\n HAMLIB_CACHE_FREQ,\n HAMLIB_CACHE_MODE,\n HAMLIB_CACHE_PTT,\n HAMLIB_CACHE_SPLIT,\n HAMLIB_CACHE_WIDTH\n} hamlib_cache_t;\n\ntypedef enum {\n TWIDDLE_OFF,\n TWIDDLE_ON\n} twiddle_state_t;\n\n/**\n * \\brief Rig cache data\n *\n * This struct contains all the items we cache at the highest level\n */\nstruct rig_cache {\n int timeout_ms; // the cache timeout for invalidating itself\n vfo_t vfo;\n //freq_t freq; // to be deprecated in 4.1 when full Main/Sub/A/B caching is implemented in 4.1\n // other abstraction here is based on dual vfo rigs and mapped to all others\n // So we have four possible states of rig\n // MainA, MainB, SubA, SubB\n // Main is the Main VFO and Sub is for the 2nd VFO\n // Most rigs have MainA and MainB\n // Dual VFO rigs can have SubA and SubB too\n // For dual VFO rigs simplex operations are all done on MainA/MainB -- ergo this abstraction\n freq_t freqCurr; // Other VFO\n freq_t freqOther; // Other VFO\n freq_t freqMainA; // VFO_A, VFO_MAIN, and VFO_MAINA\n freq_t freqMainB; // VFO_B, VFO_SUB, and VFO_MAINB\n freq_t freqMainC; // VFO_C, VFO_MAINC\n freq_t freqSubA; // VFO_SUBA -- only for rigs with dual Sub VFOs\n freq_t freqSubB; // VFO_SUBB -- only for rigs with dual Sub VFOs\n freq_t freqSubC; // VFO_SUBC -- only for rigs with 3 Sub VFOs\n freq_t freqMem; // VFO_MEM -- last MEM channel\n rmode_t modeCurr;\n rmode_t modeOther;\n rmode_t modeMainA;\n rmode_t modeMainB;\n rmode_t modeMainC;\n rmode_t modeSubA;\n rmode_t modeSubB;\n rmode_t modeSubC;\n rmode_t modeMem;\n pbwidth_t widthCurr; // if non-zero then rig has separate width for MainA\n pbwidth_t widthOther; // if non-zero then rig has separate width for MainA\n pbwidth_t widthMainA; // if non-zero then rig has separate width for MainA\n pbwidth_t widthMainB; // if non-zero then rig has separate width for MainB\n pbwidth_t widthMainC; // if non-zero then rig has separate width for MainC\n pbwidth_t widthSubA; // if non-zero then rig has separate width for SubA\n pbwidth_t widthSubB; // if non-zero then rig has separate width for SubB\n pbwidth_t widthSubC; // if non-zero then rig has separate width for SubC\n pbwidth_t widthMem; // if non-zero then rig has separate width for Mem\n ptt_t ptt;\n split_t split;\n vfo_t split_vfo; // split caches two values\n struct timespec time_freqCurr;\n struct timespec time_freqOther;\n struct timespec time_freqMainA;\n struct timespec time_freqMainB;\n struct timespec time_freqMainC;\n struct timespec time_freqSubA;\n struct timespec time_freqSubB;\n struct timespec time_freqSubC;\n struct timespec time_freqMem;\n struct timespec time_vfo;\n struct timespec time_modeCurr;\n struct timespec time_modeOther;\n struct timespec time_modeMainA;\n struct timespec time_modeMainB;\n struct timespec time_modeMainC;\n struct timespec time_modeSubA;\n struct timespec time_modeSubB;\n struct timespec time_modeSubC;\n struct timespec time_modeMem;\n struct timespec time_widthCurr;\n struct timespec time_widthOther;\n struct timespec time_widthMainA;\n struct timespec time_widthMainB;\n struct timespec time_widthMainC;\n struct timespec time_widthSubA;\n struct timespec time_widthSubB;\n struct timespec time_widthSubC;\n struct timespec time_widthMem;\n struct timespec time_ptt;\n struct timespec time_split;\n int satmode; // if rig is in satellite mode\n};\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Rig state containing live data and customized fields.\n *\n * This struct contains live data, as well as a copy of capability fields\n * that may be updated (ie. customized)\n *\n * It is NOT fine to move fields around as it can break share library offset\n * As of 2021-03-03 vfo_list is the last known item being reference externally\n * So any additions or changes to this structure must be at the end of the structure\n */\nstruct rig_state {\n /********* ENSURE ANY NEW ITEMS ARE ADDED AT BOTTOM OF THIS STRUCTURE *********/\n /*\n * overridable fields\n */\n // moving the hamlib_port_t to the end of rig_state and making it a pointer\n // this should allow changes to hamlib_port_t without breaking shared libraries\n // these will maintain a copy of the new port_t for backwards compatiblity\n // to these offsets -- note these must stay until a major version update is done like 5.0\n hamlib_port_t_deprecated rigport_deprecated; /*!< Rig port (internal use). */\n hamlib_port_t_deprecated pttport_deprecated; /*!< PTT port (internal use). */\n hamlib_port_t_deprecated dcdport_deprecated; /*!< DCD port (internal use). */\n\n double vfo_comp; /*!< VFO compensation in PPM, 0.0 to disable */\n\n int deprecated_itu_region; /*!< ITU region to select among freq_range_t */\n freq_range_t rx_range_list[HAMLIB_FRQRANGESIZ]; /*!< Receive frequency range list */\n freq_range_t tx_range_list[HAMLIB_FRQRANGESIZ]; /*!< Transmit frequency range list */\n\n struct tuning_step_list tuning_steps[HAMLIB_TSLSTSIZ]; /*!< Tuning step list */\n\n struct filter_list filters[HAMLIB_FLTLSTSIZ]; /*!< Mode/filter table, at -6dB */\n\n cal_table_t str_cal; /*!< S-meter calibration table */\n\n chan_t chan_list[HAMLIB_CHANLSTSIZ]; /*!< Channel list, zero ended */\n\n shortfreq_t max_rit; /*!< max absolute RIT */\n shortfreq_t max_xit; /*!< max absolute XIT */\n shortfreq_t max_ifshift; /*!< max absolute IF-SHIFT */\n\n ann_t announces; /*!< Announces bit field list */\n\n int preamp[HAMLIB_MAXDBLSTSIZ]; /*!< Preamp list in dB, 0 terminated */\n int attenuator[HAMLIB_MAXDBLSTSIZ]; /*!< Preamp list in dB, 0 terminated */\n\n setting_t has_get_func; /*!< List of get functions */\n setting_t has_set_func; /*!< List of set functions */\n setting_t has_get_level; /*!< List of get level */\n setting_t has_set_level; /*!< List of set level */\n setting_t has_get_parm; /*!< List of get parm */\n setting_t has_set_parm; /*!< List of set parm */\n\n gran_t level_gran[RIG_SETTING_MAX]; /*!< level granularity */\n gran_t parm_gran[RIG_SETTING_MAX]; /*!< parm granularity */\n\n\n /*\n * non overridable fields, internal use\n */\n\n int transaction_active; /*!< set to 1 to inform the async reader thread that a synchronous command transaction is waiting for a response, otherwise 0 */\n vfo_t current_vfo; /*!< VFO currently set */\n int vfo_list; /*!< Complete list of VFO for this rig */\n int comm_state; /*!< Comm port state, opened/closed. */\n rig_ptr_t priv; /*!< Pointer to private rig state data. */\n rig_ptr_t obj; /*!< Internal use by hamlib++ for event handling. */\n\n int async_data_enabled; /*!< Whether async data mode is enabled */\n int poll_interval; /*!< Rig state polling period in milliseconds */\n freq_t current_freq; /*!< Frequency currently set */\n rmode_t current_mode; /*!< Mode currently set */\n //rmode_t current_modeB; /*!< Mode currently set VFOB */\n pbwidth_t current_width; /*!< Passband width currently set */\n vfo_t tx_vfo; /*!< Tx VFO currently set */\n rmode_t mode_list; /*!< Complete list of modes for this rig */\n // mode_list is used by some\n // so anything added to this structure must be below here\n int transmit; /*!< rig should be transmitting i.e. hard\n wired PTT asserted - used by rigs that\n don't do CAT while in Tx */\n freq_t lo_freq; /*!< Local oscillator frequency of any transverter */\n time_t twiddle_time; /*!< time when vfo twiddling was detected */\n int twiddle_timeout; /*!< timeout to resume from twiddling */\n // uplink allows gpredict to behave better by no reading the uplink VFO\n int uplink; /*!< uplink=1 will not read Sub, uplink=2 will not read Main */\n struct rig_cache cache;\n int vfo_opt; /*!< Is -o switch turned on? */\n int auto_power_on; /*!< Allow Hamlib to power on rig\n automatically if supported */\n int auto_power_off; /*!< Allow Hamlib to power off rig\n automatically if supported */\n int auto_disable_screensaver; /*!< Allow Hamlib to disable the\n rig's screen saver automatically if\n supported */\n int ptt_share; /*!< Share ptt port by open/close during get_ptt, set_ptt hogs the port while active */\n int power_now; /*!< Current RF power level in rig units */\n int power_min; /*!< Minimum RF power level in rig units */\n int power_max; /*!< Maximum RF power level in rig units */\n unsigned char disable_yaesu_bandselect; /*!< Disables Yaesu band select logic */\n int twiddle_rit; /*!< Suppresses VFOB reading (cached value used) so RIT control can be used */\n int twiddle_state; /*!< keeps track of twiddle status */\n vfo_t rx_vfo; /*!< Rx VFO currently set */\n\n volatile unsigned int snapshot_packet_sequence_number;\n\n volatile int multicast_publisher_run;\n void *multicast_publisher_priv_data;\n volatile int async_data_handler_thread_run;\n void *async_data_handler_priv_data;\n volatile int poll_routine_thread_run;\n void *poll_routine_priv_data;\n#ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD\n pthread_mutex_t mutex_set_transaction;\n#endif\n hamlib_port_t rigport; /*!< Rig port (internal use). */\n hamlib_port_t pttport; /*!< PTT port (internal use). */\n hamlib_port_t dcdport; /*!< DCD port (internal use). */\n /********* DO NOT ADD or CHANGE anything (or than to rename) ABOVE THIS LINE *********/\n /********* ENSURE ANY NEW ITEMS ARE ADDED AFTER HERE *********/\n /* flags instructing the rig_get routines to use cached values when asyncio is in use */\n int use_cached_freq; /*state.depth, spaces(), rig->state.depth, __func__, elapsed_ms(&__begin, HAMLIB_ELAPSED_GET));\n\n// use this instead of snprintf for automatic detection of buffer limit\n#define SNPRINTF(s,n,...) { snprintf(s,n,##__VA_ARGS__);if (strlen(s) > n-1) fprintf(stderr,\"****** %s(%d): buffer overflow ******\\n\", __func__, __LINE__); }\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(void)\nrig_debug HAMLIB_PARAMS((enum rig_debug_level_e debug_level,\n const char *fmt, ...));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(vprintf_cb_t)\nrig_set_debug_callback HAMLIB_PARAMS((vprintf_cb_t cb,\n rig_ptr_t arg));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(FILE *)\nrig_set_debug_file HAMLIB_PARAMS((FILE *stream));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrig_register HAMLIB_PARAMS((const struct rig_caps *caps));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrig_unregister HAMLIB_PARAMS((rig_model_t rig_model));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrig_list_foreach HAMLIB_PARAMS((int (*cfunc)(const struct rig_caps *, rig_ptr_t),\n rig_ptr_t data));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrig_list_foreach_model HAMLIB_PARAMS((int (*cfunc)(const rig_model_t rig_model, rig_ptr_t),\n rig_ptr_t data));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrig_load_backend HAMLIB_PARAMS((const char *be_name));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrig_check_backend HAMLIB_PARAMS((rig_model_t rig_model));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrig_load_all_backends HAMLIB_PARAMS((void));\n\ntypedef int (*rig_probe_func_t)(const hamlib_port_t *, rig_model_t, rig_ptr_t);\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrig_probe_all HAMLIB_PARAMS((hamlib_port_t *p,\n rig_probe_func_t,\n rig_ptr_t));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(rig_model_t)\nrig_probe HAMLIB_PARAMS((hamlib_port_t *p));\n\n\n/* Misc calls */\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_strrmode(rmode_t mode);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int) rig_strrmodes(rmode_t modes, char *buf, int buflen);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_strvfo(vfo_t vfo);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_strfunc(setting_t);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_strlevel(setting_t);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_strparm(setting_t);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_stragclevel(enum agc_level_e level);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(enum agc_level_e) rig_levelagcstr (char *agcString);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(enum agc_level_e) rig_levelagcvalue (int agcValue);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(value_t) rig_valueagclevel (enum agc_level_e agcLevel);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_strptrshift(rptr_shift_t);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_strvfop(vfo_op_t op);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_strscan(scan_t scan);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_strstatus(enum rig_status_e status);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_strmtype(chan_type_t mtype);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_strspectrummode(enum rig_spectrum_mode_e mode);\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(rmode_t) rig_parse_mode(const char *s);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(vfo_t) rig_parse_vfo(const char *s);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t) rig_parse_func(const char *s);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t) rig_parse_level(const char *s);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t) rig_parse_parm(const char *s);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(vfo_op_t) rig_parse_vfo_op(const char *s);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(scan_t) rig_parse_scan(const char *s);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(rptr_shift_t) rig_parse_rptr_shift(const char *s);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(chan_type_t) rig_parse_mtype(const char *s);\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_license HAMLIB_PARAMS(());\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_version HAMLIB_PARAMS(());\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rig_copyright HAMLIB_PARAMS(());\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(void) rig_no_restore_ai();\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int) rig_get_cache_timeout_ms(RIG *rig, hamlib_cache_t selection);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int) rig_set_cache_timeout_ms(RIG *rig, hamlib_cache_t selection, int ms);\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int) rig_set_vfo_opt(RIG *rig, int status);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int) rig_get_vfo_info(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, freq_t *freq, rmode_t *mode, pbwidth_t *width, split_t *split, int *satmode);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int) rig_get_rig_info(RIG *rig, char *response, int max_response_len);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int) rig_get_cache(RIG *rig, vfo_t vfo, freq_t *freq, int * cache_ms_freq, rmode_t *mode, int *cache_ms_mode, pbwidth_t *width, int *cache_ms_width);\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int) rig_set_clock(RIG *rig, int year, int month, int day, int hour, int min, int sec, double msec, int utc_offset);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int) rig_get_clock(RIG *rig, int *year, int *month, int *day, int *hour, int *min, int *sec, double *msec, int *utc_offset);\n\ntypedef unsigned long rig_useconds_t;\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int) hl_usleep(rig_useconds_t msec);\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int) rig_cookie(RIG *rig, enum cookie_e cookie_cmd, char *cookie, int cookie_len);\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int) rig_password(RIG *rig, const char *key1);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(void) rig_password_generate_secret(char *pass,\n char result[HAMLIB_SECRET_LENGTH + 1]);\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nlonglat2locator HAMLIB_PARAMS((double longitude,\n double latitude,\n char *locator_res,\n int pair_count));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nlocator2longlat HAMLIB_PARAMS((double *longitude,\n double *latitude,\n const char *locator));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(char*) rig_make_md5(char *pass);\n\n\n//! @endcond\n\n__END_DECLS\n\n#endif /* _RIG_H */\n\n/*! @} */\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/include/hamlib/rig_dll.h",
"content": "/*\n * Hamlib Win32 DLL build definitions\n * Copyright (c) 2001-2009 by Stephane Fillod\n *\n *\n * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either\n * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.\n *\n * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU\n * Lesser General Public License for more details.\n *\n * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software\n * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n *\n */\n\n/*\n * Provide definitions to compile in Windows\n * using C-friendly options, e.g.\n *\n * HAMLIB_API -> __cdecl\n * HAMLIB_EXPORT, HAMLIB_EXPORT_VAR -> __declspec(dllexport)\n * BACKEND_EXPORT, BACKEND_EXPORT_VAR -> __declspec(dllexport)\n *\n * No effect in non-Windows environments.\n */\n\n#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)\n# undef HAMLIB_IMPEXP\n# undef HAMLIB_CPP_IMPEXP\n# undef HAMLIB_API\n# undef HAMLIB_EXPORT\n# undef HAMLIB_EXPORT_VAR\n# undef BACKEND_EXPORT\n# undef BACKEND_EXPORT_VAR\n# undef HAMLIB_DLL_IMPORT\n# undef HAMLIB_DLL_EXPORT\n\n# if defined (__BORLANDC__)\n# define HAMLIB_DLL_IMPORT __import\n# define HAMLIB_DLL_EXPORT __export\n# else\n# define HAMLIB_DLL_IMPORT __declspec(dllimport)\n# define HAMLIB_DLL_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)\n# endif\n\n# ifdef DLL_EXPORT\n/* HAMLIB_API may be set to __stdcall for VB, .. */\n# define HAMLIB_API __cdecl\n# ifdef IN_HAMLIB\n# define HAMLIB_CPP_IMPEXP HAMLIB_DLL_EXPORT\n# define HAMLIB_IMPEXP HAMLIB_DLL_EXPORT\n# else\n# define HAMLIB_CPP_IMPEXP HAMLIB_DLL_IMPORT\n# define HAMLIB_IMPEXP HAMLIB_DLL_IMPORT\n# endif\n# else\n/* static build, only export the backend entry points for lt_dlsym */\n# define HAMLIB_CPP_IMPEXP HAMLIB_DLL_EXPORT\n# endif\n#endif\n\n\n/* Take care of non-cygwin platforms */\n#if !defined(HAMLIB_IMPEXP)\n# define HAMLIB_IMPEXP\n#endif\n#if !defined(HAMLIB_CPP_IMPEXP)\n# define HAMLIB_CPP_IMPEXP\n#endif\n#if !defined(HAMLIB_API)\n# define HAMLIB_API\n#endif\n#if !defined(HAMLIB_EXPORT)\n# define HAMLIB_EXPORT(type) HAMLIB_IMPEXP type HAMLIB_API\n#endif\n#if !defined(HAMLIB_EXPORT_VAR)\n# define HAMLIB_EXPORT_VAR(type) HAMLIB_IMPEXP type\n#endif\n#if !defined(BACKEND_EXPORT)\n# define BACKEND_EXPORT(type) HAMLIB_CPP_IMPEXP type HAMLIB_API\n#endif\n#if !defined(BACKEND_EXPORT_VAR)\n# define BACKEND_EXPORT_VAR(type) HAMLIB_CPP_IMPEXP type\n#endif\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/include/hamlib/riglist.h",
"content": "/*\n * Hamlib Interface - list of known rigs\n * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 by Frank Singleton\n * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 by Stephane Fillod\n *\n *\n * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either\n * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.\n *\n * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU\n * Lesser General Public License for more details.\n *\n * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software\n * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n *\n */\n\n#ifndef _RIGLIST_H\n#define _RIGLIST_H 1\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n\n// The rig model number is designed to fit in a 32-bit int\n// As of 2020-02-18 we have 33 backends defined\n// With a max of 1000 models per backend we get total a model number range of 1001-33001\n// This MAX was 100 prior to 2020-02-18 and Icom was close to running out of the 100 range\n#define MAX_MODELS_PER_BACKEND 1000\n#define RIG_MAKE_MODEL(a,b) ((a)*MAX_MODELS_PER_BACKEND+(b))\n#define RIG_BACKEND_NUM(a) ((a)/MAX_MODELS_PER_BACKEND)\n\n/*! \\file riglist.h\n * \\brief Hamlib rig(radio) model definitions.\n *\n * This file contains rig model definitions for the Hamlib rig API. Each\n * distinct rig type has a unique model number (ID) and is used by hamlib to\n * identify and distinguish between the different hardware drivers. The\n * exact model numbers can be acquired using the macros in this file. To\n * obtain a list of supported rig branches, one can use the statically\n * defined RIG_BACKEND_LIST macro. To obtain a full list of supported rig\n * (including each model in every branch), the foreach_opened_rig() API\n * function can be used.\n *\n * The model number, or ID, is used to tell hamlib, which rig the client\n * whishes to use. It is done with the rig_init() API call.\n */\n\n#define RIG_MODEL_NONE 0\n\n/*! \\def RIG_MODEL_DUMMY\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number for the dummy backend.\n *\n * The dummy backend, as the name suggests, is a backend which performs no\n * hardware operations and always behaves as one would expect. It can be\n * thought of as a hardware simulator and is very useful for testing client\n * applications.\n *\n * It has also been expanded to provide support to \"virtual\" type of rigs\n * such as the network rig control backend and W1HKJ's Flrig application.\n */\n#define RIG_DUMMY 0\n#define RIG_BACKEND_DUMMY \"dummy\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_DUMMY RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_DUMMY, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_NETRIGCTL RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_DUMMY, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ARMSTRONG RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_DUMMY, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FLRIG RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_DUMMY, 4)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TRXMANAGER_RIG RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_DUMMY, 5)\n#define RIG_MODEL_DUMMY_NOVFO RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_DUMMY, 6)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TCI1X RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_DUMMY, 7)\n\n\n/*\n * Yaesu\n */\n#define RIG_YAESU 1\n#define RIG_BACKEND_YAESU \"yaesu\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT847 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT1000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT1000D RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT1000MPMKV RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 4)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT747 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 5)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT757 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 6)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT757GXII RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 7)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT575 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 8)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT767 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 9)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT736R RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 10)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT840 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 11)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT820 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 12)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT900 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 13)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT920 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 14)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT890 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 15)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT990 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 16)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FRG100 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 17)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FRG9600 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 18)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FRG8800 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 19)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT817 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 20)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT100 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 21)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT857 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 22)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT897 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 23)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT1000MP RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 24)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT1000MPMKVFLD RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 25)\n#define RIG_MODEL_VR5000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 26)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT450 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 27)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT950 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 28)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT2000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 29)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT9000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 30)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT980 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 31)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FTDX5000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 32)\n#define RIG_MODEL_VX1700 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 33)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FTDX1200 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 34)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT991 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 35)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT891 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 36)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FTDX3000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 37)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT847UNI RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 38)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT600 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 39)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FTDX101D RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 40)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT818 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 41)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FTDX10 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 42)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT897D RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 43)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FTDX101MP RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 44)\n#define RIG_MODEL_MCHFQRP RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 45)\n#define RIG_MODEL_FT450D RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_YAESU, 46)\n\n\n/*\n * Kenwood\n */\n#define RIG_KENWOOD 2\n#define RIG_BACKEND_KENWOOD \"kenwood\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS50 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS440 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS450S RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS570D RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 4)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS690S RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 5)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS711 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 6)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS790 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 7)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS811 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 8)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS850 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 9)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS870S RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 10)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS940 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 11)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS950S RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 12)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS950SDX RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 13)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS2000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 14)\n#define RIG_MODEL_R5000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 15)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS570S RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 16)\n#define RIG_MODEL_THD7A RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 17)\n#define RIG_MODEL_THD7AG RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 18)\n#define RIG_MODEL_THF6A RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 19)\n#define RIG_MODEL_THF7E RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 20)\n#define RIG_MODEL_K2 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 21)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS930 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 22)\n#define RIG_MODEL_THG71 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 23)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS680S RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 24)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS140S RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 25)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TMD700 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 26)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TMV7 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 27)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS480 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 28)\n#define RIG_MODEL_K3 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 29)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TRC80 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 30)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS590S RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 31)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TRANSFOX RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 32) /* SigFox Transfox */\n#define RIG_MODEL_THD72A RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 33)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TMD710 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 34)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TMV71 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 35)\n#define RIG_MODEL_F6K RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 36) /* Flex 6000 Series */\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS590SG RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 37)\n#define RIG_MODEL_XG3 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 38) /* Elecraft XG-3 signal generator */\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS990S RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 39)\n#define RIG_MODEL_HPSDR RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 40) /* OpenHPSDR, PiHPSDR */\n#define RIG_MODEL_TS890S RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 41)\n#define RIG_MODEL_THD74 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 42)\n#define RIG_MODEL_K3S RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 43)\n#define RIG_MODEL_KX2 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 44)\n#define RIG_MODEL_KX3 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 45)\n#define RIG_MODEL_PT8000A RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 46)\n#define RIG_MODEL_K4 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 47)\n#define RIG_MODEL_POWERSDR RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 48)\n#define RIG_MODEL_MALACHITE RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD, 49)\n#define RIG_MODEL_LAB599_TX500 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD,50)\n#define RIG_MODEL_SDRUNO RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KENWOOD,51)\n\n/*\n * Icom\n */\n#define RIG_ICOM 3\n#define RIG_BACKEND_ICOM \"icom\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC1271 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC1275 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC271 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC275 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 4)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC375 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 5)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC471 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 6)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC475 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 7)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC575 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 8)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC706 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 9)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC706MKII RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 10)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC706MKIIG RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 11)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC707 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 12)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC718 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 13)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC725 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 14)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC726 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 15)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC728 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 16)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC729 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 17)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC731 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 18)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC735 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 19)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC736 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 20)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC737 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 21)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC738 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 22)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC746 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 23)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC751 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 24)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC751A RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 25)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC756 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 26)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC756PRO RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 27)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC761 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 28)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC765 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 29)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC775 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 30)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC781 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 31)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC820 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 32)\n//#define RIG_MODEL_IC821 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 33) // not implemented and can be reused\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC821H RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 34)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC970 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 35)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICR10 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 36)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICR71 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 37)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICR72 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 38)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICR75 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 39)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICR7000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 40)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICR7100 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 41)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICR8500 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 42)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICR9000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 43)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC910 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 44)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC78 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 45)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC746PRO RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 46)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC756PROII RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 47) /* 48-53 defined below */\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICID1 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 54)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC703 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 55)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC7800 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 56)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC756PROIII RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 57)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICR20 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 58) /* 59 defined below */\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC7000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 60)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC7200 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 61)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC7700 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 62)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC7600 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 63) /* 64 defined below */\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC92D RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 65)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICR9500 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 66)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC7410 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 67)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC9100 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 68)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICRX7 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 69)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC7100 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 70)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ID5100 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 71)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC2730 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 72)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC7300 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 73)\n#define RIG_MODEL_PERSEUS RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 74)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC785x RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 75)\n#define RIG_MODEL_X108G RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 76) /* Xiegu X108 */\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICR6 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 77)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC7610 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 78)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICR8600 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 79)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICR30 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 80)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC9700 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 81)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ID4100 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 82)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ID31 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 83)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ID51 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 84)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC705 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 85)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ICF8101 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 86)\n#define RIG_MODEL_X6100 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 87) /* Xiegu X6100 */\n#define RIG_MODEL_G90 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 88) /* Xiegu G90 */\n\n\n/*\n * Optoelectronics (CI-V)\n */\n#define RIG_MODEL_MINISCOUT RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 48)\n#define RIG_MODEL_XPLORER RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 49)\n#define RIG_MODEL_OS535 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 52)\n#define RIG_MODEL_OS456 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 53)\n\n\n/*\n * TenTec (CI-V)\n */\n#define RIG_MODEL_OMNIVI RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 50)\n#define RIG_MODEL_OMNIVIP RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 51) /* OMNI-VI+ */\n#define RIG_MODEL_PARAGON2 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 59)\n#define RIG_MODEL_DELTAII RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICOM, 64)\n\n\n/*\n * Icom PCR\n */\n#define RIG_PCR 4\n#define RIG_BACKEND_PCR \"pcr\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_PCR1000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_PCR, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_PCR100 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_PCR, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_PCR1500 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_PCR, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_PCR2500 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_PCR, 4)\n\n\n/*\n * AOR\n */\n#define RIG_AOR 5\n#define RIG_BACKEND_AOR \"aor\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_AR8200 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_AR8000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_AR7030 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_AR5000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 4)\n#define RIG_MODEL_AR3030 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 5)\n#define RIG_MODEL_AR3000A RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 6)\n#define RIG_MODEL_AR3000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 7)\n#define RIG_MODEL_AR2700 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 8)\n#define RIG_MODEL_AR2500 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 9)\n#define RIG_MODEL_AR16 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 10)\n#define RIG_MODEL_SDU5500 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 11)\n#define RIG_MODEL_SDU5000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 12)\n#define RIG_MODEL_AR8600 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 13)\n#define RIG_MODEL_AR5000A RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 14)\n#define RIG_MODEL_AR7030P RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 15)\n#define RIG_MODEL_SR2200 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_AOR, 16)\n\n\n/*\n * JRC\n */\n#define RIG_JRC 6\n#define RIG_BACKEND_JRC \"jrc\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_JST145 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_JRC, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_JST245 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_JRC, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_CMH530 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_JRC, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_NRD345 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_JRC, 4)\n#define RIG_MODEL_NRD525 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_JRC, 5)\n#define RIG_MODEL_NRD535 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_JRC, 6)\n#define RIG_MODEL_NRD545 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_JRC, 7)\n\n\n/*\n * Radio Shack\n * Actually, they might be either Icom or Uniden. TBC --SF\n */\n#define RIG_RADIOSHACK 7\n#define RIG_BACKEND_RADIOSHACK \"radioshack\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_RS64 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RADIOSHACK, 1) /* PRO-64 */\n#define RIG_MODEL_RS2005 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RADIOSHACK, 2) /* w/ OptoElectronics OS456 Board */\n#define RIG_MODEL_RS2006 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RADIOSHACK, 3) /* w/ OptoElectronics OS456 Board */\n#define RIG_MODEL_RS2035 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RADIOSHACK, 4) /* w/ OptoElectronics OS435 Board */\n#define RIG_MODEL_RS2042 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RADIOSHACK, 5) /* w/ OptoElectronics OS435 Board */\n#define RIG_MODEL_RS2041 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RADIOSHACK, 6) /* PRO-2041 */\n\n\n/*\n * Uniden\n */\n#define RIG_UNIDEN 8\n#define RIG_BACKEND_UNIDEN \"uniden\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_BC780 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_UNIDEN, 1) /* Uniden BC780 - Trunk Tracker \"Desktop Radio\" */\n#define RIG_MODEL_BC245 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_UNIDEN, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_BC895 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_UNIDEN, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_PRO2052 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_UNIDEN, 4) /* Radio Shack PRO-2052 */\n#define RIG_MODEL_BC235 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_UNIDEN, 5)\n#define RIG_MODEL_BC250 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_UNIDEN, 6)\n#define RIG_MODEL_BC785 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_UNIDEN, 7)\n#define RIG_MODEL_BC786 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_UNIDEN, 8)\n#define RIG_MODEL_BCT8 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_UNIDEN, 9)\n#define RIG_MODEL_BCD396T RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_UNIDEN, 10)\n#define RIG_MODEL_BCD996T RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_UNIDEN, 11)\n#define RIG_MODEL_BC898 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_UNIDEN, 12)\n\n\n/*\n * Drake\n */\n#define RIG_DRAKE 9\n#define RIG_BACKEND_DRAKE \"drake\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_DKR8 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_DRAKE, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_DKR8A RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_DRAKE, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_DKR8B RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_DRAKE, 3)\n\n\n/*\n * Lowe\n */\n#define RIG_LOWE 10\n#define RIG_BACKEND_LOWE \"lowe\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_HF150 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_LOWE, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_HF225 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_LOWE, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_HF250 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_LOWE, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_HF235 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_LOWE, 4)\n\n\n/*\n * Racal\n */\n#define RIG_RACAL 11\n#define RIG_BACKEND_RACAL \"racal\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_RA3790 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RACAL, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_RA3720 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RACAL, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_RA6790 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RACAL, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_RA3710 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RACAL, 4)\n#define RIG_MODEL_RA3702 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RACAL, 5)\n\n\n/*\n * Watkins-Johnson\n */\n#define RIG_WJ 12\n#define RIG_BACKEND_WJ \"wj\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_HF1000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WJ, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_HF1000A RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WJ, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_WJ8711 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WJ, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_WJ8888 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WJ, 4)\n\n\n/*\n * Rohde & Schwarz--ek\n */\n#define RIG_EK 13\n#define RIG_BACKEND_EK \"ek\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_ESM500 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_EK, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_EK890 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_EK, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_EK891 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_EK, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_EK895 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_EK, 4)\n#define RIG_MODEL_EK070 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_EK, 5)\n\n\n/*\n * Skanti\n */\n#define RIG_SKANTI 14\n#define RIG_BACKEND_SKANTI \"skanti\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_TRP7000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_SKANTI, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TRP8000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_SKANTI, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TRP9000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_SKANTI, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TRP8255 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_SKANTI, 4)\n\n\n/*\n * WiNRADiO/LinRADiO\n */\n#define RIG_WINRADIO 15\n#define RIG_BACKEND_WINRADIO \"winradio\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_WR1000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WINRADIO, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_WR1500 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WINRADIO, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_WR1550 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WINRADIO, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_WR3100 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WINRADIO, 4)\n#define RIG_MODEL_WR3150 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WINRADIO, 5)\n#define RIG_MODEL_WR3500 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WINRADIO, 6)\n#define RIG_MODEL_WR3700 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WINRADIO, 7)\n#define RIG_MODEL_G303 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WINRADIO, 8)\n#define RIG_MODEL_G313 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WINRADIO, 9)\n#define RIG_MODEL_G305 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WINRADIO, 10)\n#define RIG_MODEL_G315 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_WINRADIO, 11)\n\n\n/*\n * Ten Tec\n */\n#define RIG_TENTEC 16\n#define RIG_BACKEND_TENTEC \"tentec\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_TT550 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TENTEC, 1) /* Pegasus */\n#define RIG_MODEL_TT538 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TENTEC, 2) /* Jupiter */\n#define RIG_MODEL_RX320 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TENTEC, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_RX340 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TENTEC, 4)\n#define RIG_MODEL_RX350 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TENTEC, 5)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TT526 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TENTEC, 6) /* 6N2 */\n#define RIG_MODEL_TT516 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TENTEC, 7) /* Argonaut V */\n#define RIG_MODEL_TT565 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TENTEC, 8) /* Orion */\n#define RIG_MODEL_TT585 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TENTEC, 9) /* Paragon */\n#define RIG_MODEL_TT588 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TENTEC, 11) /* Omni-VII */\n#define RIG_MODEL_RX331 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TENTEC, 12)\n#define RIG_MODEL_TT599 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TENTEC, 13) /* Eagle */\n\n\n/*\n * Alinco\n */\n#define RIG_ALINCO 17\n#define RIG_BACKEND_ALINCO \"alinco\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_DX77 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ALINCO, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_DXSR8 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ALINCO, 2)\n\n\n/*\n * Kachina\n */\n#define RIG_KACHINA 18\n#define RIG_BACKEND_KACHINA \"kachina\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_505DSP RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KACHINA, 1)\n\n\n/*\n * Gnuradio backend\n */\n#define RIG_GNURADIO 20\n#define RIG_BACKEND_GNURADIO \"gnuradio\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_GNURADIO RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_GNURADIO, 1) /* dev model, Chirp source */\n#define RIG_MODEL_MC4020 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_GNURADIO, 2) /* MC4020 */\n#define RIG_MODEL_GRAUDIO RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_GNURADIO, 3) /* Sound card source */\n#define RIG_MODEL_GRAUDIOIQ RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_GNURADIO, 4) /* I&Q stereo sound card source */\n#define RIG_MODEL_USRP_G RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_GNURADIO, 5) /* Universal Software Radio Peripheral */\n\n\n/*\n * Microtune tuners\n */\n#define RIG_MICROTUNE 21\n#define RIG_BACKEND_MICROTUNE \"microtune\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_MICROTUNE_4937 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_MICROTUNE, 1) /* eval board */\n#define RIG_MODEL_MICROTUNE_4702 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_MICROTUNE, 2) /* Alan's */\n#define RIG_MODEL_MICROTUNE_4707 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_MICROTUNE, 3)\n\n\n/*\n * TAPR\n */\n#define RIG_TAPR 22\n#define RIG_BACKEND_TAPR \"tapr\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_DSP10 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TAPR, 1)\n\n\n/*\n * Flex-radio\n */\n#define RIG_FLEXRADIO 23\n#define RIG_BACKEND_FLEXRADIO \"flexradio\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_SDR1000 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_FLEXRADIO, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_SDR1000RFE RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_FLEXRADIO, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_DTTSP RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_FLEXRADIO, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_DTTSP_UDP RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_FLEXRADIO, 4)\n\n\n/*\n * VEB Funkwerk Köpenick RFT\n */\n#define RIG_RFT 24\n#define RIG_BACKEND_RFT \"rft\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_EKD500 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RFT, 1)\n\n\n/*\n * Various kits\n */\n#define RIG_KIT 25\n#define RIG_BACKEND_KIT \"kit\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_ELEKTOR304 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_DRT1 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_DWT RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_USRP0 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 4) /* prototype */\n#define RIG_MODEL_USRP RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 5)\n#define RIG_MODEL_DDS60 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 6)\n#define RIG_MODEL_ELEKTOR507 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 7) /* Elektor SDR USB */\n#define RIG_MODEL_MINIVNA RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 8)\n#define RIG_MODEL_SI570AVRUSB RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 9) /* SoftRock Si570 AVR */\n#define RIG_MODEL_PMSDR RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 10)\n#define RIG_MODEL_SI570PICUSB RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 11) /* SoftRock Si570 PIC */\n#define RIG_MODEL_FIFISDR RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 12) /* FiFi-SDR USB */\n#define RIG_MODEL_FUNCUBEDONGLE RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 13) /* FunCUBE Dongle */\n#define RIG_MODEL_HIQSDR RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 14) /* HiQSDR */\n#define RIG_MODEL_FASDR RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT,15) /* Funkamateur Sdr */\n#define RIG_MODEL_SI570PEABERRY1 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 16) /* Peaberry V1 */\n#define RIG_MODEL_SI570PEABERRY2 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 17) /* Peaberry V2 */\n#define RIG_MODEL_FUNCUBEDONGLEPLUS RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 18) /* FunCUBE Dongle Pro+ */\n#define RIG_MODEL_RSHFIQ RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_KIT, 19) /* RS-HFIQ */\n\n\n/*\n * SW/FM/TV tuner cards supported by Video4Linux,*BSD, ..\n */\n#define RIG_TUNER 26\n#define RIG_BACKEND_TUNER \"tuner\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_V4L RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TUNER, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_V4L2 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_TUNER, 2)\n\n\n/*\n * Rohde & Schwarz--rs\n */\n#define RIG_RS 27\n#define RIG_BACKEND_RS \"rs\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_ESMC RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RS, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_EB200 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RS, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_XK2100 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_RS, 3)\n\n\n/*\n * Phillips/Simoco PRM80\n */\n#define RIG_PRM80 28\n#define RIG_BACKEND_PRM80 \"prm80\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_PRM8060 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_PRM80, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_PRM8070 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_PRM80, 2)\n\n\n/*\n * ADAT by HB9CBU\n *\n * ADDED: frgo (DG1SBG), 2012-01-01\n */\n#define RIG_ADAT 29\n#define RIG_BACKEND_ADAT \"adat\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_ADT_200A RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ADAT, 1)\n\n\n/*\n * ICOM Marine\n */\n#define RIG_ICMARINE 30\n#define RIG_BACKEND_ICMARINE \"icmarine\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC_M700PRO RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICMARINE, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC_M802 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICMARINE, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC_M710 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICMARINE, 3)\n#define RIG_MODEL_IC_M803 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ICMARINE, 4)\n\n\n/*\n * Dorji transceiver modules\n */\n#define RIG_DORJI 31\n#define RIG_BACKEND_DORJI \"dorji\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_DORJI_DRA818V RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_DORJI, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_DORJI_DRA818U RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_DORJI, 2)\n\n/*\n * Barrett\n */\n#define RIG_BARRETT 32\n#define RIG_BACKEND_BARRETT \"barrett\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_BARRETT_2050 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_BARRETT, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_BARRETT_950 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_BARRETT, 2)\n#define RIG_MODEL_BARRETT_4050 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_BARRETT, 3)\n\n/*\n * Elad\n */\n#define RIG_ELAD 33\n#define RIG_BACKEND_ELAD \"elad\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_ELAD_FDM_DUO RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_ELAD, 1)\n\n/*\n * CODAN\n */\n#define RIG_CODAN 34\n#define RIG_BACKEND_CODAN \"codan\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_CODAN_ENVOY RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_CODAN, 1)\n#define RIG_MODEL_CODAN_NGT RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_CODAN, 2)\n\n/*\n * Gomspace\n */\n#define RIG_GOMSPACE 35\n#define RIG_BACKEND_GOMSPACE \"gomspace\"\n#define RIG_MODEL_GS100 RIG_MAKE_MODEL(RIG_GOMSPACE, 1)\n//! @endcond\n\n/*\n * TODO:\n RIG_MODEL_KWZ30, KNEISNER +DOERING\n RIG_MODEL_E1800, DASA-Telefunken\n etc.\n*/\n\n\n/*! \\typedef typedef int rig_model_t\n \\brief Convenience type definition for rig model.\n*/\ntypedef uint32_t rig_model_t;\n\n\n/*\n * struct rig_backend_list {\n * rig_model_t model;\n * const char *backend;\n * } rig_backend_list[] = RIG_LIST;\n *\n * TODO:\n *\n { RIG_RADIOSHACK, RIG_BACKEND_RADIOSHACK }, \\\n */\n\n#endif /* _RIGLIST_H */\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/include/hamlib/rotator.h",
"content": "/*\n * Hamlib Interface - Rotator API header\n * Copyright (c) 2000-2005 by Stephane Fillod\n *\n *\n * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either\n * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.\n *\n * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU\n * Lesser General Public License for more details.\n *\n * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software\n * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n *\n */\n\n#ifndef _ROTATOR_H\n#define _ROTATOR_H 1\n\n#include \n#include \n\n/**\n * \\addtogroup rotator\n * @{\n */\n\n/**\n * \\file rotator.h\n * \\brief Hamlib rotator data structures.\n *\n * This file contains the data structures and declarations for the Hamlib\n * rotator Application Programming Interface (API).\n *\n * See the rotator.c file for more details on the rotator API functions.\n */\n\n\n\n__BEGIN_DECLS\n\n/* Forward struct references */\n\nstruct rot;\nstruct rot_state;\n\n\n/**\n * \\typedef typedef struct s_rot ROT\n * \\brief Main rotator handle type definition.\n *\n * The #ROT handle is returned by rot_init() and is passed as a parameter to\n * every rotator specific API call.\n *\n * rot_cleanup() must be called when this handle is no longer needed.\n */\ntypedef struct s_rot ROT;\n\n\n/**\n * \\typedef typedef float elevation_t\n * \\brief Type definition for elevation.\n *\n * The \\a elevation_t type is used as parameter for the rot_set_position() and\n * rot_get_position() functions.\n *\n * Unless specified otherwise, the unit of \\a elevation_t is decimal degrees.\n */\ntypedef float elevation_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\typedef typedef float azimuth_t\n * \\brief Type definition for azimuth.\n *\n * The \\a azimuth_t type is used as parameter for the rot_set_position() and\n * rot_get_position() functions.\n *\n * Unless specified otherwise, the unit of \\a azimuth_t is decimal degrees.\n */\ntypedef float azimuth_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief The token in the netrotctl protocol for returning an error condition code.\n */\n#define NETROTCTL_RET \"RPRT \"\n\n\n/**\n * \\def ROT_RESET_ALL\n * \\brief A macro that returns the flag for the \\b reset operation.\n *\n * \\sa rot_reset(), rot_reset_t\n */\n#define ROT_RESET_ALL 1\n\n\n/**\n * \\typedef typedef int rot_reset_t\n * \\brief Type definition for rotator reset.\n *\n * The \\a rot_reset_t type is used as parameter for the rot_reset() API\n * function.\n */\ntypedef int rot_reset_t;\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Rotator type flags for bitmasks.\n */\ntypedef enum {\n ROT_FLAG_AZIMUTH = (1 << 1), /*!< Azimuth */\n ROT_FLAG_ELEVATION = (1 << 2) /*!< Elevation */\n} rot_type_t;\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n/* So far only used in ests/dumpcaps_rot.c. */\n#define ROT_TYPE_MASK (ROT_FLAG_AZIMUTH|ROT_FLAG_ELEVATION)\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\def ROT_TYPE_OTHER\n * \\brief Other type of rotator.\n * \\def ROT_TYPE_AZIMUTH\n * \\brief Azimuth only rotator.\n * \\def ROT_TYPE_ELEVATION\n * \\brief Elevation only rotator.\n * \\def ROT_TYPE_AZEL\n * \\brief Combination azimuth/elevation rotator.\n */\n#define ROT_TYPE_OTHER 0\n#define ROT_TYPE_AZIMUTH ROT_FLAG_AZIMUTH\n#define ROT_TYPE_ELEVATION ROT_FLAG_ELEVATION\n#define ROT_TYPE_AZEL (ROT_FLAG_AZIMUTH|ROT_FLAG_ELEVATION)\n\n\n/**\n * \\def ROT_MOVE_UP\n * \\brief A macro that returns the flag for the \\b UP direction.\n *\n * This macro defines the value of the \\b UP direction which can be\n * used with the rot_move() function.\n *\n * \\sa rot_move(), ROT_MOVE_DOWN, ROT_MOVE_LEFT, ROT_MOVE_CCW,\n * ROT_MOVE_RIGHT, ROT_MOVE_CW\n */\n#define ROT_MOVE_UP (1<<1)\n\n/**\n * \\def ROT_MOVE_DOWN\n * \\brief A macro that returns the flag for the \\b DOWN direction.\n *\n * This macro defines the value of the \\b DOWN direction which can be\n * used with the rot_move() function.\n *\n * \\sa rot_move(), ROT_MOVE_UP, ROT_MOVE_LEFT, ROT_MOVE_CCW, ROT_MOVE_RIGHT,\n * ROT_MOVE_CW\n*/\n#define ROT_MOVE_DOWN (1<<2)\n\n/**\n * \\def ROT_MOVE_LEFT\n * \\brief A macro that returns the flag for the \\b LEFT direction.\n *\n * This macro defines the value of the \\b LEFT direction which can be\n * used with the rot_move function.\n *\n * \\sa rot_move(), ROT_MOVE_UP, ROT_MOVE_DOWN, ROT_MOVE_CCW, ROT_MOVE_RIGHT,\n * ROT_MOVE_CW\n */\n#define ROT_MOVE_LEFT (1<<3)\n\n/**\n * \\def ROT_MOVE_CCW\n * \\brief A macro that returns the flag for the \\b counterclockwise direction.\n *\n * This macro defines the value of the \\b counterclockwise direction which\n * can be used with the rot_move() function. This value is equivalent to\n * ROT_MOVE_LEFT.\n *\n * \\sa rot_move(), ROT_MOVE_UP, ROT_MOVE_DOWN, ROT_MOVE_LEFT, ROT_MOVE_RIGHT,\n * ROT_MOVE_CW\n */\n#define ROT_MOVE_CCW ROT_MOVE_LEFT\n\n/**\n * \\def ROT_MOVE_RIGHT\n * \\brief A macro that returns the flag for the \\b RIGHT direction.\n *\n * This macro defines the value of the \\b RIGHT direction which can be used\n * with the rot_move() function.\n *\n * \\sa rot_move(), ROT_MOVE_UP, ROT_MOVE_DOWN, ROT_MOVE_LEFT, ROT_MOVE_CCW,\n * ROT_MOVE_CW\n */\n#define ROT_MOVE_RIGHT (1<<4)\n\n/**\n * \\def ROT_MOVE_CW\n * \\brief A macro that returns the flag for the \\b clockwise direction.\n *\n * This macro defines the value of the \\b clockwise direction which can be\n * used with the rot_move() function. This value is equivalent to\n * ROT_MOVE_RIGHT.\n *\n * \\sa rot_move(), ROT_MOVE_UP, ROT_MOVE_DOWN, ROT_MOVE_LEFT, ROT_MOVE_CCW,\n * ROT_MOVE_RIGHT\n */\n#define ROT_MOVE_CW ROT_MOVE_RIGHT\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Rotator status flags\n */\ntypedef enum {\n ROT_STATUS_NONE = 0, /*!< '' -- No status. */\n ROT_STATUS_BUSY = (1 << 0), /*!< Rotator is busy, not accepting commands. */\n ROT_STATUS_MOVING = (1 << 1), /*!< Rotator is currently moving (direction type not specified). */\n ROT_STATUS_MOVING_AZ = (1 << 2), /*!< Azimuth rotator is currently moving (direction not specified). */\n ROT_STATUS_MOVING_LEFT = (1 << 3), /*!< Azimuth rotator is currently moving left. */\n ROT_STATUS_MOVING_RIGHT = (1 << 4), /*!< Azimuth rotator is currently moving right. */\n ROT_STATUS_MOVING_EL = (1 << 5), /*!< Elevation rotator is currently moving (direction not specified). */\n ROT_STATUS_MOVING_UP = (1 << 6), /*!< Elevation rotator is currently moving up. */\n ROT_STATUS_MOVING_DOWN = (1 << 7), /*!< Elevation rotator is currently moving down. */\n ROT_STATUS_LIMIT_UP = (1 << 8), /*!< The elevation rotator has reached its limit to move up. */\n ROT_STATUS_LIMIT_DOWN = (1 << 9), /*!< The elevation rotator has reached its limit to move down.*/\n ROT_STATUS_LIMIT_LEFT = (1 << 10), /*!< The azimuth rotator has reached its limit to move left (CCW). */\n ROT_STATUS_LIMIT_RIGHT = (1 << 11), /*!< The azimuth rotator has reached its limit to move right (CW). */\n ROT_STATUS_OVERLAP_UP = (1 << 12), /*!< The elevation rotator has rotated up past 360 degrees. */\n ROT_STATUS_OVERLAP_DOWN = (1 << 13), /*!< The elevation rotator has rotated down past 0 degrees. */\n ROT_STATUS_OVERLAP_LEFT = (1 << 14), /*!< The azimuth rotator has rotated left (CCW) past 0 degrees. */\n ROT_STATUS_OVERLAP_RIGHT = (1 << 16), /*!< The azimuth rotator has rotated right (CW) past 360 degrees. */\n} rot_status_t;\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n/* So far only used in tests/sprintflst.c. */\n#define ROT_STATUS_N(n) (1u<<(n))\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\brief Macro for not changing the rotator speed with move() function.\n */\n#define ROT_SPEED_NOCHANGE (-1)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Rotator Level Settings.\n *\n * Various operating levels supported by a rotator.\n *\n * \\c STRING used in the \\c rotctl and \\c rotctld utilities.\n *\n * \\sa rot_parse_level(), rot_strlevel()\n */\nenum rot_level_e {\n ROT_LEVEL_NONE = 0, /*!< '' -- No Level. */\n ROT_LEVEL_SPEED = (1 << 0), /*!< \\c SPEED -- Rotation speed, arg int (default range 1-100 if not specified). */\n ROT_LEVEL_63 = CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG(63), /*!< **Future use**, last level. */\n};\n\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_LEVEL_FLOAT_LIST (0)\n\n#define ROT_LEVEL_READONLY_LIST (0)\n\n#define ROT_LEVEL_IS_FLOAT(l) ((l)&ROT_LEVEL_FLOAT_LIST)\n#define ROT_LEVEL_SET(l) ((l)&~ROT_LEVEL_READONLY_LIST)\n//! @endcond\n\n\n/** @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n * FIXME: The following needs more explanation about how STRING relates\n * to this macro.\n * @endcond\n */\n/**\n * \\brief Rotator Parameters\n *\n * Parameters are settings that are not related to core rotator functionality,\n * i.e. antenna rotation.\n *\n * \\c STRING used in the \\c rotctl and \\c rotctld utilities.\n *\n * \\sa rot_parse_parm(), rot_strparm()\n */\nenum rot_parm_e {\n ROT_PARM_NONE = 0, /*!< '' -- No Parm */\n};\n\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_PARM_FLOAT_LIST (0)\n#define ROT_PARM_READONLY_LIST (0)\n\n#define ROT_PARM_IS_FLOAT(l) ((l)&ROT_PARM_FLOAT_LIST)\n#define ROT_PARM_SET(l) ((l)&~ROT_PARM_READONLY_LIST)\n//! @endcond\n\n\n/** @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n * FIXME: The following needs more explanation about how STRING relates\n * to these macros.\n * @endcond\n */\n/**\n * \\brief Rotator Function Settings.\n *\n * Various operating functions supported by a rotator.\n *\n * \\c STRING used in the \\c rotctl and \\c rotctld utilities.\n *\n * \\sa rot_parse_func(), rot_strfunc()\n */\n#define ROT_FUNC_NONE 0 /*!< '' -- No Function */\n#ifndef SWIGLUAHIDE\n/* Hide the top 32 bits from the old Lua binding as they can't be represented */\n#define ROT_FUNC_BIT63 CONSTANT_64BIT_FLAG (63) /*!< **Future use**, ROT_FUNC items. */\n/* 63 is this highest bit number that can be used */\n#endif\n\n\n/* Basic rot type, can store some useful info about different rotators. Each\n * lib must be able to populate this structure, so we can make useful\n * enquiries about capabilities.\n */\n\n/**\n * \\struct rot_caps\n * \\brief Rotator capability data structure.\n *\n * The main idea of this structure is that it will be defined by the backend\n * rotator driver, and will remain read-only for the application. Fields that\n * need to be modifiable by the application are copied into the rot_state\n * structure, which is the private memory area of the #ROT instance.\n *\n * This way, you can have several rotators running within the same\n * application, sharing the rot_caps structure of the backend, while keeping\n * their own customized data.\n *\n * \\b Note: Don't move fields around and only add new fields at the end of the\n * rot_caps structure. Shared libraries and DLLs depend on a constant\n * structure to maintain compatibility.\n */\nstruct rot_caps {\n rot_model_t rot_model; /*!< Rotator model as defined in rotlist.h. */\n const char *model_name; /*!< Model name, e.g. TT-360. */\n const char *mfg_name; /*!< Manufacturer, e.g. Tower Torquer. */\n const char *version; /*!< Driver version, typically in YYYYMMDD.x format. */\n const char *copyright; /*!< Copyright info (should be LGPL). */\n enum rig_status_e status; /*!< Driver status. */\n\n int rot_type; /*!< Rotator type. */\n enum rig_port_e port_type; /*!< Type of communication port (serial, ethernet, etc.). */\n\n int serial_rate_min; /*!< Minimal serial speed. */\n int serial_rate_max; /*!< Maximal serial speed. */\n int serial_data_bits; /*!< Number of data bits. */\n int serial_stop_bits; /*!< Number of stop bits. */\n enum serial_parity_e serial_parity; /*!< Parity. */\n enum serial_handshake_e serial_handshake; /*!< Handshake. */\n\n int write_delay; /*!< Write delay. */\n int post_write_delay; /*!< Post-write delay. */\n int timeout; /*!< Timeout. */\n int retry; /*!< Number of retries if command fails. */\n\n setting_t has_get_func; /*!< List of get functions. */\n setting_t has_set_func; /*!< List of set functions. */\n setting_t has_get_level; /*!< List of get levels. */\n setting_t has_set_level; /*!< List of set levels. */\n setting_t has_get_parm; /*!< List of get parameters. */\n setting_t has_set_parm; /*!< List of set parameters. */\n\n rot_status_t has_status; /*!< Supported status flags. */\n\n gran_t level_gran[RIG_SETTING_MAX]; /*!< level granularity (i.e. steps). */\n gran_t parm_gran[RIG_SETTING_MAX]; /*!< parm granularity (i.e. steps). */\n\n const struct confparams *extparms; /*!< Extension parameters list, \\sa rot_ext.c. */\n const struct confparams *extlevels; /*!< Extension levels list, \\sa rot_ext.c. */\n const struct confparams *extfuncs; /*!< Extension functions list, \\sa rot_ext.c. */\n int *ext_tokens; /*!< Extension token list. */\n\n /*\n * Movement range, az is relative to North\n * negative values allowed for overlap\n */\n azimuth_t min_az; /*!< Lower limit for azimuth (relative to North). */\n azimuth_t max_az; /*!< Upper limit for azimuth (relative to North). */\n elevation_t\n min_el; /*!< Lower limit for elevation. */\n elevation_t\n max_el; /*!< Upper limit for elevation. */\n\n\n const struct confparams *cfgparams; /*!< Configuration parameters. */\n const rig_ptr_t priv; /*!< Private data. */\n\n /*\n * Rot Admin API\n *\n */\n\n int (*rot_init)(ROT *rot); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_init(). */\n int (*rot_cleanup)(ROT *rot); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_cleanup(). */\n int (*rot_open)(ROT *rot); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_open(). */\n int (*rot_close)(ROT *rot); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_close(). */\n\n int (*set_conf)(ROT *rot, token_t token, const char *val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_set_conf(). */\n int (*get_conf)(ROT *rot, token_t token, char *val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_get_conf(). */\n\n /*\n * General API commands, from most primitive to least.. :()\n * List Set/Get functions pairs\n */\n\n int (*set_position)(ROT *rot, azimuth_t azimuth, elevation_t elevation); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_set_position(). */\n int (*get_position)(ROT *rot, azimuth_t *azimuth, elevation_t *elevation); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_get_position(). */\n\n int (*stop)(ROT *rot); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_stop(). */\n int (*park)(ROT *rot); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_park(). */\n int (*reset)(ROT *rot, rot_reset_t reset); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_reset(). */\n int (*move)(ROT *rot, int direction, int speed); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_move(). */\n\n /* get firmware info, etc. */\n const char * (*get_info)(ROT *rot); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_get_info(). */\n\n int (*set_level)(ROT *rot, setting_t level, value_t val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_set_level(). */\n int (*get_level)(ROT *rot, setting_t level, value_t *val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_get_level(). */\n\n int (*set_func)(ROT *rot, setting_t func, int status); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_set_func(). */\n int (*get_func)(ROT *rot, setting_t func, int *status); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_get_func(). */\n\n int (*set_parm)(ROT *rot, setting_t parm, value_t val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_set_parm(). */\n int (*get_parm)(ROT *rot, setting_t parm, value_t *val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_get_parm(). */\n\n int (*set_ext_level)(ROT *rot, token_t token, value_t val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_set_ext_level(). */\n int (*get_ext_level)(ROT *rot, token_t token, value_t *val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_get_ext_level(). */\n\n int (*set_ext_func)(ROT *rot, token_t token, int status); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_set_ext_func(). */\n int (*get_ext_func)(ROT *rot, token_t token, int *status); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_get_ext_func(). */\n\n int (*set_ext_parm)(ROT *rot, token_t token, value_t val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_set_ext_parm(). */\n int (*get_ext_parm)(ROT *rot, token_t token, value_t *val); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_get_ext_parm(). */\n\n int (*get_status)(ROT *rot, rot_status_t *status); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_get_status(). */\n\n const char *macro_name; /*!< Rotator model macro name. */\n int (*get_conf2)(ROT *rot, token_t token, char *val, int val_len); /*!< Pointer to backend implementation of ::rot_get_conf2(). */\n};\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_MODEL(arg) .rot_model=arg,.macro_name=#arg\n//! @endcond\n\n\n/**\n * \\struct rot_state\n * \\brief Rotator state structure\n *\n * This structure contains live data, as well as a copy of capability fields\n * that may be updated, i.e. customized while the #ROT handle is instantiated.\n *\n * It is fine to move fields around, as this kind of structure should not be\n * initialized like rot_caps are.\n */\nstruct rot_state {\n /*\n * overridable fields\n */\n azimuth_t min_az; /*!< Lower limit for azimuth (overridable). */\n azimuth_t max_az; /*!< Upper limit for azimuth (overridable). */\n elevation_t min_el; /*!< Lower limit for elevation (overridable). */\n elevation_t max_el; /*!< Upper limit for elevation (overridable). */\n int south_zero; /*!< South is zero degrees. */\n azimuth_t az_offset; /*!< Offset to be applied to azimuth. */\n elevation_t el_offset; /*!< Offset to be applied to elevation. */\n\n setting_t has_get_func; /*!< List of get functions. */\n setting_t has_set_func; /*!< List of set functions. */\n setting_t has_get_level; /*!< List of get levels. */\n setting_t has_set_level; /*!< List of set levels. */\n setting_t has_get_parm; /*!< List of get parameters. */\n setting_t has_set_parm; /*!< List of set parameters. */\n\n rot_status_t has_status; /*!< Supported status flags. */\n\n gran_t level_gran[RIG_SETTING_MAX]; /*!< Level granularity. */\n gran_t parm_gran[RIG_SETTING_MAX]; /*!< Parameter granularity. */\n\n /*\n * non overridable fields, internal use\n */\n hamlib_port_t_deprecated rotport_deprecated; /*!< Rotator port (internal use). Deprecated */\n hamlib_port_t_deprecated rotport2_deprecated; /*!< 2nd Rotator port (internal use). Deprecated */\n\n int comm_state; /*!< Comm port state, i.e. opened or closed. */\n rig_ptr_t priv; /*!< Pointer to private rotator state data. */\n rig_ptr_t obj; /*!< Internal use by hamlib++ for event handling. */\n\n int current_speed; /*!< Current speed 1-100, to be used when no change to speed is requested. */\n hamlib_port_t rotport; /*!< Rotator port (internal use). */\n hamlib_port_t rotport2; /*!< 2nd Rotator port (internal use). */\n};\n\n\n/**\n * \\struct s_rot\n * \\brief Master rotator structure.\n *\n * This is the master data structure acting as the #ROT handle for the\n * controlled rotator. A pointer to this structure is returned by the\n * rot_init() API function and is passed as a parameter to every rotator\n * specific API call.\n *\n * \\sa rot_init(), rot_caps, rot_state\n */\nstruct s_rot {\n struct rot_caps *caps; /*!< Rotator caps. */\n struct rot_state state; /*!< Rotator state. */\n};\n\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n/* --------------- API function prototypes -----------------*/\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(ROT *)\nrot_init HAMLIB_PARAMS((rot_model_t rot_model));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_open HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_close HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_cleanup HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_set_conf HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n token_t token,\n const char *val));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_get_conf HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n token_t token,\n char *val));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_get_conf2 HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n token_t token,\n char *val,\n int val_len));\n\n/*\n * General API commands, from most primitive to least.. )\n * List Set/Get functions pairs\n */\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_set_position HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n azimuth_t azimuth,\n elevation_t elevation));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_get_position HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n azimuth_t *azimuth,\n elevation_t *elevation));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_stop HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_park HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_reset HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n rot_reset_t reset));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_move HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n int direction,\n int speed));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t)\nrot_has_get_level HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n setting_t level));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t)\nrot_has_set_level HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n setting_t level));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t)\nrot_has_get_parm HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n setting_t parm));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t)\nrot_has_set_parm HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n setting_t parm));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t)\nrot_has_get_func HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n setting_t func));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t)\nrot_has_set_func HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n setting_t func));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_set_func HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n setting_t func,\n int status));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_get_func HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n setting_t func,\n int *status));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_set_level HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rig,\n setting_t level,\n value_t val));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_get_level HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rig,\n setting_t level,\n value_t *val));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_set_parm HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rig,\n setting_t parm,\n value_t val));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_get_parm HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rig,\n setting_t parm,\n value_t *val));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_set_ext_level HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rig,\n token_t token,\n value_t val));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_get_ext_level HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rig,\n token_t token,\n value_t *val));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_set_ext_func HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rig,\n token_t token,\n int status));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_get_ext_func HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rig,\n token_t token,\n int *status));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_set_ext_parm HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rig,\n token_t token,\n value_t val));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_get_ext_parm HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rig,\n token_t token,\n value_t *val));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *)\nrot_get_info HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_get_status HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n rot_status_t *status));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_register HAMLIB_PARAMS((const struct rot_caps *caps));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_unregister HAMLIB_PARAMS((rot_model_t rot_model));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_list_foreach HAMLIB_PARAMS((int (*cfunc)(const struct rot_caps *,\n rig_ptr_t),\n rig_ptr_t data));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_load_backend HAMLIB_PARAMS((const char *be_name));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_check_backend HAMLIB_PARAMS((rot_model_t rot_model));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_load_all_backends HAMLIB_PARAMS((void));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(rot_model_t)\nrot_probe_all HAMLIB_PARAMS((hamlib_port_t *p));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_token_foreach HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n int (*cfunc)(const struct confparams *,\n rig_ptr_t),\n rig_ptr_t data));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const struct confparams *)\nrot_confparam_lookup HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n const char *name));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(token_t)\nrot_token_lookup HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n const char *name));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_ext_func_foreach HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n int (*cfunc)(ROT *,\n const struct confparams *,\n rig_ptr_t),\n rig_ptr_t data));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_ext_level_foreach HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n int (*cfunc)(ROT *,\n const struct confparams *,\n rig_ptr_t),\n rig_ptr_t data));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nrot_ext_parm_foreach HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n int (*cfunc)(ROT *,\n const struct confparams *,\n rig_ptr_t),\n rig_ptr_t data));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const struct confparams *)\nrot_ext_lookup HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n const char *name));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const struct confparams *)\nrot_ext_lookup_tok HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n token_t token));\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(token_t)\nrot_ext_token_lookup HAMLIB_PARAMS((ROT *rot,\n const char *name));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const struct rot_caps *)\nrot_get_caps HAMLIB_PARAMS((rot_model_t rot_model));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nqrb HAMLIB_PARAMS((double lon1,\n double lat1,\n double lon2,\n double lat2,\n double *distance,\n double *azimuth));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(double)\ndistance_long_path HAMLIB_PARAMS((double distance));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(double)\nazimuth_long_path HAMLIB_PARAMS((double azimuth));\n\n#if 0\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nlonglat2locator HAMLIB_PARAMS((double longitude,\n double latitude,\n char *locator_res,\n int pair_count));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\nlocator2longlat HAMLIB_PARAMS((double *longitude,\n double *latitude,\n const char *locator));\n#endif\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(double)\ndms2dec HAMLIB_PARAMS((int degrees,\n int minutes,\n double seconds,\n int sw));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\ndec2dms HAMLIB_PARAMS((double dec,\n int *degrees,\n int *minutes,\n double *seconds,\n int *sw));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(int)\ndec2dmmm HAMLIB_PARAMS((double dec,\n int *degrees,\n double *minutes,\n int *sw));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(double)\ndmmm2dec HAMLIB_PARAMS((int degrees,\n double minutes,\n double seconds,\n int sw));\n\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t) rot_parse_func(const char *s);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t) rot_parse_level(const char *s);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(setting_t) rot_parse_parm(const char *s);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rot_strfunc(setting_t);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rot_strlevel(setting_t);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rot_strparm(setting_t);\nextern HAMLIB_EXPORT(const char *) rot_strstatus(rot_status_t);\n\n//! @endcond\n\n/**\n * \\def rot_debug\n * \\brief Convenience macro for generating debugging messages.\n *\n * This is an alias of the rig_debug() function call and is used in the same\n * manner.\n */\n#define rot_debug rig_debug\n\n__END_DECLS\n\n#endif /* _ROTATOR_H */\n\n/** @} */\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/include/hamlib/rotlist.h",
"content": "/*\n * Hamlib Interface - list of known rotators\n * Copyright (c) 2000-2011 by Stephane Fillod\n * Copyright (c) 2000-2002 by Frank Singleton\n *\n *\n * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either\n * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.\n *\n * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU\n * Lesser General Public License for more details.\n *\n * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public\n * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software\n * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n *\n */\n\n#ifndef _ROTLIST_H\n#define _ROTLIST_H 1\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_MAKE_MODEL(a,b) ((a)*100+(b))\n#define ROT_BACKEND_NUM(a) ((a)/100)\n//! @endcond\n\n\n/**\n * \\addtogroup rotator\n * @{\n */\n\n/**\n * \\file rotlist.h\n * \\brief Hamlib rotator model definitions.\n *\n * This file contains rotator model definitions for the Hamlib rotator\n * Application Programming Interface (API). Each distinct rotator type has a\n * unique model number (ID) and is used by Hamlib to identify and distinguish\n * between the different hardware drivers. The exact model numbers can be\n * acquired using the macros in this file. To obtain a list of supported\n * rotator branches, one can use the statically defined ROT_BACKEND_LIST macro\n * (defined in configure.ac). To obtain a full list of supported rotators\n * (including each model in every branch), the foreach_opened_rot() API\n * function can be used.\n *\n * The model number, or ID, is used to tell Hamlib which rotator the client\n * wishes to use which is done with the rot_init() API call.\n */\n\n/**\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_NONE\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number for an unknown model.\n *\n * The none backend, as the name suggests, does nothing. It is mainly for\n * internal use.\n */\n#define ROT_MODEL_NONE 0\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number for the DUMMY backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_DUMMY\n *\n * The DUMMY backend, as the name suggests, is a backend which performs\n * no hardware operations and always behaves as one would expect. It can\n * be thought of as a hardware simulator and is very useful for testing\n * client applications.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number for the NETROTCTL backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_NETROTCTL\n *\n * The NETROTCTL backend allows use of the `rotctld` daemon through the normal\n * Hamlib API.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_DUMMY 0\n#define ROT_BACKEND_DUMMY \"dummy\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_DUMMY ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_DUMMY, 1)\n#define ROT_MODEL_NETROTCTL ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_DUMMY, 2)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the EASYCOMM 1 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_EASYCOMM1\n *\n * The EASYCOMM1 backend can be used with rotators that support the EASYCOMM\n * I Standard.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the EASYCOMM 2 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_EASYCOMM2\n *\n * The EASYCOMM2 backend can be used with rotators that support the EASYCOMM\n * II Standard.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the EASYCOMM 3 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_EASYCOMM3\n *\n * The EASYCOMM3 backend can be used with rotators that support the EASYCOMM\n * III Standard.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_EASYCOMM 2\n#define ROT_BACKEND_EASYCOMM \"easycomm\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_EASYCOMM1 ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_EASYCOMM, 1)\n#define ROT_MODEL_EASYCOMM2 ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_EASYCOMM, 2)\n#define ROT_MODEL_EASYCOMM3 ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_EASYCOMM, 4)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the FODTRACK backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_FODTRACK\n *\n * The FODTRACK backend can be used with rotators that support the FODTRACK\n * Standard.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_FODTRACK 3\n#define ROT_BACKEND_FODTRACK \"fodtrack\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_FODTRACK ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_FODTRACK, 1)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the ROTOREZ backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_ROTOREZ\n *\n * The ROTOREZ backend can be used with Hy-Gain rotators that support the\n * extended DCU command set by the Idiom Press Rotor-EZ board.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the ROTORCARD backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_ROTORCARD\n *\n * The ROTORCARD backend can be used with Yaesu rotators that support the\n * extended DCU command set by the Idiom Press Rotor Card board.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the DCU backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_DCU\n *\n * The DCU backend can be used with rotators that support the DCU command set\n * by Hy-Gain (currently the DCU-1).\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the ERC backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_ERC\n *\n * The ERC backend can be used with rotators that support the DCU command set\n * by DF9GR (currently the ERC).\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the RT21 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_RT21\n *\n * The RT21 backend can be used with rotators that support the DCU command set\n * by Green Heron (currently the RT-21).\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_ROTOREZ 4\n#define ROT_BACKEND_ROTOREZ \"rotorez\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_ROTOREZ ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_ROTOREZ, 1)\n#define ROT_MODEL_ROTORCARD ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_ROTOREZ, 2)\n#define ROT_MODEL_DCU ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_ROTOREZ, 3)\n#define ROT_MODEL_ERC ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_ROTOREZ, 4)\n#define ROT_MODEL_RT21 ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_ROTOREZ, 5)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the SARTEK1 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_SARTEK1\n *\n * The SARTEK1 backend can be used with rotators that support the SARtek\n * protocol.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_SARTEK 5\n#define ROT_BACKEND_SARTEK \"sartek\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_SARTEK1 ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_SARTEK, 1)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the GS232A backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_GS232A\n *\n * The GS232A backend can be used with rotators that support the GS-232A\n * protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the GS232 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_GS232_GENERIC\n *\n * The GS232_GENERIC backend can be used with rotators that support the\n * generic (even if not coded correctly) GS-232 protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the GS232B backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_GS232B\n *\n * The GS232B backend can be used with rotators that support the GS232B\n * protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the F1TETRACKER backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_F1TETRACKER\n *\n * The F1TETRACKER backend can be used with rotators that support the F1TE\n * Tracker protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the GS23 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_GS23\n *\n * The GS23 backend can be used with rotators that support the GS-23 protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the GS232 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_GS232\n *\n * The GS232 backend can be used with rotators that support the GS-232\n * protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the LVB backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_LVB\n *\n * The LVB backend can be used with rotators that support the G6LVB AMSAT LVB\n * Tracker GS-232 based protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the ST2 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_ST2\n *\n * The ST2 backend can be used with rotators that support the Fox Delta ST2\n * GS-232 based protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the GS232A_AZ Azimuth backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_GS232A_AZ\n *\n * The GS232A_AZ backend can be used with azimuth rotators that support the\n * GS-232A protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the GS232A_EL Elevation backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_GS232A_EL\n *\n * The GS232A_EL backend can be used with elevation rotators that support the\n * GS-232A protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the GS232B_AZ Azimuth backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_GS232B_AZ\n *\n * The GS232B_AZ backend can be used with azimuth rotators that support the\n * GS-232B protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the GS232B_EL Elevation backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_GS232B_EL\n *\n * The GS232B_EL backend can be used with elevation rotators that support the\n * GS-232B protocol.\n */\n\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_GS232A 6\n#define ROT_BACKEND_GS232A \"gs232a\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_GS232A ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GS232A, 1)\n#define ROT_MODEL_GS232_GENERIC ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GS232A, 2) /* GENERIC */\n#define ROT_MODEL_GS232B ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GS232A, 3)\n#define ROT_MODEL_F1TETRACKER ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GS232A, 4)\n#define ROT_MODEL_GS23 ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GS232A, 5)\n#define ROT_MODEL_GS232 ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GS232A, 6) /* Not A or B */\n#define ROT_MODEL_LVB ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GS232A, 7)\n#define ROT_MODEL_ST2 ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GS232A, 8)\n#define ROT_MODEL_GS232A_AZ ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GS232A, 9)\n#define ROT_MODEL_GS232A_EL ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GS232A, 10)\n#define ROT_MODEL_GS232B_AZ ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GS232A, 11)\n#define ROT_MODEL_GS232B_EL ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GS232A, 12)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the PCROTOR backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_PCROTOR\n *\n * The PCROTOR backend is a member of the kit backend group that can be used\n * with home brewed rotators.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_KIT 7\n#define ROT_BACKEND_KIT \"kit\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_PCROTOR ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_KIT, 1)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the HD1780 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_HD1780\n *\n * The HD1780 backend can be used with rotators that support the Heathkit\n * HD-1780 protocol.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_HEATHKIT 8\n#define ROT_BACKEND_HEATHKIT \"heathkit\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_HD1780 ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_HEATHKIT, 1)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the ROT2PROG backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_SPID_ROT2PROG\n *\n * The SPID_ROT2PROG backend can be used with rotators that support the SPID\n * azimuth and elevation protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the ROT1PROG backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_SPID_ROT1PROG\n *\n * The SPID_ROT1PROG backend can be used with rotators that support the SPID\n * azimuth protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the SPID_MD01_ROT2PROG backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_SPID_MD01_ROT2PROG\n *\n * The SPID_MD01_ROT2PROG backend can be used with rotators that support the\n * extended SPID ROT2PROG azimuth and elevation protocol.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_SPID 9\n#define ROT_BACKEND_SPID \"spid\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_SPID_ROT2PROG ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_SPID, 1)\n#define ROT_MODEL_SPID_ROT1PROG ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_SPID, 2)\n#define ROT_MODEL_SPID_MD01_ROT2PROG ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_SPID, 3)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the RC2800 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_RC2800\n *\n * The RC2800 backend can be used with rotators that support the M2 (M\n * Squared) RC2800 protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the RC2800_EARLY_AZ\n * backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_RC2800_EARLY_AZ\n *\n * The RC2800_EARLY_AZ backend can be used with rotators that support the M2\n * (M Squared) RC2800 early azimuth protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the RC2800_EARLY_AZEL\n * backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_RC2800_EARLY_AZEL\n *\n * The RC2800_EARLY_AZEL backend can be used with rotators that support the M2\n * (M Squared) RC2800 early azimuth and elevation protocol.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_M2 10\n#define ROT_BACKEND_M2 \"m2\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_RC2800 ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_M2, 1)\n#define ROT_MODEL_RC2800_EARLY_AZ ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_M2, 2)\n#define ROT_MODEL_RC2800_EARLY_AZEL ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_M2, 3)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the RCI_AZEL backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_RCI_AZEL\n *\n * The RCI_AZEL backend can be used with rotators that support the ARS azimuth\n * and elevation protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the RCI_AZ backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_RCI_AZ\n *\n * The RCI_AZ backend can be used with rotators that support the ARS azimuth\n * protocol.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_ARS 11\n#define ROT_BACKEND_ARS \"ars\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_RCI_AZEL ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_ARS, 1)\n#define ROT_MODEL_RCI_AZ ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_ARS, 2)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the IF100 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_IF100\n *\n * The IF100 backend can be used with rotators that support the AMSAT IF-100\n * interface.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_AMSAT 12\n#define ROT_BACKEND_AMSAT \"amsat\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_IF100 ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_AMSAT, 1)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the TS7400 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_TS7400\n *\n * The TS7400 backend supports an embedded ARM board using the TS-7400 Linux\n * board. More information is at https://www.embeddedarm.com\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_TS7400 13\n#define ROT_BACKEND_TS7400 \"ts7400\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_TS7400 ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_TS7400, 1)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the NEXSTAR backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_NEXSTAR\n *\n * The NEXSTAR backend can be used with rotators that support the Celestron\n * NexStar protocol and alike.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_CELESTRON 14\n#define ROT_BACKEND_CELESTRON \"celestron\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_NEXSTAR ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_CELESTRON, 1)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the ETHER6 backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_ETHER6\n *\n * The ETHER6 backend can be used with rotators that support the Ether6\n * protocol.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_ETHER6 15\n#define ROT_BACKEND_ETHER6 \"ether6\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_ETHER6 ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_ETHER6, 1)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the CNCTRK backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_CNCTRK\n *\n * The CNCTRK backend can be used with rotators that support the LinuxCNC\n * running Axis GUI interface.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_CNCTRK 16\n#define ROT_BACKEND_CNCTRK \"cnctrk\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_CNCTRK ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_CNCTRK, 1)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the PROSISTEL_D_AZ backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_PROSISTEL_D_AZ\n *\n * The PROSISTEL_D_AZ backend can be used with rotators that support the Prosistel\n * azimuth protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the PROSISTEL_D_EL backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_PROSISTEL_D_EL\n *\n * The PROSISTEL_D_EL backend can be used with rotators that support the Prosistel\n * elevation protocol.\n */\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the\n * PROSISTEL_COMBI_TRACK_AZEL backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_PROSISTEL_COMBI_TRACK_AZEL\n *\n * The PROSISTEL_AZEL_COMBI_TRACK_AZEL backend can be used with rotators that\n * support the Prosistel combination azimuth and elevation protocol.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_PROSISTEL 17\n#define ROT_BACKEND_PROSISTEL \"prosistel\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_PROSISTEL_D_AZ ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_PROSISTEL, 1)\n#define ROT_MODEL_PROSISTEL_D_EL ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_PROSISTEL, 2)\n#define ROT_MODEL_PROSISTEL_COMBI_TRACK_AZEL ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_PROSISTEL, 3)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the MEADE backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_MEADE\n *\n * The MEADE backend can be used with Meade telescope rotators like the\n * DS-2000.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_MEADE 18\n#define ROT_BACKEND_MEADE \"meade\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_MEADE ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_MEADE, 1)\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the IOPTRON backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_IOPTRON\n *\n * The IOPTRON backend can be used with IOPTRON telescope mounts.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_IOPTRON 19\n#define ROT_BACKEND_IOPTRON \"ioptron\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_IOPTRON ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_IOPTRON, 1)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the INDI backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_INDI\n *\n * The INDI backend can be used with rotators that support the INDI interface.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_INDI 20\n#define ROT_BACKEND_INDI \"indi\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_INDI ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_INDI, 1)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the SATEL backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_SATEL\n *\n * The SATEL backend can be used with rotators that support the VE5FP\n * interface.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_SATEL 21\n#define ROT_BACKEND_SATEL \"satel\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_SATEL ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_SATEL, 1)\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the RADANT backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_RADANT\n *\n * The RADANT backend can be used with rotators that support the MS232\n * interface.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_RADANT 22\n#define ROT_BACKEND_RADANT \"radant\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_RADANT ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_RADANT, 1)\n\n\n#define ROT_ANDROIDSENSOR 23\n#define ROT_BACKEND_ANDROIDSENSOR \"androidsensor\"\n#define ROT_MODEL_ANDROIDSENSOR ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_ANDROIDSENSOR, 1)\n\n/**\n * \\brief A macro that returns the model number of the GRBLTRK backend.\n *\n * \\def ROT_MODEL_GRBLTRK\n *\n * The GRBLTRK backend can be used with rotators that support the GRBL\n * protocol.\n */\n//! @cond Doxygen_Suppress\n#define ROT_GRBLTRK 24\n#define ROT_BACKEND_GRBLTRK \"grbltrk\"\n//! @endcond\n#define ROT_MODEL_GRBLTRK_SER ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GRBLTRK, 1)\n#define ROT_MODEL_GRBLTRK_NET ROT_MAKE_MODEL(ROT_GRBLTRK, 2)\n\n/**\n * \\brief Convenience type definition for a rotator model.\n *\n * \\typedef typedef int rot_model_t\n*/\ntypedef int rot_model_t;\n\n\n#endif /* _ROTLIST_H */\n\n/** @} */\n"
},
{
"path": "software/hamlib-w64-4.5~git/lib/msvc/libhamlib-4.def",
"content": "EXPORTS\n CRC32_function @1\n add2debugmsgsave @2\n amp_check_backend @3\n amp_cleanup @4\n amp_close @5\n amp_confparam_lookup @6\n amp_ext_lookup @7\n amp_get_caps @8\n amp_get_conf @9\n amp_get_ext_level @10\n amp_get_freq @11\n amp_get_info @12\n amp_get_level @13\n amp_get_powerstat @14\n amp_has_get_level @15\n amp_init @16\n amp_list_foreach @17\n amp_load_all_backends @18\n amp_load_backend @19\n amp_open @20\n amp_parse_level @21\n amp_probe_all @22\n amp_register @23\n amp_reset @24\n amp_set_conf @25\n amp_set_freq @26\n amp_set_powerstat @27\n amp_sprintf_level @28\n amp_strlevel @29\n amp_token_lookup @30\n amp_unregister @31\n azimuth_long_path @32\n cJSON_AddArrayToObject @33\n cJSON_AddBoolToObject @34\n cJSON_AddFalseToObject @35\n cJSON_AddItemReferenceToArray @36\n cJSON_AddItemReferenceToObject @37\n cJSON_AddItemToArray @38\n cJSON_AddItemToObject @39\n cJSON_AddItemToObjectCS @40\n cJSON_AddNullToObject @41\n cJSON_AddNumberToObject @42\n cJSON_AddObjectToObject @43\n cJSON_AddRawToObject @44\n cJSON_AddStringToObject @45\n cJSON_AddTrueToObject @46\n cJSON_Compare @47\n cJSON_CreateArray @48\n cJSON_CreateArrayReference @49\n cJSON_CreateBool @50\n cJSON_CreateDoubleArray @51\n cJSON_CreateFalse @52\n cJSON_CreateFloatArray @53\n cJSON_CreateIntArray @54\n cJSON_CreateNull @55\n cJSON_CreateNumber @56\n cJSON_CreateObject @57\n cJSON_CreateObjectReference @58\n cJSON_CreateRaw @59\n cJSON_CreateString @60\n cJSON_CreateStringArray @61\n cJSON_CreateStringReference @62\n cJSON_CreateTrue @63\n cJSON_Delete @64\n cJSON_DeleteItemFromArray @65\n cJSON_DeleteItemFromObject @66\n cJSON_DeleteItemFromObjectCaseSensitive @67\n cJSON_DetachItemFromArray @68\n cJSON_DetachItemFromObject @69\n cJSON_DetachItemFromObjectCaseSensitive @70\n cJSON_DetachItemViaPointer @71\n cJSON_Duplicate @72\n cJSON_GetArrayItem @73\n cJSON_GetArraySize @74\n cJSON_GetErrorPtr @75\n cJSON_GetNumberValue @76\n cJSON_GetObjectItem @77\n cJSON_GetObjectItemCaseSensitive @78\n cJSON_GetStringValue @79\n cJSON_HasObjectItem @80\n cJSON_InitHooks @81\n cJSON_InsertItemInArray @82\n cJSON_IsArray @83\n cJSON_IsBool @84\n cJSON_IsFalse @85\n cJSON_IsInvalid @86\n cJSON_IsNull @87\n cJSON_IsNumber @88\n cJSON_IsObject @89\n cJSON_IsRaw @90\n cJSON_IsString @91\n cJSON_IsTrue @92\n cJSON_Minify @93\n cJSON_Parse @94\n cJSON_ParseWithLength @95\n cJSON_ParseWithLengthOpts @96\n cJSON_ParseWithOpts @97\n cJSON_Print @98\n cJSON_PrintBuffered @99\n cJSON_PrintPreallocated @100\n cJSON_PrintUnformatted @101\n cJSON_ReplaceItemInArray @102\n cJSON_ReplaceItemInObject @103\n cJSON_ReplaceItemInObjectCaseSensitive @104\n cJSON_ReplaceItemViaPointer @105\n cJSON_SetNumberHelper @106\n cJSON_SetValuestring @107\n cJSON_Version @108\n cJSON_free @109\n cJSON_malloc @110\n cookie_use @111 DATA\n date_strget @112\n debugmsgsave @113 DATA\n debugmsgsave2 @114 DATA\n debugmsgsave3 @115 DATA\n dec2dmmm @116\n dec2dms @117\n distance_long_path @118\n dmmm2dec @119\n dms2dec @120\n dot10ths_to_millis @121\n dump_hex @122\n elapsed_ms @123\n flrig_cat_string @124\n from_bcd @125\n from_bcd_be @126\n get_rig_conf_type @127\n hamlib_copyright @128 DATA\n hamlib_copyright2 @129 DATA\n hamlib_version @130 DATA\n hamlib_version2 @131 DATA\n hl_usleep @132\n initamps4_dummy @133\n initamps4_kpa1500 @134\n initrigs4_adat @135\n initrigs4_alinco @136\n initrigs4_aor @137\n initrigs4_barrett @138\n initrigs4_codan @139\n initrigs4_dorji @140\n initrigs4_drake @141\n initrigs4_dummy @142\n initrigs4_elad @143\n initrigs4_flexradio @144\n initrigs4_gomspace @145\n initrigs4_icm710 @146\n initrigs4_icmarine @147\n initrigs4_icom @148\n initrigs4_jrc @149\n initrigs4_kachina @150\n initrigs4_kenwood @151\n initrigs4_kit @152\n initrigs4_lowe @153\n initrigs4_pcr @154\n initrigs4_prm80 @155\n initrigs4_racal @156\n initrigs4_rft @157\n initrigs4_rs @158\n initrigs4_skanti @159\n initrigs4_tapr @160\n initrigs4_tentec @161\n initrigs4_tuner @162\n initrigs4_uniden @163\n initrigs4_winradio @164\n initrigs4_wj @165\n initrigs4_yaesu @166\n initrots4_amsat @167\n initrots4_ars @168\n initrots4_celestron @169\n initrots4_cnctrk @170\n initrots4_dummy @171\n initrots4_easycomm @172\n initrots4_ether6 @173\n initrots4_fodtrack @174\n initrots4_grbltrk @175\n initrots4_gs232a @176\n initrots4_heathkit @177\n initrots4_ioptron @178\n initrots4_kit @179\n initrots4_m2 @180\n initrots4_meade @181\n initrots4_prosistel @182\n initrots4_radant @183\n initrots4_rotorez @184\n initrots4_sartek @185\n initrots4_satel @186\n initrots4_spid @187\n initrots4_ts7400 @188\n locator2longlat @189\n longlat2locator @190\n millis_to_dot10ths @191\n morse_code_dot_to_millis @192\n netrigctl_get_vfo_mode @193\n network_multicast_publisher_start @194\n network_multicast_publisher_stop @195\n par_lock @196\n par_read_control @197\n par_read_data @198\n par_read_status @199\n par_unlock @200\n par_write_control @201\n par_write_data @202\n parse_hoststr @203\n port_close @204\n port_open @205\n print_ext_param @206\n probeallrigs4_adat @207\n probeallrigs4_drake @208\n probeallrigs4_elad @209\n probeallrigs4_gomspace @210\n probeallrigs4_icom @211\n probeallrigs4_kenwood @212\n probeallrigs4_lowe @213\n probeallrigs4_uniden @214\n probeallrigs4_yaesu @215\n qrb @216\n read_block @217\n read_block_direct @218\n read_string @219\n read_string_direct @220\n rig_check_backend @221\n rig_check_cache_timeout @222\n rig_cleanup @223\n rig_close @224\n rig_confparam_lookup @225\n rig_cookie @226\n rig_copyright @227\n rig_debug @228\n rig_ext_func_foreach @229\n rig_ext_level_foreach @230\n rig_ext_lookup @231\n rig_ext_lookup_tok @232\n rig_ext_parm_foreach @233\n rig_ext_token_lookup @234\n rig_flush @235\n rig_force_cache_timeout @236\n rig_get_ant @237\n rig_get_cache @238\n rig_get_cache_timeout_ms @239\n rig_get_caps @240\n rig_get_caps_cptr @241\n rig_get_caps_int @242\n rig_get_chan_all @243\n rig_get_chan_all_cb @244\n rig_get_channel @245\n rig_get_clock @246\n rig_get_conf @247\n rig_get_conf2 @248\n rig_get_ctcss_sql @249\n rig_get_ctcss_tone @250\n rig_get_dcd @251\n rig_get_dcs_code @252\n rig_get_dcs_sql @253\n rig_get_ext_func @254\n rig_get_ext_level @255\n rig_get_ext_parm @256\n rig_get_freq @257\n rig_get_func @258\n rig_get_function_ptr @259\n rig_get_info @260\n rig_get_level @261\n rig_get_mem @262\n rig_get_mem_all @263\n rig_get_mem_all_cb @264\n rig_get_mode @265\n rig_get_parm @266\n rig_get_powerstat @267\n rig_get_ptt @268\n rig_get_range @269\n rig_get_resolution @270\n rig_get_rig_info @271\n rig_get_rit @272\n rig_get_rptr_offs @273\n rig_get_rptr_shift @274\n rig_get_split_freq @275\n rig_get_split_freq_mode @276\n rig_get_split_mode @277\n rig_get_split_vfo @278\n rig_get_trn @279\n rig_get_ts @280\n rig_get_twiddle @281\n rig_get_vfo @282\n rig_get_vfo_info @283\n rig_get_vfo_list @284\n rig_get_xit @285\n rig_has_get_func @286\n rig_has_get_level @287\n rig_has_get_parm @288\n rig_has_scan @289\n rig_has_set_func @290\n rig_has_set_level @291\n rig_has_set_parm @292\n rig_has_vfo_op @293\n rig_idx2setting @294\n rig_init @295\n rig_levelagcstr @296\n rig_levelagcvalue @297\n rig_license @298\n rig_list_foreach @299\n rig_list_foreach_model @300\n rig_load_all_backends @301\n rig_load_backend @302\n rig_lookup_mem_caps @303\n rig_mW2power @304\n rig_make_md5 @305\n rig_mem_count @306\n rig_need_debug @307\n rig_no_restore_ai @308\n rig_open @309\n rig_parse_func @310\n rig_parse_level @311\n rig_parse_mode @312\n rig_parse_mtype @313\n rig_parse_parm @314\n rig_parse_rptr_shift @315\n rig_parse_scan @316\n rig_parse_vfo @317\n rig_parse_vfo_op @318\n rig_passband_narrow @319\n rig_passband_normal @320\n rig_passband_wide @321\n rig_password @322\n rig_password_generate_secret @323\n rig_power2mW @324\n rig_probe @325\n rig_probe_all @326\n rig_raw2val @327\n rig_raw2val_float @328\n rig_recv_dtmf @329\n rig_register @330\n rig_reset @331\n rig_scan @332\n rig_send_dtmf @333\n rig_send_morse @334\n rig_send_voice_mem @335\n rig_set_ant @336\n rig_set_bank @337\n rig_set_cache_timeout_ms @338\n rig_set_chan_all @339\n rig_set_chan_all_cb @340\n rig_set_channel @341\n rig_set_clock @342\n rig_set_conf @343\n rig_set_ctcss_sql @344\n rig_set_ctcss_tone @345\n rig_set_dcd_callback @346\n rig_set_dcs_code @347\n rig_set_dcs_sql @348\n rig_set_debug @349\n rig_set_debug_callback @350\n rig_set_debug_file @351\n rig_set_debug_time_stamp @352\n rig_set_ext_func @353\n rig_set_ext_level @354\n rig_set_ext_parm @355\n rig_set_freq @356\n rig_set_freq_callback @357\n rig_set_func @358\n rig_set_level @359\n rig_set_mem @360\n rig_set_mem_all @361\n rig_set_mem_all_cb @362\n rig_set_mode @363\n rig_set_mode_callback @364\n rig_set_parm @365\n rig_set_pltune_callback @366\n rig_set_powerstat @367\n rig_set_ptt @368\n rig_set_ptt_callback @369\n rig_set_rit @370\n rig_set_rptr_offs @371\n rig_set_rptr_shift @372\n rig_set_spectrum_callback @373\n rig_set_split_freq @374\n rig_set_split_freq_mode @375\n rig_set_split_mode @376\n rig_set_split_vfo @377\n rig_set_trn @378\n rig_set_ts @379\n rig_set_twiddle @380\n rig_set_uplink @381\n rig_set_vfo @382\n rig_set_vfo_callback @383\n rig_set_vfo_opt @384\n rig_set_xit @385\n rig_setting2idx @386\n rig_settings_load @387\n rig_settings_load_all @388\n rig_settings_save @389\n rig_sprintf_ant @390\n rig_sprintf_func @391\n rig_sprintf_level @392\n rig_sprintf_level_gran @393\n rig_sprintf_mode @394\n rig_sprintf_parm @395\n rig_sprintf_parm_gran @396\n rig_sprintf_scan @397\n rig_sprintf_spectrum_avg_modes @398\n rig_sprintf_spectrum_modes @399\n rig_sprintf_spectrum_spans @400\n rig_sprintf_vfo @401\n rig_sprintf_vfop @402\n rig_stop_morse @403\n rig_stragclevel @404\n rig_strfunc @405\n rig_strlevel @406\n rig_strmtype @407\n rig_strparm @408\n rig_strptrshift @409\n rig_strrmode @410\n rig_strrmodes @411\n rig_strscan @412\n rig_strspectrummode @413\n rig_strstatus @414\n rig_strvfo @415\n rig_strvfop @416\n rig_token_foreach @417\n rig_token_lookup @418\n rig_unregister @419\n rig_valueagclevel @420\n rig_version @421\n rig_vfo_op @422\n rig_wait_morse @423\n rigerror @424\n rot_check_backend @425\n rot_cleanup @426\n rot_close @427\n rot_confparam_lookup @428\n rot_ext_func_foreach @429\n rot_ext_level_foreach @430\n rot_ext_lookup @431\n rot_ext_lookup_tok @432\n rot_ext_parm_foreach @433\n rot_ext_token_lookup @434\n rot_get_caps @435\n rot_get_conf @436\n rot_get_conf2 @437\n rot_get_ext_func @438\n rot_get_ext_level @439\n rot_get_ext_parm @440\n rot_get_func @441\n rot_get_info @442\n rot_get_level @443\n rot_get_parm @444\n rot_get_position @445\n rot_get_status @446\n rot_has_get_func @447\n rot_has_get_level @448\n rot_has_get_parm @449\n rot_has_set_func @450\n rot_has_set_level @451\n rot_has_set_parm @452\n rot_init @453\n rot_list_foreach @454\n rot_load_all_backends @455\n rot_load_backend @456\n rot_move @457\n rot_open @458\n rot_park @459\n rot_parse_func @460\n rot_parse_level @461\n rot_parse_parm @462\n rot_probe_all @463\n rot_register @464\n rot_reset @465\n rot_set_conf @466\n rot_set_ext_func @467\n rot_set_ext_level @468\n rot_set_ext_parm @469\n rot_set_func @470\n rot_set_level @471\n rot_set_parm @472\n rot_set_position @473\n rot_sprintf_func @474\n rot_sprintf_level @475\n rot_sprintf_level_gran @476\n rot_sprintf_parm @477\n rot_sprintf_parm_gran @478\n rot_sprintf_status @479\n rot_stop @480\n rot_strfunc @481\n rot_strlevel @482\n rot_strparm @483\n rot_strstatus @484\n rot_token_foreach @485\n rot_token_lookup @486\n rot_unregister @487\n ser_get_car @488\n ser_get_cts @489\n ser_get_dsr @490\n ser_get_dtr @491\n ser_get_rts @492\n ser_set_brk @493\n ser_set_dtr @494\n ser_set_rts @495\n serial_flush @496\n serial_open @497\n serial_setup @498\n spaces @499\n sprintf_freq @500\n sprintf_level_ext @501\n sync_callback @502\n to_bcd @503\n to_bcd_be @504\n to_hex @505\n vfo_fixup @506\n vfo_fixup2a @507\n write_block @508\n write_block_sync @509\n write_block_sync_error @510\n"
}
]